Category: General

The difference between compounds and mixtures – In everyday life, you often hear the terms compounds and mixtures. Most people think that compounds and mixtures are the same. However, it turns out that the two materials are something different. Compounds and mixtures actually belong to three classes of matter, namely elements, compounds and mixtures. However, in this article we will only discuss compounds and mixtures, that is because they are both combinations of elemental matter.

Matter itself can be defined as something that fills up to occupy space and also has a mass. That makes everything in this universe belong to the class of matter. Materials are very easy for us to find in our daily lives, such as books, tables, chairs, cupboards, pillows to our own bodies which are material.

The many types of matter that make up the universe make matter classified into two types, namely pure substances or so-called single substances and mixtures. Pure substances or single substances themselves can be further classified into two types, namely elements and compounds. Meanwhile, mixtures can be further divided into two types, namely homogeneous solutions or mixtures and coarse mixtures or heterogeneous mixtures.

Well, in this article we will discuss the differences in compounds and mixtures clearly and in detail based on differences in properties, constituent components, formation processes, mass ratios to separation techniques. However, before knowing the difference between a compound and a mixture, it’s a good idea to first discuss the meaning, examples, and types of the two.

A. Definition of Compounds

A compound is basically a single substance consisting of two or more substances as a result of a chemical reaction. Substances in compounds themselves can still be decomposed if there is a chemical reaction, so that these substances change into simpler forms. Therefore, a compound can be defined as a new substance that is formed from a combination of various elements through chemical reactions which then react with one another.

We can see chemical reactions in compounds by observing the following examples:

If a sugar is placed in a spoon and then burned over a fire, then what happens is that the sugar changes to a black color and has a bitter taste. The nature of sugar after burning is very different from sugar in its original white color and sweet taste.

In this example, it is known that sugar is a compound, while sugar has a black color and a bitter taste because the combustion process is the element carbon. This happens because sugar has a chemical composition, namely oxygen, hydrogen, to carbon (C12H22O11).

This example proves that a compound is a pure substance formed from two or more elements through a chemical reaction. Compounds can also be broken down into the elements that make them up. On the other hand, many of the properties of elements differ from those of compounds.
For example, water or H20 is the result of a combination of hydrogen and oxygen in the form of a gas, but oxygen itself has properties that can help combustion so it is highly flammable. However, water is a substance that can dampen fires. Water can be separated into elements of hydrogen and oxygen by means of electrolysis.

Examples of Compounds and Their Benefits

• Sodium chloride with the chemical formula NaCl can be used as table salt
• Sodium hydroxide with the chemical formula NaOH can be used as a dryer
• Sucrose with the chemical formula C12H22O11 can be used as a sweetener
• Sulfuric acid with the chemical formula H2SO4 can be used as a sweetener
• Urea with the chemical formula CO(NH2)2 can be used as fertilizer
• Hydrochloric acid with the chemical formula HCl can be useful for cleaning floors
• Magnesium hydroxide with the chemical formula Mg(OH)2 can be used as an acid antidote
• Aspirin with the chemical formula C9H8O4 can be useful for reducing pain
• Baking soda with the chemical formula NaHCO3 can be used to make bread
• Carbon dioxide with the chemical formula CO2 can be used to refresh drinks
• Calcium carbonate with the chemical formula CaCO3 can be used as a building material
• Ascorbic Acid with the chemical formula C6H8O6 can be beneficial for vitamin C
• Ammonia with the chemical formula NH3 can be used as a coolant
• Acetic acid with the chemical formula CH3COOH can be used as food vinegar
• Water with the chemical formula H2O can be used for drinking

So, here are two types of compounds that we need to know about, including:

1. Organic Compounds

An organic compound is a compound or a single substance whose main chain is the element carbon. Organic compounds are actually substances that make living things or organisms as a source to form together with certain elements. Organic compounds will not show back their original properties which are elements in a process of preparation.

Some examples of organic compounds, namely:

a. Salt or NaCl
b. Sugar or C12H22O11
c. Urea or CO(NH2)2

2. Inorganic Compounds

An inorganic compound is a single compound or substance whose main sequence does not consist of a particular atom. Inorganic compounds can be found in nature. That’s because inorganic compounds do not form a complex molecular bond that can allow the presence of carbon.

Some examples of inorganic compounds, namely:

a. Nitric Acid or NHO3
b. Sodium Chloride or NaCl
c. Aluminum Hydroxide or Al(OH)3
d. Carbon Dioxide or CO2

B. Mixed

All living things that breathe on planet Earth must carry out activities that breathe air and emit carbon dioxide or CO2. In the composition of the air that daily supports all living things, this is a mixture of gases such as hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and so on. The same goes for drinks that have tin containers or what people call soft drinks, weights or brass, to dough for building materials or even dough for cakes. These various substances can be put into the form of a mixture.

Mixture itself has an understanding as a process of combining a form consisting of two or more types of substances. With the characteristics of the substances that carry out the combination, they still have their original properties because no chemical reactions occur.

Mixtures have two types of combinations, namely homogeneous mixtures with heterogeneous mixtures. The following is an explanation of the two mergers:

1. Homogeneous Mixture

Homogeneous mixtures or solutions can be said to be a process of combining two or more types of substances that cannot be seen the difference. Substances that have combined will turn into one type of solution together in it or it can be said that there are no boundaries.

To better understand the incorporation of substances in a homogeneous mixture, it can be seen from the following explanation:

If a spoon of salt is mixed with a glass of water, it can make the water in the glass taste salty. Salt particles are invisible to the eye even with a microscope, however, salt particles are actually still in the water. For the record, homogeneous mixtures or solutions do not always have a liquid state, but some also have a gas-like or solid form like metal.

Some examples of homogeneous mixtures, namely:

a. Alcohol
b. Vinegar or CH3COOH
c. Sulfuric Acid or Battery Water or H2SO4
d. water
e. Perfume

2. Heterogeneous Mixture

Heterogeneous mixtures are a process of combining one or more single substances, in which the properties of each single substance can still be seen in a mixture. In contrast to a homogeneous mixture, a heterogeneous mixture will not be able to combine these elements or substances.

To better understand the incorporation of substances in a homogeneous mixture, it can be seen from the following explanation:

If a spoon is filled with coffee and then dissolved in a glass of water, soaking it for a while will cause the coffee powder that is put into the glass to settle to the top so that it has a different color from that at the bottom.

Some examples of heterogeneous mixtures are:

a. Oil mixed with water
b. Lime mixed with water
c. Sand mixed with water
d. Flour mixed with water

Examples of Mixes and Their Functions

Mixed Name	Ingredients	Function
Coffee water	Water and coffee	Drink
Sugar water	Water and sugar	Drink
Air	O2, CO2, N2, and H2O	Breathing
Syrup	Water, sugar and dye	Drink
Bronze	Copper, zinc, tin	Medal
Brass	Copper, zeng	Ornament
stainless steel	Steel, chrome, nickel	Kitchen tools, medical devices
White gold	Gold, silver, copper	Jewellery
Tenol	Tin, lead	Cable splicing while soldering

C. Differences between Compounds and Mixtures

After you understand the meaning of compounds and mixtures as well as types and examples, of course you already know the differences between the two materials. However, to make it easier for you to differentiate between the two materials, here are the differences between a compound and a mixture:

circumstances	Compound	Mixture
Compiler	Composed by more or two elements	Composed by several elements or several compounds
Characteristic	The properties of compounds differ from the elements that make up the compound	The properties of the mixture are in accordance with the constituent elements of each mixture
Formation	Formed through chemical reactions	Formed through physical changes
Mass comparison	Comparison of the constituent masses of fixed and certain compounds	The ratio of the mass of the components of the mixture is not certain
Separation method	Through chemical reactions the constituent elements of compounds can be separated	Through a physical process the elements of the mixture can be separated

D. Summary of the Differences between Compounds and Mixtures

1.In a compound, there are chemical bonds or chemical reactions between the elements, while in a mixture, there are no chemical reactions or chemical bonds between the elements.

2. The number of elements in a compound will remain according to their origin, while the elements of a mixture will be adjusted according to the number of each variable.

3. The particles in the compound will not be able to maintain all of their original properties, but the particles of the mixture can retain all of their original properties.

4. Compound components will require a very large energy input when separating, whereas mixed components only require relatively small energy because they can be easily separated.

5. Compounds can be formed as a result of chemical reaction processes, while mixtures can be formed as a result of mechanical means and are not too difficult.

Broadly speaking, the difference between compounds and mixtures has characteristics or characteristics that at first glance are similar, but not the same. A compound is a type of matter that can be formed due to the combination of two or more elements with unequal calculations or comparisons in a chemical process. Meanwhile, a mixture is a type of matter that can be formed from two to more substances with various properties by chemical processes.

Thus, such is the complete explanation of the differences in compounds and mixtures along with examples and their meanings this time. Hopefully this article can provide benefits as well as add insight and knowledge to all of us.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

 

We can find examples of democracy in everyday life. One of the simplest examples is deliberation in selecting class leaders. This democratic attitude can be interpreted as an action based on democratic values. Where this attitude will support the implementation of democratic principles.

The meaning of democracy according to Herlina Sari in her book entitled Faces of Indonesian Democracy is the government system of a country as an effort to realize people’s sovereignty which is run by the government. There are many countries that implement a democratic political system, including Indonesia.

Each country implements this democratic system with its own understanding. The difference in understanding is divided into three points of view. What are the various perspectives of democracy?

Types of Democracy

Below are several types of democracy according to a book entitled Democracy Teaching Materials by Dwi Sulisworo, et al, including:

Based on Ideology

If based on an ideological point of view, this democratic system is divided into two, namely:

1. Constitutional Democracy or Liberal Democracy

Liberal democracy is democracy that uses a political system with understanding to provide individual freedom. Where this liberal democracy can also be said to be a democracy that prioritizes the protection of individual rights from government power with notes that are in accordance with constitutional law. Therefore, in this democracy, every decision one wishes to vote for will be taken from the majority decision. This is done so that every policy that has been made does not violate the rights of every individual.

2. People’s Democracy

This people’s democracy aspires to a life without social class and without private property. This democratic system is also known as proletarian democracy with a viewpoint of Marxism and communism.

Based on the Way of Channeling the Will of the People

A democratic political system based on the people will be divided into three types, including:

1. Direct Democracy

Direct democracy, also known as pure democracy, is a type of democracy in which the people have direct power without any representatives, intermediaries or parliamentary assemblies. This democracy requires broad participation in politics.

If the government has to pass certain laws or policies, then those regulations will be determined by the people. They will vote on an issue and play a role in determining the fate of their own country.

2. Representative Democracy

This representative democracy is what will be done when the people can choose who will represent their voice in parliament. Where this democracy is the most common form of democracy throughout the world. The emphasis itself is on protecting the rights of not only the majority of the people in the state, but also minorities. By electing more qualified representatives, the minority will then be able to speak out in a more efficient way.

3. Referendum System Representative Democracy

This democracy is a combination of direct democracy and representative democracy. The people will elect their representatives to sit in representative institutions which are then controlled by the people themselves.

Based on Points of Interest

If based on the point of concern, the democratic political system is divided into three types, including:

1. Formal Democracy

Formal democracy is a democratic political system that upholds political equality, without eliminating disparities in the economic field. In a formal democracy, everyone is considered to have the same rights.

2. Material Democracy

Material democracy is a political system that focuses on efforts to eliminate differences in the economic field. Meanwhile, equality in the political field is given less attention and sometimes even omitted.

3. Joint Democracy

This combined democracy combines the good and throws out all the bad of formal democracy and material democracy. In this, the equality and rights of everyone are recognized, but people’s activities are limited for the sake of welfare.

Democracy characteristics

Democracy itself is carried out so that the needs of the general public can be met. Policy making in a democracy depends on the wishes and aspirations of the people in general.

By determining policies in accordance with the wishes of the people, then in a democratic country there will be people’s satisfaction. In addition, a country itself can be said to be a democratic country if it meets the following characteristics:

1. Have People’s Representatives

Indonesia has a legislative body called the People’s Representative Council or DPR which has been elected through general elections. Therefore, state affairs, people’s sovereignty, as well as power will be represented by these DPR members.

2. Decisions Based on Citizens’ Aspirations and Interests

All decisions made by the Government will be based on the aspirations and interests of the people and not just personal or group interests. This also prevents rampant corruption.

3. Applying Constitutional Characteristics

This relates to the will, interests, or power of the people. Where this is also stated in the determination of the law or law. The law that is created must also be applied fairly.

4. Holding General Elections

People’s parties must be held regularly until representatives or leaders are elected to run the government system.

5. There is a party system

The party is a means or media to implement a democratic system. With the existence of a party, the people can also be elected as representatives of the people who have the role of being the successors of aspirations. The goal itself is of course so that the government can realize the wishes of the people, as well as being a representative of the people who can control the work of government. If there are irregularities, the people’s representatives can take legal action.

Democracy Goals

In general, the purpose of democracy itself is to create a prosperous, just and prosperous society with the concept of prioritizing honesty, fairness and openness. In concept, the goals of democracy in the life of the state include freedom of opinion and people’s sovereignty. For more details, the following are some of the goals of democracy.

1. Freedom of Opinion

The purpose of democracy is to provide freedom of opinion and expression. A country that adheres to a democratic system of government, where its citizens have the freedom to express their opinions and express their aspirations and expressions.

This is one of the fundamental things for a democracy. The guarantee of basic rights is also carried out in an open way as a way of uncovering and overcoming social problems that have not materialized.

2. Establishing Security and Order

In general, democracy has the goal of creating security, order, and also peace in society. Democracy will guarantee the rights of every citizen and also promote deliberation to solve common problems so that there is mutual security in the community.

3. Encouraging Active Communities in Government

Democracy prioritizes people’s sovereignty, so that they will be involved in every government process, from direct general elections to giving aspirations related to public policy. The people are encouraged to be actively involved in the political field to advance the performance of the country’s own government.

With the role of the people in government, it will also make every citizen more responsible for the role they have as a citizen who is obliged to maintain the integrity of the country.

4. Limiting the Power of Government

The highest power in a country that implements a democratic system is in the hands of the people. That means, the people have the right to give their aspirations and also criticize the government. The democratic government system also has the goal of limiting government power so as not to create absolute or dictatorial power.

With democracy it is hoped that it will create an accountable government, where the government only functions as a representative of the people who are given the task of summarizing all the needs of the people.

The people themselves can assess and also demand if there is a discrepancy between the needs and the policies formulated. The people can make demands if the government violates the policies that have been made.

Example of Democracy

As explained above, this democratic government system is centered on the community itself. Therefore, human principles and values ​​can be upheld.

As for examples of democracy that can be found in social life, be it the scope of the family, school, state, and also the environment that surrounds us. The following are some examples of democracy you need to know:

Examples of Democracy in the Family Environment

The scope of the family is the smallest environment in social life, of course democracy can start from our own family. The following are some examples of democracy in the family environment, including:

1. Be Fair to All Family Members

The first democracy is our attitude towards all existing family members, where we must be fair to our parents, siblings or closest relatives. This can make family relationships harmonious.

2. Free Expression of Opinion

All family members have the same right to express opinions. This must be maintained properly so that there are no misunderstandings because of a matter. What’s more, if the misunderstanding is not resolved properly, it will later have fatal consequences if it is not straightened out immediately.

3. Overcoming Family Problems with Deliberation

If there is a problem in the family, then do deliberations together with all family members. Never hesitate to do this because family is the closest person and will definitely understand if discussed properly.

4. Prioritizing Common Interests

Even though you have a harmonious family, never be selfish. The family should be the most valuable thing that must be taken care of properly, one of which is by prioritizing common interests.

Examples of Democracy in the School Environment

In addition to the family environment, there are also examples of democracy in the school environment. Here, both students and teachers, must uphold democracy. There are many examples of democracy in the school environment, including:

1. Election of Class Leaders by Voting or Deliberation

One example of democracy in the school environment is the election of class presidents. Where the election can be done by deliberation or voting led by the teacher. Not only the election of the class leader, but the election of other chairmen can also be done by way of deliberation. For example, the election of student council president, activity head, class administrator, and others.

2. Respect the Opinions of Others

Instilling mutual respect for others should have started since school. Here, the role of a teacher is very important to teach students about this attitude. This can be started from trivial things such as respecting students’ opinions, not laughing when other students answer, and so on.

3. Implement a Rotating Picket Schedule

Implementing a picket schedule is certainly a good lesson for students. With a rotating picket schedule, this can make students know that everyone has the same rights and obligations. The picket schedule is not only limited to cleaning pickets, but can also be in the form of ceremonial pickets, class arranging pickets, and others.

4. No Discrimination

School has become a second home for students. Therefore, protecting the school environment from various unpleasant things such as discrimination is a very important thing to do. Both teachers and students can play an active role so that school conditions are not contaminated with acts of bullying or discrimination. Because, in school all students have the same rights.

Examples of Democracy in the Neighborhood

Democracy in the neighborhood must of course be implemented, bearing in mind that this is where a person is required to play an active role in keeping the social system running. The following is an example of democracy in the neighborhood.

1. Exercising Rights and Obligations in the Community

Every citizen in society has the same rights and obligations. Surely this must be done by all citizens regardless of status, economy, or position of the community.

2. Participate in Maintaining Security and Order

The security and orderliness of an environment is largely influenced by the people in it. If there is a riot because of a problem, then all people can participate in solving the security problem as a family.

3. Mutual Cooperation with All Citizens

This gotong royong activity is one of the positive activities that has been carried out since ancient times. However, along with the development of the times, this one culture is increasingly faded and we rarely meet. In fact, these activities have enormous value to the establishment of a democratic government.

4. Routine Meetings

One of the most traditional democratic actions is deliberation. Where everyone has the right to participate and express their opinion in solving a problem through the deliberation. So, it will produce a decision and be supported by all members which it thinks is the best solution.

Examples of Democracy in the State

The last example of democracy is democracy in the system of state government. Here, everyone, be it from the government or society has a role to advance the country. Examples of democracy in the state can be seen below.

1. Election of President and Vice President

The general election of the president and vice president becomes a democratic party in a country. Where all countries have the right to choose leaders from that country. In Indonesia, the election is a very big event for democracy. In fact, this day is a national holiday.

2. Leaders can carry out tasks according to the mandate

Countries like Indonesia have a leader called the president. The president who was elected to lead the country for about 5 years has a very big responsibility. One of them is carrying out the task in accordance with the mandate that has been given by the community. It is an obligation to run a democratic system of government.

Closing

This is an explanation of examples of democracy from various layers. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about other examples of democracy, they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Human

Also read:

Example of Customary Law – In Indonesia, especially in some areas, people still uphold customary values ​​to carry out several activities. Such as traditional ceremonies if you want to hold a wedding, funeral ceremonies, and even when someone commits an immoral act, customary punishment will be carried out on the culprit.

Each region has its own cultural history background and this also influences the implementation of the punishment according to the beliefs prevailing in each region.

As part of Indonesian society, we should also respect and appreciate the applicable regional regulations even if they conflict with our beliefs. Because, mutual respect will create harmony between Indonesian people and avoid existing disputes.

For this reason, in order for us to understand the values ​​of unity among Indonesian people, especially those in the regions, it is better if we look at some examples of customary law that exists in Indonesia and is still valid today.

Furthermore, we have summarized the discussion regarding examples of customary law in Indonesia and can be listened to below!

Customary Law in Indonesia

Indonesian customary law (Dutch: adatrecht; English: Indonesia Common Law) are unwritten rules and guidelines for all legal communities in Indonesia, and are adhered to by Indonesian people in their daily social life, both in cities and in villages.

In fact, there are still many people who use customary law to regulate their daily activities and resolve existing problems. Each region in Indonesia has its own customary law system that regulates the lives of various people, most of whom are customary law. Not in the form of written regulations, customary law is formed following the development of society and the traditions of the existing community/citizens.

A Brief History of Indonesian Customary Law

As a country inhabited by many tribes, Indonesia also has many customary laws. The role and status of the common law in Indonesia continues to grow. During the colonial period, the status of common law was considered lower than European law. This vision did not last long and appeared around 1808-1811.

The Governor General of England, Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, then formed a commission to examine and investigate the regulations that apply in society. This was done to improve the law of government during his reign.

The results of the survey were then collected on February 11, 1814. From there a rule was born called the Ordinance for More Effective Judicial Administration of the Javanese High Court.

The post-independence government also recognized customary law status. Recognition is written in the constitution. As stated in Article 18 B of the 1945 Constitution, “the state declares and respects customary law community units along with their traditional rights as long as they are still alive and according to the principle of society and the unitary republic of the state as regulated by Indonesian Law (UU).

The Origins of the Word “Customary Law”

There are two opinions about the origin of the word adat. On the other hand, there are also those who say that custom is taken from Arabic which means habit. Customary law was first introduced by Snouck Hurgronje, an expert on oriental literature from the Netherlands (1894). Before the term Adat recht was developed, the term Adat Recht was known. Snouck Hurgronje noted in his book on Aceh in 1893-1894 that uncodified Indonesian public law belonged to Aceh.

Later, the term was also used by Cornelis van Vollenhoven, a Bachelor of Letters who is also a Bachelor of Law who is also a professor at the University of Leiden in the Netherlands. He included the term Adat Recht in his book Adatrecht van Nederlandsch Indie (Dutch East Indies Customary Law) from 1901 to 1933. , Rules of Dutch Law), Article 13 paragraph (2), which came into force in 1929.

Customary law is unknown in Indonesian society. Hilman Hadikusuma said the term was only a technical term. It is said that because the term grew and developed by jurists who studied laws in Indonesian society, which was then developed into a scientific system.

The term Customary Law is also known in English, but the development of Indonesia itself is only known as Adat, referring to the legal system referred to in the academic world as common law.

This opinion is reinforced by the opinion of Muhammad Rasyid Manggis Dt Radjo Penghoeloe, by Prof. Amura : Continuing the perfection of life in times of excessive prosperity, because the people were a little worried about the abundant natural wealth, then people learned abdat.

Examples of Customary Law in Indonesia

Examples of Indonesian common law vary. Rules relating to marriage, traditional ceremonies and death ceremonies are regulated by customary law.

Various examples of customary law exist in Indonesia. Before learning about the various types of customary law, here is the definition of customary law. Quoted from the book Indigenous Peoples Law by Dr. Teuku Muttaqin Mansur, MH Customary law is unwritten customary rules decided by jurists, the sanctions have been around for a long time, are still developing and are followed by local indigenous peoples.

Customary law is a hereditary belief of the local community that is still adhered to. The following are examples of customary law in Indonesia:

Customary Law of Calculation of the Javanese Calendar

An example of the customary law of the Javanese people which is still alive and continues to this day is the tradition of counting calendars. Calculating the Javanese calendar is not only related to mystical matters, but is a condition for obtaining the pleasure of Allah. Javanese calendar calculations are generally used as:

• Set a wedding date
• Define important holidays
• Set a suitable wedding time.

Customary Law: Awig-awig in Pakraman Village, Bali

Quoted from the JDIH Karangasem website, Balinese Awig-awig customary law is listed in Bali Provincial Decree No. 3 of 2003. The awig-awig adopted by the Balinese Pakraman Village includes several things such as:

• Forgive (forgive)
• Sins (financial fines)
• Kempang (property valuation)
• Kasepekang (not speaking) for a certain period of time
• Kaselong (expelled from his village)
• Prayascita ceremony (village cleansing ceremony)

Kalis Dayak customary law, Kalimantan

Another example of customary law is the Dayak community in Kalimantan. According to the Cultural Site of the Ministry of Education and Culture, there are four types of customary law in the Kalis Dayak community, including:

• Saut: a type of punishment that begins with a small incident. The death penalty is a symbol of peace with the supernatural spirits that surround it.

• Sanga’ Bar (half of the soul): the decision of the case, whether intentional or not. The consequences for the victim are lifelong disability or serious injury.

• Life or Body Starch or Bar: A kind of decision in any case that causes someone’s death. Criminals comply with existing customary and formal laws (notified to authorities)

• Kampung Adat: The type of punishment given to criminals if the case is immediately caught and it is proven that their actions have violated village customs.

Finger Cutting Customary Law, Papua

Grief over the death of a family member is usually expressed by crying or mourning the loss until the sadness subsides.

However, the Dani people who live in the mountains of Halmahera, Papua are different. Existing customary law even seems to add to the suffering of the families left behind by having to cut off their fingers.

Every time a family member dies, tribe members must cut their knuckles as a reminder that the family member is no longer complete.

Why knuckles? Since hands represent perfection, if something is missing, life is obviously no longer perfect.

Derivative Customary Law, Aceh

In Aceh, the example of customary law that applies is multilevel law based on injustice committed by the community, regardless of whether it is the lower class or superior.

Starting with a reprimand, then having to apologize in public, until finally there is a big law and until the culprit is physically punished.

Land Stabbing Customary Law

The Tikam Tanah ceremony is a traditional ritual performed by outsiders who enter Selaru Island for a specific purpose. According to the indigenous people of Selaru Island, the entire area of ​​Petuan Village, especially some areas that are sacred to the community, are still inhabited by their ancestors. Therefore, visitors from outside the village must perform an introduction ritual called the traditional muspika ritual, as a signal to the ancestors, so that village guests are not disturbed. This ritual shows that village guests are considered part of the village community.

Customary Inheritance Law, Bali

Bali, which adheres to patrilineal or male gender, has family inheritance laws that are one hundred percent in the hands of men.

Even though it can only be worn by girls, this is based on the fact that men’s responsibilities in the family are considered greater than those of women.

The law changed slightly in 2010, when women were granted the right to inherit, namely: half of the property, a third of which was previously used for inheritance.

But this law only applies to Hindu women. This does not apply to Balinese women who change religions.

Mahar Customary Law, Maluku

The Naulu tribe still followed the dowry customary law in the form of a severed human head until 2005.

It is terrible, but local people believe that it will bring immortality to their families in the future. Fortunately, the government prohibits enforcement of this law.

Mualang Butang Dayak Customary Law

Indigenous peoples in general, especially the Dayak Indigenous Peoples of West Kalimantan, must be governed by regulations or customary law. Of course the customary laws of each region, sub-tribe or community are not the same. The existence of this custom is ancestral heritage. Different customary laws apply to each indigenous West Kalimantan Dayak community or Dayak sub-tribe. From the common law of marriage, the common law of Butang (cheating/adultery) to the general law of murder or the nature of life. Customary law also regulates the management and utilization of natural resources, such as the use of shared forests (common jungle). The same is true for the native Dayak Mualang or the Dayak Mualang sub-tribe.

One of the Dayak Mualang villages that still follows its customs and traditions is the Dayak Mualang in Resak Balai Village, Belitang Hilir District, Sekadau Administrative Region. This village is a small village with 63 families. There is still a very strong sense of kinship and attachment here in everyday social life. A sense of kinship and a sense of belonging cannot be separated from obedience and obedience as a guideline for living together. For the Dayak Mualang people here, whenever there is a problem or dispute in the village, they always prioritize customary law. Dayak Mualang Kampung Resak Balais believes that customary law is the best way and still provides a sense of justice in resolving problems or disputes. There is nothing that common law cannot handle. For the original Dayak Mualang community, The purpose of customary law is to regulate order in society. Customary law is very important because it maintains and regulates the relationship between humans and humans, humans and nature, and humans and the Creator so that they are maintained, balanced, peaceful and harmonious.

Dayak Mualang customary law consists of several types or levels. Starting from the common law that regulates human behavior to the common law relating to the management of land and natural resources. So for Dayak Mualang, customary law is a very sacred thing. Therefore, if there is a violation of the common law, all violators must be subject to the ordinary punishment and must pay attention to the ordinary punishment in the form of a tail. Saba, according to Dayak Mualang, is a unit of customary sanction.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of examples of customary law in Indonesia. Not only discussing examples of customary law but also discussing in more detail the customary law that applies in Indonesia, its brief history, the origins of the word customary law, and related matters regarding the application of customary law that is still valid in Indonesia.

Studying customary law is a very basic thing, especially for a human being as a social being because understanding the various customary laws that apply and develop in each region makes us more respectful of each applicable regional regulation and of course it varies according to the cultural background of the area and the reasons why. they apply the customary law, of course, for certain reasons according to their respective customary beliefs.

Thus a review of some examples of customary law in Indonesia. For Sinaumed’s who want to understand customary law and knowledge related to other laws, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.
Author: Pandu Akram
Related articles:

Definition of Customary Law According to Experts and Its Development in Indonesia

Understanding Islamic Inheritance Law: Conditions, Pillars, and How to Share It Fairly

Law: Definition, Purpose, Function, Elements and Types

Definition of Customs According to Experts, Types to Examples

The Definition of Civil Procedure Law Along with Criminal and Administrative Law

Examples of conjunction sentences – In our daily lives, we unconsciously often use conjunction words or sentences in communicating with other people. This conjunction sentence can be used both in written and spoken language directly. So, what exactly are examples of conjunction sentences themselves? Check out the following explanation!

Without realizing it, in our daily activities and association with friends or community groups we will make several use of conjunction words or sentences. These conjunctions are also known as connecting sentences.

For information, conjunctions or conjunctions also have their own meaning, function, to their own kind, you know .

Basically, a conjunction or conjunction is a word that can connect two different words, two phrases, two sentences, or two paragraphs. Meanwhile, the special feature of this conjunction sentence is its layout.

Conjunctions or conjunctions are never located at the end of a sentence. In addition, conjunctions or conjunctions are also not always followed by nouns or nouns.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary or abbreviated KBBI, conjunctions or conjunctions have the meaning as a word or expression connecting words, between clauses, between phrases, or between sentences.

For another meaning of conjunctions, according to Moeliono et al. In his book entitled Indonesian Standard Grammar, conjunctions are assignment words that have the function of connecting two language units that have the same degree. The unit of language can be a pair of words with words, phrases with phrases, or clauses with clauses. Any type of language unit can be used, but provided that the language unit has the same degree.

Then, what exactly is the function of the conjunction sentence? What are the types of conjunction sentences and what are examples of conjunction sentences?

To answer the question above, let’s look at the following summary of information about examples of conjunction sentences, meanings, functions, and types of conjunctions. Check this out !

Functions and Definition of Conjunction Sentences

As we know, in communicating and talking to other people, whether directly or indirectly, we often use conjunctions. It’s just that most of us are not aware of the existence and explanation of the conjunction sentence itself. So that it leads to us not knowing what the conjunction sentence means.

Actually, in the explanation above, several meanings of the conjunction sentence itself have been explained. However, for more details, see the following explanation, come on!

Based on what is written in the KBBI or the Big Indonesian Dictionary, it is stated that a conjunction is a word or expression used to connect words, between clauses, between phrases, and or between sentences. Meanwhile, according to Anton Moeliono (2003), explained that the meaning of the word conjunction is an expression that connects other expressions with almost the same meaning.

According to him, a conjunction is a word that will connect two language units with the same or equivalent degree. Examples of language units with the same degree are pairs of words with words, clauses with clauses, or phrases with other phrases.

In addition, conjunctions also have a very important role or function in the position of a sentence or paragraph. This is because later this conjunction will make two different sentences more coherent and easier for the recipient of the information to understand. The reason is, each type of word from this conjunction or conjunction also has its own use.

Types of Conjunctions and Examples of Conjunction Sentences

Conjunctions or conjunctions have quite a lot of types. This is of course in accordance with the use and units of language. To find out several types of conjunctions along with some examples of conjunction sentences, just look at the explanation below, come on! Keep on reading , ok !

• Equivalent Conjunctions or Coordinating Conjunctions

Equivalent conjunctions, also known as coordinating conjunctions, are conjunctions that are usually used to join two clauses of equal rank. The reason is, after the application of this coordinating conjunction, a sentence will be produced which is called an equivalent compound sentence.

In general, these coordinating conjunctions connect parts of sentences that are considered equivalent. In addition, this sentence also cannot be placed at the beginning of a sentence. So, the use of the conjunction is in the middle of the sentence. Examples of equivalent conjunctions or coordinating conjunctions are the words and , but , or , and whereas .

Examples of coordinating conjunction sentences include:

• Dad wrote a message and Mom cut vegetables in the kitchen.
• Dewi and Novi are doing school work.
• Ridwan wasn’t doing his homework, but he was playing a video game.
• Farhan feels that his work is better than Putra’s.
• Arfan has never wanted to play basketball, even though he could be one of the top players on the school team.
• Ica dreams of becoming a doctor, while Sari dreams of becoming a businessman.
• Raisa was asked to choose whether to attend in Bandung or Jakarta.
• Salsa’s house is huge, but also very messy.
• After graduating from school, Odin was confused about whether to continue studying or go straight to work.
• Mother asked me to become a doctor, but Father wanted me to become a teacher.
• Andi loves his mother, father and two younger sisters very much.
• Dodi is no longer included in the millennial generation category, but is already included in the gen Z generation.

• Conjunctions or Subordinating Conjunctions

A multilevel conjunction or subordinating conjunction is a conjunction that has the function of joining two or more clauses that have a cascading relationship. Slightly different from coordinating conjunctions which after their use will produce an equivalent compound sentence, subordinating conjunctions will actually produce a multilevel compound sentence.

In addition to this conjunction connecting the multilevel parts of the sentence, this one conjunction is also usually placed at the beginning of the sentence. Examples of subordinating conjunctions include since , if , with , and so .

These subordinating conjunctions also have several categories. Thus, the distribution of examples of conjunction sentences is also separated into several groups. The types of subordinating conjunctions are as follows.

• Subordinating conjunctions for time : since, since, while, since.

Examples of tense subordinating conjunctions:

– From a long time ago, I was aware that I would not be able to be with him.

– Since meeting him, I’ve fallen in love.

• Conditional subordinating conjunctions : when, if, if, if.

Examples of conditional subordinating conjunctions:

– I will report this incident, if until tomorrow night he does not come and apologize.

– He threatens to leave if I don’t reply to his messages.

• Subordinating conjunctions for comparison : as if, as.

Examples of comparative subordinating conjunctions.

– He always acts casually, as if all his past affairs are finished.

– She always looks charming like a princess from a fairy tale.

• Subordinating conjunctions if : if, for example.

Examples of subordinating conjunctions:

– If I were a bird, I would surely fly freely dancing in the air all day long.

– Like a flower, you must be as beautiful and fragrant as a rose.

• Concessive subordinating conjunction : even though, even though.

Concessive subordinating conjunction examples:

– Eko always looks happy, even though he doesn’t have much wealth.

– Orvi said he would still wait, even though his past never intended to come home.

• Subordinating conjunction results : so, until.

Examples of product subordinating conjunctions:

– Adam fell off his bicycle , bruising his leg.

– Lino continued to practice dancing until he understood the movement outside his head.

• Subordinating conjunctions because : because, because, and because.

Examples of subordinating conjunctions because:

– Ina missed the school bus because she woke up late.

– Herry cheated in the final assessment because he had big ambitions to win.

• Subordinating conjunctions for complementation : that.

Examples of complementary subordinating conjunctions:

– Ara said that her new drawing book caught fire.

– Terry has finally revealed that he is a fan of a girl group from Korea.

• Subordinating conjunctions way : with, without.

Examples of subordinating conjunctions:

– Today Lila learned to eat noodles using chopsticks.

– Dudi went to watch a movie at the cinema without his sick girlfriend accompanying him.

• Comparative subordinating conjunctions : more than, equal to.

Examples of comparative subordinating conjunctions:

– Tyo became one of the students with the same intelligence as his teacher.

– Judging from the data on paper, Lucy’s abilities are more than Sheren’s in dance.

• Paired Conjunctions or Correlative Conjunctions

Paired conjunctions or correlative conjunctions are conjunctions that will connect two words, two phrases, or two clauses whose two elements have the same syntactic function and are equivalent. In general, these conjunctions will connect equal parts of sentences in pairs.

Examples of conjunctions in this group include ‘ not only… but also… ‘, ‘ not even… even… ‘, ‘ not… but… ‘, ‘ not… only… ‘, and ‘ so… so… ‘. Meanwhile, examples of correlative conjunction sentences are as follows:

• Manchester City not only won the FA Cup, but also became the most prolific football club in scoring goals this season.
• Not only the artists who went home, but also fans were asked to leave the event.
• Not that I didn’t want the ticket, but that it was too expensive.
• Dina is not lazy at school, but she has been sick since yesterday.
• The food has been prepared in such a way, so it will taste very good and refreshing.
• He has sacrificed in such a way for you, so you don’t have to be afraid to lose him.
• Never mind the lake in front of my eyes, I will go through the sea to meet you.
• Not even one glass of soda, Rian can finish even one large bottle of his favorite drink.
• Fino wasn’t an accelerated student, she was just an ordinary transfer student.
• Not a private secretary, Nina is just the right hand of the big boss.

• Conjunctions or Conjunctions Between Sentences

Conjunctions or conjunctions between sentences are connecting words that have a function to combine one sentence with another sentence to form a unified whole. Therefore, this type of conjunction is usually always at the beginning to start a new sentence, so the first letter is also written in capital letters.

In addition, this conjunction between sentences is also always separated by commas in other parts of a sentence. As for examples of conjunctions between these sentences are however, thus, therefore , and so on.

In some explanations, each conjunction word has its own meaning. The division of meaning in inter-sentence conjunctions is:

• The word ” as a result, thus ” means an effect or consequence.
• The word ” different from, on the contrary ” means something that is the opposite.
• The word ” then, after that, next ” means the next situation that will happen.
• The word ” that, actually, actually ” means the actual situation.
• The word ” even, not only that, instead ” means about the previous situation.
• The word ” however, unfortunately, but ” means a contrast to the previous situation.
• The word ” even though, even so ” means feeling sad or sad.

Thus, the examples of conjunctions between sentences are as follows:

• Sentences that express a willingness to do something that is contrary to what has been stated before.

Example: Class 12 MIPA believes in the class leader. Even so , they said they would continue to monitor its performance on the right track.

• Sentences that express the continuation of a situation or event in the previous sentence.

Example: Rudi goes to the soccer field. After that , he joined his friends to play soccer.

• Sentences relating to the existence of events, incidents, or other things beyond what has been previously stated.

Example: Ardi has a cold and cough. In addition , he also had a high fever.

• Sentences that refer to the opposite of what was previously stated

Example: PERSIKABO football club fans don’t care if their team has to be relegated. On the contrary , they will continue to provide support.

• Sentences that state the actual situation.

Example: Arsenal FC officially won the Premier League this season. In fact , this achievement was foreseen.

• Conjunctions or Temporal Conjunctions

Conjunctions or temporal conjunctions are conjunctions that have a relationship with adverbs of time. Basically, this temporal conjunction is always related to time, either in the sentence or between the sentences themselves.

Like its name and meaning, this temporal conjunction has two main functions. The first function is to connect two compound sentences, either sentences that are equal or sentences that are not. Meanwhile, the second function is to express adverbs of time in sentences.

This type of temporal conjunction is actually divided into two types, namely temporal conjunctions that are equal and temporal conjunctions that are not equal. The examples of temporal conjunction sentences are as follows.

• Equivalent temporal conjunction

These conjunctions are usually equivalent, meaning that they are in the middle of the sentence. Examples of equivalent temporal conjunctions are then, then, next, after , and before .

Example sentence: After boiling water , add instant noodles and other seasonings.

• Unequal temporal conjunctions

In contrast to temporal conjunctions which are equal, this temporal conjunction which is not equal will connect several sentences, whether it is multilevel compound sentences or equivalent compound sentences. This type also makes conjunctions can be placed anywhere, such as at the beginning, end, or even in the middle of a sentence. Examples of temporal conjunctions that are not equivalent are since, when, if, while , and when .

Example sentences: Everyone has moved locations while they are still relaxing on the beach.
;

Conclusion

Conjunction sentences or conjunctions are words and expressions that have the function of connecting words, between clauses, between phrases, and also between sentences. In addition, conjunctions also have a very important role or function in a sentence or paragraph.

This is because these conjunction sentences will later help make these sentences more cohesive and easier for the audience to understand.

In the explanation above, we have also seen the types of conjunctions along with examples of conjunction sentences. Hopefully, this explanation can add insight into #Friends Without Borders about examples of conjunction sentences, okay!

If you want to find books about Indonesian sentences, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author Name: Raden Putri

Reference:

• https://www.sonora.id/read/423478041/30-exemplary-kalimat-konjungsi-temporal-materi-language-indonesia
• https://www.detik.com/edu/detikpedia/d-5904964/15-exemplary-kalimat-konjungsi-conditions-dan-pengertiannya-bisa-untuk-belajar-nih
• https://www.kompas.com/skola/read/2022/06/13/103000269/20-exemplary-kalimat-konjungsi-aditif-gulungan-
• https://tirto.id/exemple-konjungsi-tipe-tipe-kata-connect-dan-pengertiannya-giV3

Examples of Adjectives – In Indonesian and English there are adjectives. It is important for us to know more about adjectives. This is none other than because the more adjectives we have, the better the use of language and the easier it is to understand what other people are talking about.

In compiling a sentence there are many supporting elements in it. Starting from subjects, verbs, adjectives, nouns, adverbs, pronouns and many more. Of the many supporting elements, it turns out that the adjective is one of the most used elements.

Simply put, an adjective is a word that can describe the nature, state of character and also the character of a person or animal or thing. In general, the existence of an adjective can be has a function as a predicate, object and subject description.

Besides that, there are still many things that we can learn together from adjectives. So, for more details, you can read the explanation in this article.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, adjectives are words that can explain nouns or nouns and in general will be able to join the words more and very.

Adjectives can also be interpreted as a class of words that change nouns or pronouns, usually also participate in explaining and making it more specific.

Then the function of the adjective or adjective itself is used to describe the nature or state of an object. The objects used are also quite diverse, such as humans, animals, plants and other objects.

Adjectives are also a class of words that can not only describe or explain, but can also change and add to the meaning of an object. This is what can make an object have a more specific meaning.

An adjective is a word that can describe the quantity, adequacy, sequence, quality or emphasis of a word. In English, the existence of adjectives is able to explain or limit pronouns and nouns which still have general characteristics and can be in the form of people, places, animals, objects and also abstract concepts.

Examples of Adjectives in Sentences

In order for Sinaumed’s to understand the use of adjectives in a sentence, here are some examples of adjectives in a sentence.

1. I think you are more suitable to wear pink clothes.
2. You are indeed my best friend.
3. Classrooms are neatly arranged.
4. Linda did not like physics lessons.
5. He’s a quiet kid, but he’s not a bad boy.

Examples of Adjectives Based on Their Characteristics

Adjectives (adjectives) in Indonesian have several characteristics. Of course, these characteristics will make it easier for you to recognize adjectives compared to other types of words. So that you know more about the characteristics of adjectives, here is a complete explanation.

1. Adjectives (adjectives) or adjectives can be added or given with adverbs of comparison that will use words like the examples provided below.
   • The word “Most”, for example, is the sweetest, most handsome, brightest and other words.
   • The word “More”, for example, is easier, prettier, more handsome and so on.
   • The word “Less”, for example, is less beautiful, less beautiful, less handsome and so on.
2. Adjectives can provide additions or be added with adverbs as reinforcement. Some words that can be used as adjective reinforcement are as follows.
   • The word “True”, for example: really beautiful, really beautiful, really generous and so on.
   • The word “Once”, for example: very rich, very beautiful, very generous and so on.
   • The word “Too”, for example: too charming, too beautiful, too generous and so on.
   • The word “Amat”, for example: very charming, very beautiful, very generous and so on.
   • The word “Very”, for example: very charming, very beautiful, very generous and so on.
3. Adjectives (adjectives) can be used as a form of rejection or denial. Usually the word used is the word no. Some examples of rejection words that use adjectives are as follows.
   • Not smart.
   • No fool.
   • Not true.
   • Not handsome.
   • Not generous.
   • Can not wait.
   • Not friendly.
   • Not beautiful.
4. Adjectives (adjectives) can be used repeatedly or have a function as a repetition word. Which will start with the word “se-” and end with the word “-nya”. An example is as explained below.
   • The best.
   • Sincerely.
   • Smoothly.
   • Smoothly.
   • As much as possible.
   • The worst.
   • How beautiful.
   • How handsome.
5. Adjectives (adjectives) can also be found in certain words which will later use certain endings as well. An example is as explained below.
   • The ending “-er”, for example, is kaires, honorary and so on.
   • The ending “-wi“, for example, is human, earthly, heavenly, chemical and so on.
   • The ending “-iah”, for example, is scientific, Islamic and so on.
   • The ending “-if”, for example, is naive, positive, active, passive, communicative, narrative and so on.
   • The ending “-al”, for example, is normal, formal, structural, functional, neutral and so on.
   • The “-if” ending, for example, is electric, hypocritical, attractive and so on.

Those are some of the characteristics possessed by adjectives (adjectives). Every characteristic possessed by an adjective can always make the adjective more easily recognized and more easily distinguished from other adjectives.

Examples of Adjectives Based on the Word Formation Process

Adjectives or adjectives can also be formed due to several processes. Some of the processes that can form adjectives are as follows.

1. Formed from Basic Words

Adjectives can be formed from basic words, for example, tall-short, old-young, rich-poor, fail-success, big-small, back-and-forth, up-down, strong-weak, and so on.

2. Formed Based on Affix Words (Invention)

Adjectives can be formed from a word affixes or derivatives. For example, the word richest, wealthiest, handsomest, prettiest, smartest, tallest, shortest, oldest, youngest, biggest, smallest, top, bottom, strongest, weakest, interested, stretched out and so on.

3. Formed from the word repetition or repetition

Adjectives can also be formed from words of repetition or repetition. Then for examples of adjectives that are formed from repetition words, such as the word ragged, tossed around, helter-skelter, ravaged, pitch-dark and so on.

4. Formed from absorption words

Adjectives can be formed from an absorption word, for example creative, legal and so on.

5. Formed from Words or Groups of Words

Adjectives can be formed from a word or from a group of words, for example, smiling, kind, weak-minded, stubborn and so on.

The explanation above is about several processes that can form an adjective or adjective.

Examples of verbs based on their function

Adjectives in Indonesian also have several functions in them. There are at least three functions of adjectives such as attributive, predicative and substantive. Each function of the adjective has a different meaning.

So that you understand more about the function of adjectives, here is a complete explanation.

1. Attributive Function

The attributive function is one of the functions of the adjective. Where the attributive function of an adjective or adjective will explain the nomadic nature and is always bound to that noun. Quoted from the 1998 Indonesian book Grammar, it explains that an adjective is a word that can provide specific information about something that can be expressed by a noun in a sentence.

This will make attributive adjectives have attribute properties that can complement or explain a noun. An example of an attributive adjective or adjective is like in the sentence “she is a beautiful and gentle girl”.

These beautiful and gentle words are adjectives that function as attributes and explain girl nouns.

Some examples of attributive adjectives or adjectives are as follows.

• Teak trees have a sturdy and strong body.
• Human rights are clearly stated in the 1945 Constitution.
• Tissue culture is carried out in a sterile container.
• Arrogance will bring problems in life.
• The presentation is explained briefly and accompanied by illustrations.

2. Predicate function

Sry Satriya Tjatur Wisnu Sasangka, et al in the book Adjectives and Adverbs in Indonesian (2000) explained that at the sentence level, most of the adjectives have a function as a predicate.

An example of an adjective that has a predicative function is something like “The taste of seawater is foreign”. Where the word salty is an adjective that has a function as a predicate and is located to the right of the subject of the taste of sea water.

Some other examples of adjectives that have a predicative function are as below.

• The child’s pants are too long.
• My school is near from home.
• The game is very fun.
• His heart is restless when it rains.
• Rain wet clothes.

3. Substantive Function

Adjectives also have a substantive function. Where this substantive function is an adjective function that will usually complement or accompany the subject. An example of an adjective that has a substantive function is in the sentence “The little one was brought by the father yesterday”.

The small word in the sentence is an adjective with a substantive function that describes the word as the core of the sentence. For other examples of adjectives with substantive functions are as follows.

• His behavior is childish despite his mature age.
• The maturity of a person’s thinking can be seen when he faces difficulties.
• Evolution is a natural process.
• Suddenly the sky became dark because it was about to rain.
• The development of online buying and selling applications is taking place very rapidly.

Those are some explanations about the function of adjectives.

Types of Adjectives According to Their Meanings or Semantics

Adjectives or adjectives are divided into several types. In the division of the types of adjectives can also be seen based on several things such as the types of adjectives based on their meaning or semantics. The types of adjectives based on that are further divided into two, namely graded adjectives and ungraded adjectives.

The explanation of the two types of adjectives based on their meaning or semantics is as follows.

1. Graded Adjectives

Graded adjectives fall into one of the types of adjectives that are seen based on their meaning. In graded adjectives it is also divided into several more types as explained below.

a. Adjectives or adverbs giving adjectives.

Where the adjective giving this attribute has the meaning as an adjective that can explain the quality or intensity

For example, clean, tidy, comfortable.

b. Adjectives or measure-giving adjectives.

Where this measuring adjective is an adjective that can explain the quality that can be measured with a quantitative measure or can be explained in the form of a number.

Examples for example: Weight, length

c. Coloring adjectives or adjectives.

Coloring adjectives are adjectives that can show or describe a certain color.

Examples are: Blue, white

d. Timing adjective or adjective.

A time-giving adjective is an adjective that can describe a time or period in a job or event.

Examples are: briefly, long.

e. Spacing adjective or adjective.

Spacing adjectives are adjectives that can describe the space between objects or places.

For example: Far, near

f. Adjectives or adjectives that give attitude.

An attitude giving adjective is an adjective that can describe an emotion or mood.

Examples are: Happy, sad, angry

g. Adjectives or absorption adjectives.

Absorbent adjectives are adjectives that can describe something that can be felt by the five senses.

Examples such as: Bitter, sweet, sour, smelly.

2. Ungraded Adjectives

An ungraded adjective is an adjective that describes membership in a group. For example, eternal, circular and others.

Types of Adjectives According to Syntax

Adjective types can also be seen based on their location or function or syntax. For more details, you can read the review below.

1. An adjective or attribute adjective is an adjective that has a function as a complement or clarification in a particular sentence. If this type of adjective comes after the subject, it is often considered as a description of the subject. Meanwhile, if it is located after the object, then the adjective is used to describe the object. For example, Dila has grown into a beautiful and kind-hearted daughter.
2. A predicative adjective or adjective is an adjective that has a function as a predicate in a certain sentence. An example is the old house is still comfortable to live in.
3. Inversion predicative adjectives or adjectives are types of adjectives that have a function as a predicate in a sentence but are located at the beginning of the sentence. An example is the beautiful view of the village from the top of this hill.

Types of Adjectives According to Their Nature

The type of adjective can also be seen from its nature. Some types of adjectives that are seen based on their nature are as follows.

1. Basic Adjectives

A basic adjective is an original adjective that does not undergo a process of affixation or affixation and cannot be broken down into simpler forms. Some examples of basic adjectives are beautiful, new, many, tall, old, few and so on.

2. Derivative Adjectives

Derivative adjectives or polyfermis are adjectives that have undergone a process of affixation or addition of affixes, repetition or reduplication, compounding and absorption. In general there are four groups of derived adjectives or adjectives as follows.

• Derivative Adjectives That Experiencing Affixation
• Derivative Adjectives That Experiencing Repetition
• Multiple Derivative Adjectives
• Absorbent Adjectives

That’s a review of examples of adjectives and explanations. It turns out that there is a lot in adjectives. By understanding every explanation in this article, of course you will also understand more about adjectives more broadly. Garmeds can also read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Examples of Community Values ​​– Pancasila is the foundation of the Indonesian state. The Pancasila principle is a pillar in the life of the nation and state. Pancasila has five commandments, one of which is in the fourth precept which reads, ” Populist led by wisdom in deliberations of representatives. “As stated in the fourth precept, there is a populist term in it, so the fourth precept has a populist value.

In addition, the fourth Pancasila precept emphasizes and supports social values ​​and wisdom in society. What is the form of these civic values? Then, what are examples of populist values ​​that are in accordance with the fourth precept in Pancasila? Check out the following explanation of civic values!

Values ​​in the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila

Pancasila is a formulation and guideline for the life of the nation and state which has been applied to all Indonesian people. Every precept of Pancasila has values ​​that must be implemented in everyday life for all Indonesian people.

The fourth precept in Pancasila is no exception, where there are examples of the application of populist values ​​in the daily life of the Indonesian people. In general, the meaning of the fourth precept of Pancasila is that Indonesian citizens have equal obligations and rights.

Community values ​​in Pancasila can be interpreted as qualities or characteristics that are attached to an object and have ideals, obligations, hopes and dreams. There are two types of values ​​that need to be understood, the two values ​​are material values ​​and vital values.

Vital values ​​are all things that are useful for humans to carry out activities, while material values ​​are all things that are beneficial to spiritual and physical health.

Because Indonesia upholds social values, decisions must be made through deliberation. In addition, every citizen must mutually respect the opinions expressed by other people, regardless of status, race, religion or gender.

This populist value has been directly applied in Indonesia, one example of which is the holding of regional elections and presidential elections which are carried out by taking the most votes cast by the community.

In short, the meaning of the fourth precept of Pancasila is that all Indonesian people have the same position before the law and government. Based on the symbol, namely the bull which is the symbol of the fourth precept. The bull is an animal that has considerable strength, so that Indonesian people have great strength if they respect each other.

In addition, bulls are animals that prefer to live in groups rather than living alone. If one of the bulls in the group is injured, the other bulls will help. For this reason, the bull’s head is used as a symbol of the fourth precept in Pancasila.

The bull’s head symbol is also a reflection of the Indonesian people who have always upheld mutual cooperation since the colonial era. Mutual cooperation attitudes and actions will facilitate the community in completing work or problems.

Mutual cooperation attitudes and behavior can be used as counseling activities. Therefore, the Indonesian people must always prioritize attitudes and actions of mutual cooperation.

In addition, the red symbol in the fourth precept of Pancasila also symbolizes courage. This is in line with the attitude and behavior of Indonesian people who are brave and strong.

Therefore, the Indonesian state is known and synonymous with a brave and strong country. In deliberations, everyone must have the courage to express their opinions factually. In addition, everyone must have the ability to be responsible for carrying out and solving challenges that arise when making counseling decisions.

Populist Values ​​in the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila

According to the website of the Ministry of Education and Culture of the Republic of Indonesia (Kemdikbud) it is explained that the meaning of the fourth precept of Pancasila is that Indonesian citizens have the same rights, position and obligations.

Therefore, fellow Indonesian citizens must hold deliberations in making decisions. Respecting the opinions of others, is one of the keys in conducting consensus deliberations.

The populist value or fourth precept value in Pancasila has points that have been listed in TAP MPR No.I/MPR/2003. The following are the points of populist values ​​in Pancasila.

1. As citizens and citizens, every Indonesian human being has the same rights, position and obligations.
2. You can’t force your will on other people.
3. Prioritizing deliberation in making decisions for the common good.
4. Deliberations are carried out to reach consensus with a spirit of kinship.
5. Respect and uphold every decision that has been reached as a result of deliberations.
6. In deliberations, shared interests are prioritized above personal and group interests.
7. Deliberations must be carried out using common sense and in accordance with a noble conscience.
8. Good faith and a sense of responsibility must be owned when accepting and implementing the results of deliberation decisions.
9. Decisions taken must be morally accountable to God Almighty, values ​​truth and justice, uphold human dignity and value and prioritize unity and integrity for the common good.
10. Giving confidence to representatives entrusted with the trust to carry out deliberations.

Values ​​in the Fourth Precept

Apart from the points of the fourth precept in the TAP MPR, there are several values ​​in the fourth precept of Pancasila. Here’s an explanation.

discussion

The main value of the fourth precept is deliberation. Deliberation means a joint debate that has the aim of resolving a problem that is present. Therefore, the decisions taken must prioritize the common interest above personal interests.

The social values ​​in this fourth precept teach every individual, especially the Indonesian people, to fight for the advancement of common interests. By prioritizing common interests, the Indonesian people will feel that they are treated fairly and live in harmony.

Not Doing Something by Force

Populist values ​​teach and invite people not to act by force. Through forced counseling, the results of counseling will not be in accordance with logical thinking. This coercion usually comes from within oneself or from others. Such coercion can be dangerous, because it will result in decisions that are not based on joint determination.

So as a result, many Indonesian people will be harmed. That is why the fourth precept of Pancasila has values ​​so that people have their own views, especially when holding meetings. That is, decisions produced by individuals from a deliberation are not coercive.

Have a Big Soul and Appreciate Every Decision

Sinaumed’s needs to know that not all ideas owned by an individual can be used as a final decision. That is, every individual should have a big heart when deliberating and be open-minded to be able to accept the final decision. This will enable one to accept and respect all well-thought-out decisions.

Actions and attitudes that are open and respect all decisions that are well thought out are the same as the values ​​contained in the fourth precept of Pancasila. In short, these two things reflect the Republic of Indonesia. Therefore, the Indonesian people must apply these values ​​in extension activities.

Accepting Other People’s Opinions

In the fourth precept, society is not only encouraged to accept all decisions, but also must be willing to accept the opinions put forward by other people even if those opinions differ. Opinions can be in the form of criticism, contributions, ideas or ideas.

Democracy

Indonesia is a democratic country, which means that all decisions must come from the will of the people, in accordance with the slogan ” from the people for the people “. Therefore, as a democratic country, every regional head election will be held with the votes of the Indonesian people through General Elections and Pilkada.

Voices come from the people, so the people have the right to monitor what elected officials do. To oversee all the activities of elected officials, it has been stated in the fourth precept value which reads ” populist led by wisdom in representative deliberations ” or populist values.

Examples of Community Values ​​in Accordance with the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila

After understanding the meaning of the fourth precept of Pancasila and the populist values ​​contained in the fourth precept of Pancasila, Sinaumed’s must actively participate in implementing populist values ​​in social life. How to?

To make it clearer, here are some examples of community values ​​that Sinaumed’s can implement in everyday life in various aspects.

At Home or Family Environment

Deciding something with the family

In family life, of course, Sinaumed’s may have to have discussions with father, mother, wife, husband or children to formulate a point. Starting from simple things or even complicated things. A simple example is when you want to plan a vacation trip with your family, the head of the family should hold a discussion with family members, where to enjoy the vacation time, when, for how long, and so on. That way, all family members will enjoy the holiday period.

Do not hesitate to listen to the opinion of children, as one of the characteristics of a wise parent

Listening to children’s opinions is an important value and one of the characteristics of wise parents. Even if children are young, it is not good to ignore children’s opinions. Preferably, to practice social values, parents must be willing to hold discussions with their children if something happens.

Listen and follow the instructions of the head of the family

The father is the head of the family or a family leader who has an important role. Therefore, it is important for family members to listen to and follow instructions from the head of the family, especially when it comes to positive things.

Do not impose opinions or wishes on other family members

When having discussions or deliberations with other family members, there will usually be differences of opinion in the discussion. So, it is important for all family members not to impose their opinions or wishes on other family members.

In the Community Environment

Participate in general elections, presidential and regional elections

General Elections (Pemilu), Presidential Elections and Pilkada are activities that are no strangers to being held in Indonesia every five years in an open or transparent manner and are attended by Indonesian people who are old enough. The form of information disclosure in these activities shows that the democratic system in Indonesia is running.

Therefore, as an Indonesian citizen who upholds Pancasila values, Sinaumed’s needs to participate in the election of people’s representatives. By participating in these three activities, Sinaumed’s has carried out activities that reflect the fourth precept or social values.

Participate in student organizations

If Sinaumed’s is still at school, then Sinaumed’s can participate in organizations at school such as OSIS or Student Executive Board (BEM). By participating in student or student activities like this, Sinaumed’s has taken actions that reflect the fourth precept.

Someone who is appointed as a representative of another person must be ready to listen to the aspirations of others

When Sinaumed’s is appointed as a representative for another person, Sinaumed’s must be willing to accept the wishes and aspirations expressed by other people.

All human desires and hopes that can be realized, must be treated fairly, so that they can produce desires that can be beneficial for the common good. Representatives of the people who are willing to accept and listen to the aspirations of the people, then they have shown actions that are in accordance with the values ​​of the people.

Accept wisely all decisions from the results of deliberations

Selfish attitude in society, if not avoided it will lead to less optimal decisions. Therefore, the choice taken because of one’s selfish nature will cause losses.

When the deliberations have been carried out and the decisions made in the deliberations are made, the members must wisely accept these decisions and throw away their egoism.

In the School Environment

Choose a class leader by means of deliberation and consensus

The class leader has an important role, especially for contacting teachers, making important announcements, as a communication intermediary between teachers and students. Therefore, the election of class president cannot be done unilaterally.

If the class president is elected unilaterally, maybe the person elected feels reluctant to carry out his duties or vice versa. Therefore, the class leader needs to be chosen by means of deliberation and consensus which is followed by all students in the class.

Appreciate the results of decisions from the election of class leaders or deliberations

When the deliberation process is running and decisions have been obtained, each class member must respect the results of the decisions from the selection and deliberation.

Discuss with classmates when making decisions

In teaching and learning activities, there will definitely be situations or activities that require Sinaumed’s to make a decision. Whether it’s for self-interest or the benefit of the group.

When there are activities involving group interests, Sinaumed’s must discuss with other classmates to make decisions. That way, no one in the class will feel disadvantaged.

If there is a dispute or problem at school, it needs to be resolved by deliberation

Another example of implementing community values ​​in the school environment is when there is a dispute or problem in the school environment. Whether it’s between students and students or between students and teachers.

If this happens, the problems and disputes must be resolved by way of deliberation. That way, the problem will be resolved peacefully and will not recur.

Do not impose personal will on other students

Whether it’s a teacher or a student, it’s not good to impose personal will on others. A teacher may not force a student to do things that the student does not want. Especially when personal will has a negative charge value. Likewise with students, it is not permissible to impose personal will on other students or teachers.

Every teacher and student must comply with the rights and obligations in accordance with their respective roles, especially in the school environment. That way, the school environment will be safe, comfortable and peaceful.

Those are some examples of the populist values ​​listed in the fourth precept of Pancasila. As good citizens, Sinaumed’s needs to actively implement community values ​​in everyday life.

To understand other Pancasila values, Sinaumed’s can learn them by reading books, because books are windows to the world.

sinaumedia.com supports Sinaumed’s who want to broaden their horizons by reading books and provides various books according to Sinaumed’s’ needs, including about Pancasila values. So don’t hesitate to buy books at sinaumedia!

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have #MoreWithReading information. Hope it’s useful!

Author: Khansa

Also read:

Civil law is generally known as one of the legal provisions governing the rights and obligations of every individual with a legal entity. For the first time, the term civil law was known in Indonesia using Dutch, namely Burgerlijk Recht. Sources of civil law were codified, known as the Burgerlijk Wetboek, then translated into the Civil Code or the Civil Code.

There are several views regarding the Civil Code, one of which is that the Civil Code is seen as a guide only, because there has never been an official translation of the Burgerlijk Recht, the original of which is still in Dutch. Certainly, the definition of civil law and its examples are varied and interesting to discuss. Check out the full explanation below:

Definition of Civil Law

Civil law can be divided into two, namely material civil law and formal civil law. Which material civil law relates to content or material regulated in the civil law itself While formal civil law is law related to civil proceedings or everything that regulates how the implementation of civil law enforcement itself, such as carrying out a lawsuit in court. In addition, formal civil law is also known as civil procedural law.

Broad and Narrow Understanding of Civil Law

The following are some explanations about the notion of civil law in a broad and narrow sense.

1. Broad Meaning

Civil law in its broadest sense is legal material as stated in the Civil Code a(BW), namely all the basic laws governing individual interests. Apart from that, the Wetboek van Koophandel (WVK) Trade Law Code and also a number of laws which are called other additional laws such as regulations in the Civil Code, as well as a number of additional laws such as the capital market law, the law on PT, and so on.

2. Narrow Meaning

Civil law in a narrow sense is civil law as contained in the Civil Code.

Definition of Civil Law According to Experts

Below are some definitions of civil law from experts:

1. Understanding Civil Law According to Riduan Syahrani

Civil law is the law that regulates the legal relationship between one person and another person in society, where the law focuses on individual or private interests.

2. Definition of Civil Law According to Sudikno Mertokusumo

Civil law is a law between individuals that regulates the rights and obligations of individuals with each other in family relationships and also in social relations. Implementation is then left to each party.

3. Definition of Civil Law According to Salim HS

Civil Law is the entire rule of law, both written and unwritten and regulates the relationship between one legal subject and another in family relations and also in social relations.

4. Definition of Civil Law According to Masjchoen Sofwan

Civil law is the law that regulates the interests of individual citizens, that is, one individual to another.

History of Civil Law

The civil law in the Netherlands originally came from civil law originating from France, which was compiled based on the Roman law Corpus Juris Civilis, which at that time was considered the most perfect law. The private law that applies in France is contained in two codifications called civil law and the Code de Commerce or trade law. When France controlled the Netherlands, namely from 1806 to 1813, the two codifications were enforced in the Netherlands which were still in use until 24 years after the independence of the Netherlands from France, namely in 1813.

Then in 1814, the Netherlands began to compile the Civil Code or what is known as the Dutch Criminal Code, based on the legal codification compiled by JM Kemper which is also called Ontwerp Kemper. However, Kemper unfortunately died in 1824 before completing his assignment. Then finally it was continued by Nicolai who occupied the position of Chairman of the Belgian High Court.

Examples of Civil Law and Examples of Cases

One type of law in Indonesia is civil law. This one law regulates the relationship between individuals with one another. For example, namely regarding defamation between one party and another, marriage law, and so on. We often find examples of civil law in everyday life. This is because violations of this law are actually very common violations. Violations in these cases have characteristics and also have several things. Are you curious about what goes into an example of civil law? Let’s see the full explanation below:

1. Marriage Law

The first civil law is no less important and also exciting, namely the marriage law. In a marriage itself there is a law that regulates between husband and wife. The marriage law regulations are regulated in Law no. 1 of 1974. Basically, the legal status of marriage has a law that is no less important. Among them are regulating marriages that can be carried out based on religious law, marriages will be based on agreement, rules on the minimum age limit for marriage for women and also for men.

2. Inheritance Law

Another example of civil law that is no less important and always hot for discussion is the law of inheritance. In the law of inheritance will regulate the distribution of a person’s inheritance to his children. Which rules of inheritance law will regulate matters of wills, namely about anyone who has the right to receive and reject inheritance, inheritance that is not in order, fidei-commis, legitieme portie, inheritance rights under law, about inheritance distribution, executor-testamentair and bewindvoerder.

3. Family Law

Who would have thought that family law also has its own legal rules. Of course, you also will not realize and understand what these rules look like. This example of civil law regarding family law will regulate relations within the family and also regulate the relationship to wealth that is already owned. The laws that will be reviewed will generally relate to the law of heredity, parental authority, guardianship, maturity, missing persons, and curatele.

4. Engagement law

Furthermore, a civil example that is no less important to understand is the law of engagement. Where the law of this engagement is the law that governs the area of ​​property and wealth only. As for the contents of the engagement law, among others, it will discuss the conditional agreement of the actual agreement, namely regarding time engagements, legal threat agreements, alternative agreements, and many more.

5. The Law of Wealth

The next example of civil law is the law of wealth which will discuss the world of wealth and law. Where this one law will explain how much property will be distributed. This includes sharing objects or items to be shared. This civil law offers a solution to problems arising from the distribution of wealth. The solution will also be regulated in law.

6. Divorce Law

The next example of civil law is divorce law, where this one law we often encounter in everyday life. Who would have thought that divorce cases, which may have become natural, are included in examples of civil law. We all know that divorce is prohibited and not allowed in religious regulations. Not only Islam, even other religions such as Catholicism or Christianity also prohibit divorce. Even so, we cannot avoid divorce that occurs in real life. Surely the divorce that occurs also has laws governing it.

7. Defamation Law

Reported in several law books, examples of civil law that we often see and also hear about are due to freedom of expression through social media, namely the law of defamation. Of course, without mentioning the case, you must already understand the problem of defamation. Cases of defamation are often experienced by those who are public figures or influencers. We often see this in television news shows, namely about defamation and similar cases. Where are trivial cases such as giving negative comments in the social media comment column to very big problems and ending in civil law.

Examples of Civil Law Cases

The following are examples of civil law cases that have occurred in Indonesia:

1. Ruben Onsu’s legal case

Ruben Onsu once reported Z’s Youtube channel for accusing his restaurant of using pesugihan. The Youtube account is also considered defamatory and detrimental to the company managed by Ruben. Therefore, Ruben’s party reported it to the authorities. The account was finally subject to an article on violation of the ITE Law which will later be traced and further explored.

2. Grandma Minah’s Civil Law Case

This civil example occurred on November 19, 2009. Minah’s grandmother, who at that time was 55 years old, was sentenced to 1 month and 15 days in prison for stealing three cocoa pods at the PT Rumpun Sari Antan plantation in Banyumas. However, it turned out that the trial process was full of emotion and drama. Until the chairman of the panel of judges, whose name was Muslih Bambang Luqmono, cried when he read out the legal verdict.

Scope of Civil Law

The following is an explanation of the scope of civil law, including:

1. Civil Law in a Broad Meaning

Civil law in a broad sense basically covers various matters that are included in material private law, namely all the basic laws or material laws that regulate individual interests, including laws contained in the Civil Code or BW, Criminal Code, and also those regulated in several other regulations, such as regarding commerce, cooperatives, bankruptcy, and so forth.

2. Civil Law in a Narrow Meaning

Civil law in a narrow sense is interpreted as the opposite of commercial law. Where this civil law is civil law as contained in the Civil Code. So that the written civil law as regulated in the Civil Code is civil law in a narrow sense. Meanwhile, civil law in a broad sense includes civil law in the Civil Code and commercial law in the Criminal Code.

Meanwhile, civil law also includes civil procedural law, which regulates how a person obtains justice before a judge based on civil law, regulates how the rules for carrying out a lawsuit against someone, which court’s power has the authority to carry out a lawsuit and others. Civil law also exists in the Copyright Law, the Law on Trademarks and Patents, all of which are included in civil law in a broad sense.

Material Civil Law and Formal Civil Law

The following is a complete explanation of material civil law and formal civil law:

1. Material Civil Law

Material civil law is a variety of legal provisions governing the rights and obligations of a person in relation to other people in society. Material civil law is the various rules governing the civil rights and obligations of a person. In other words, material civil law generally regulates the civil interests of every legal subject, which are regulated in the Civil Code, Criminal Code, and others.

2. Formal Civil Law

Formal civil law is all the provisions governing how a person obtains rights and justice based on material civil law. The way to obtain justice before a judge is commonly known as civil procedural law. Formal civil law is a provision that regulates how a person can claim his rights if he is harmed by another person, regulates how the fulfillment of material rights can be guaranteed.

Formal civil law intends to maintain material civil law, because formal civil law is useful for applying material civil law. In addition, formal civil law, for example civil procedural law, is contained in the Revised Indonesian Regulation or RIB.

Sources of Civil Law

The source of civil law is anything that can give rise to rules that have coercive power, namely rules that if violated will result in very strict and real sanctions. While the source of civil law is the origin of civil law or the place where civil law is found.

Volamar divides the sources of civil law into four types, namely the Civil Code, jurisprudence, treaties and customs. These four sources will later be further divided into two types, namely sources of written civil law and sources of unwritten civil law. What is meant by written sources of civil law are places where the principles of civil law originating from written sources are found.

Usually, certain civil law rules exist in statutes, jurisprudence, and treaties. Sources of unwritten civil law, namely where the principles of civil law are found that originate from unwritten sources. As it is in customary law. The following are some of the things that are sources of civil writing, including:

1. AB (algemene bepalingen van Wetgeving) general provisions of the Dutch East Indies government
2. Civil Code (BW)
3. Commercial Code
4. Law No. 1 of 1974
5. Law No. 5 of 1960 concerning Agrarian Affairs.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Meaning of Pantun

Pantun is a cultural work or non-object literary work in the form of old poetry which is very well known in the archipelago. Pantun comes from the Minangkabau word pantutun which means guide. In Indonesia, each region has its own name for this rhyme designation, for example, in Java, rhyme is called parikan. Meanwhile, in West Java, rhymes are called paparakan. While in Batak or in the Batak language, rhymes are called umpasa.

Even though they have different names in each region, the structure of this rhyme generally has the same structure from one region to another. Generally, a pantun has 4 lines or four lines, each line or line usually has a final pattern rhyme, for example abab or aaaa (no ending rhyme aabb or abba).

Initially pantun was oral literature which was later used as written literature which entered the category of old poetry literature. One of the main characteristics of rhymes is that they do not include the name of the composer or are anonymous, this is because the rhymes are spoken orally.

Currently, pantun has been recognized by UNESCO which is an organizational institution from the United Nations that deals with culture. Pantun has even been named as an intangible cultural heritage from Indonesia and Malaysia, because pantun does not only exist in Indonesia but also in Malaysia. In our neighboring country, namely Malaysia, pantun literature is also quite popular, considering that we are still a nation of the same family, namely the Malay family. So it’s no wonder that some of our cultures have something in common with Malaysian culture.

Read more: Definition of pantun and its types

Examples of rhymes for children

Pantun is an oral culture and literary work that needs to be preserved, this is because pantun has become part of the life of the Indonesian people. The pantun has even won the title of non-object world cultural heritage from the United Nations agency, namely UNESCO.

As citizens of Indonesia, we should be proud because pantun is one of the cultural heritages, even though it has similarities with neighboring countries, namely Malaysia. But even though they have similarities with Malaysia, rhymes from Indonesia and Malaysia certainly have some differences and characteristics of each, especially in terms of language and pronunciation.

In order for rhymes to exist and be preserved for generations, we must introduce rhymes to children from an early age. So that when they grow up, children will be familiar with rhymes and be able to use them when they grow up. rhymes that are commonly used for children are commonly referred to as children’s rhymes.

Children’s rhymes have the characteristics of language that is light and easy to understand, apart from that children’s rhymes also have an implied meaning in which the contents of children’s rhymes usually contain advice, praise and other things that teach children about goodness. In this children’s rhyme there are also various types, adjusting to the delivery or what will be conveyed to these children.

There are several examples of children’s rhymes based on their type, here we provide a review below.

1. Examples of witty children’s rhymes

Like limericks for adults, limericks for children are also commonly used to entertain children. Children’s limericks are usually used at children’s events such as birthdays and other events related to children.

These children’s limericks are usually not too serious and have nothing to do with love or matters relating to adults. This children’s limerick is also educational and simpler. For this reason, here we provide examples of children’s limericks that are funny and entertaining but full of meaning and educational for children.

Sitting on a wooden bench
in the afternoon drinking iced cendol
Friends, let’s admit it
Who still wets the bed a lot?

The pantun above is an example of a rhyme that is intended to satirize children who like to wet their bed. By reading the rhyme, the child will laugh and be embarrassed because he still wets his bed even though he is already big, for example. so that these rhymes can be used so that children do not pee in the bed again by way of satire but using the delivery of rhymes that are easy to understand and do not make children angry or rebellious.

2. Examples of educational children’s rhymes

Furthermore, there are the best children’s rhymes, the meaning here is children’s rhymes that are educational and good for advising children so that children will easily understand the contents of the rhymes and after hearing the rhymes the child will understand and practice them.

Some examples of the best children’s rhymes include rhymes that can motivate children to be even better, rhymes that make children more confident, rhymes that provide advice for children so that they can be applied in everyday life and various other types of rhymes that are useful and educational for children. children to teach kindness. For this reason, the following are examples of the best children’s rhymes which are quite educational and good for children.

Drinking coffee on a rainy day
It tastes really good.
A good boy, an exemplary child.
So the family is proud

The rhyme describes parents who are so proud of their children, so they give praise by conveying it using rhymes. When parents read or convey this rhyme to their children, the child will feel proud because they are considered good by both parents and even become the pride of the family.

By being given such rhymes, children will automatically become more confident and motivated to be good children and exemplary children so that they become the pride of their families, especially the pride of their parents.

3. Examples of children’s rhymes for advice

Advising children is easy and difficult, if you are advised in a rough way, usually the child will rebel and later it will have a bad effect on the child’s development and development and can even carry over into adulthood.

On the other hand, if you advise a child in a subtle way, usually the child will not obey because the child will not be afraid and will be disobedient. Therefore, to advise your child, you have to be really careful and recognize the personality of the child itself, moreover, you as a parent know very well the character of your own child.

One way to advise children that can be done by parents if they want to advise in a different way is to use rhymes, advising children by using rhymes can introduce children to rhymes as well as to provide advice that children can accept with a relaxed rhyme demeanor. The following is an example of advising children with rhymes that you can use.

Make sweets from salak fruit
For sale at various prices
Be a dutiful child to your mother and father
So that one day you can go to heaven

The rhyme above is an example of a rhyme for children that can be conveyed by both parents to advise their child so that their child becomes a dutiful child to both parents so that they can go to heaven. That way, the child will try to be devoted to both parents because they remember the advice conveyed through the rhyme, so that the child will avoid actions that make their parents and family disappointed in the future, especially when they are adults.

4. Examples of rhymes for happy children

You can convey rhymes for happy children to your child when your child does good things so that the child will feel praised and be happy with what he has done. By giving praise to children, children will become more motivated to repeat these good deeds.
For this reason, we provide examples of happy children’s rhymes that you can read or pass on to your child.

To the market to buy hot air balloons
On the way the balloon popped
How happy the heart was.
Scored a hundred

The example of the rhyme above is an example of a rhyme that you can use when your child gets a hundred marks in his exam or test. That way your child will feel happy and proud because he got a perfect score in the test.

Giving praise to children can have a very good impact on children’s growth and development, but don’t overdo it in praising because later the child will grow and develop into an arrogant and arrogant child.

By giving joyful rhymes to children, the child will feel that both parents are proud of the achievement of the child, so that the child will become even more active in learning to make his parents even more proud.

Those are some reviews about rhymes, starting from the meaning of rhymes and some examples of rhymes for children. as a cultural heritage that has been passed down from generation to generation, we are obliged to preserve the oral literature of this rhyme, because if we do not preserve this rhyme, then in the future this rhyme literature will be lost in time.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

The cash account is one of the most frequently encountered accounts when compiling financial statements, because every transaction will definitely involve the use of cash, be it in metal, paper, or other forms. In the field of finance, this one term has several meanings. In this article, we will discuss in full the meaning of cash accounts obtained from several literatures. The discussion of cash accounts often involves other terms, namely accounting, bookkeeping, and cash itself.

You may already be familiar with cash in business. The definition of cash or cash in accounting is cash paid directly without debt. However, cash itself has a broader meaning. This is one of the most liquid asset classes, where the higher the nominal, the higher the liquidity.

While based on the general understanding, cash can be considered as a place to save money or to pay and receive money. You could say that cash is cash that is used to exchange debts, goods, or services. But when it comes to accounting, it means something completely different. A cash account is a form of accounting that is based on recording the actual transactions that occur.

So, in this article, the discussion will focus more on understanding cash accounts in accounting. Not only that, we will also discuss the types, examples, and benefits for businesses that use them.

Definition of Cash Account

A cash account is an account that contains details of incoming and outgoing money. These are recorded for the purpose of showing the remaining cash that must exist or a cash account. Another understanding of a cash account is an account that is used to record various activities in the form of changes in nominal currency due to receipts and expenditures. Accounts involving cash and the like that are classified as cash accounts, such as demand deposits, checks, and so on, which can be used according to the function of money. Although time deposits are not included in the cash account, they are also very beneficial for business.

Definition of Cash According to Experts

The definition of cash in accounting is company assets in the form of cash, ranging from banknotes, coins, money orders, checks, and so on that are held by the company or kept in a bank and can be used for general company activities. According to the Indonesian Institute of Accountants or IAI, cash is an investment that can be liquid, has a short term and can be quickly turned into cash in a certain amount without the need to face the risk of significant changes in value.

In addition, IAI also states that cash consists of cash on hand balances, checking accounts or cash equivalents. On the balance sheet, cash will appear as the first item at the top because it is the most liquid asset in the company. Companies often include cash equivalents in this category, namely money market mutual funds and other short-term investments that are easy to convert into cash.

To make it easier to understand the meaning of cash itself, here are some explanations regarding the definition of cash according to experts:

1. Thomas Sumarsan

According to Thomas Sumarsan, cash is a current asset that is highly liquid and can be used directly for the continuity of business activities in the company.

2. Zaki Baridwan

Zaki has the opinion that cash is a medium of exchange and can be used in the form of measurements in the field of accounting.

3. Rudianto

According to Rudianto, cash is a company’s means of payment or exchange and can be used directly for company transaction activities when needed by the company.

4. Theodorus M. Tuanakotta, AK

According to this accounting expert, cash is all the money and deposits kept in the bank. Where the money can be disbursed directly at any time without reducing the value of the deposit.

5. Dwi Martani

The definition of cash according to Dwi Martani is as a financial asset that is the most liquid and can be used every day for the company’s sustainability activities and also to fulfill the company’s obligations.

Types of Cash Accounts

There are several types of cash accounts in the books. Depending on the size, a business can manage revenue and bill payments in one or more types of accounts. For example, a retail business may have separate operating accounts and merchant accounts, for example as a credit card transaction storage account.

Other large companies may also have separate operating and payroll accounts. In addition, they also have a cash account to earn interest income. With these various possibilities, there are several types of cash accounts that you need to know, including:

1. Operational Current Account

A business will generally allocate a certain checking account. Where this account is called an operating account and is used to handle business activities such as paying bills and depositing income.

2. Payroll Current Account

As the name implies, this payroll account is used to make payroll. There are lots of medium to high-end companies that have special checking accounts to pay their employees’ salaries.

3. Merchant Account

If a business allows its customers to pay by credit card or debit card, it probably has a merchant account. The account is only used for financial traffic from trading activities.

4. Petty Cash Account

This one account is also called an imprest account because it always has the same balance. Most companies have a cash box to use to pay for small daily expenses. The money in the petty cash is what is used.

5. Sweep Accounts

This one account is a way for companies to get investment income automatically. Every day, any extra money that is in the company’s operating account is collected and also transferred to the investment account.

Types of Cash

Cash in the company can be divided into several synchronous parts based on their designation. The following are several types of cash accounts in the company, including:

1. Petty Cash or Petty Cash

Petty cash is a cash account in the form of cash that is prepared by the company to pay various kinds of expenses which are relatively small and economical in value. In other words, petty cash or petty cash is money prepared by the company to pay for various company expenses which are small and uneconomical when paid by check.

2. Cash in the Bank

Cash in the bank is the company’s money in a bank account. Generally, this type of cash is used for relatively large expenditures and it is impossible to give cash in transactions because the amounts are large and vulnerable from a security point of view. Usually this type of cash is related to checking accounts from banks for companies.

3. Cash Reporting

Even though cash reporting can be done immediately, there are problems in reporting. Issues related to cash reporting are divided into 3 parts, including:

a. Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents or commonly referred to as cash equivalents are a group of company assets that have a maturity of less than three months. This will be very useful when used in difficult or unstable economic conditions. Examples of cash equivalents are government bonds and treasury bills.

b. Restricted Cash

Restricted cash or commonly referred to as limited cash is cash that is deliberately set aside for future obligations which are quite significant. The following is an overview of restricted cash to make it easier for you to understand:

The company has an obligation to pay for environmental damage worth 15 million rupiah for the next five years. Based on these conditions, the company will set aside 15 million rupiah to the restricted cash account.

c. Bank Overdrafts

Bank overdrafts are when a company issues a check whose value is greater than the balance in the bank. For example, regarding bank overdrafts, Maju Jaya Company issued a check for 120 million rupiah, even though the balance in their account at the bank was only 100 million rupiah. So the existing 20 million went into short-term debt.

Cash Account Criteria

Because it can have an impact on accounting, this cash account is assessed as a special bookkeeping. The cash account is usually used as a general ledger and also as a main entry book in accounting. There are two criteria for a cash account, including:

a. Available: there must be cash available in it to be used as the company’s daily expenses.
b. Free: if accepted as a means of payment in general according to its nominal value, then each item will be classified as cash.

Cash Example

The following are some examples of cash that need to be understood, including:

a. Cash: This is money that you can use in the form of paper or metal that applies to payments.
b. Travelers Check: This is a check issued by a commercial bank, which can be used to serve customers who want to travel or travel for a certain time over a long distance.
c. Wesel Pos: The meaning of money order itself is a document that can be used as cash when you suddenly want to use it.
d. Check: This is a document that can be accepted as payment from another party.
e. Company Money: Money kept in a bank and can be withdrawn at any time, can be categorized as cash and cash equivalents.
f. Cashier’s Check: This is a check drawn up and signed by a bank which can be drawn by that bank to make payments to other parties.

Examples of Use of Cash

As previously discussed, this term is also used in bookkeeping. Small companies usually use cash accounting because it is relatively easy and also basic. Cash accounting provides a clearer picture of how much money a company really has. However, the downside is that when payments are registered in cash, the cash has a delayed impact on the account. Therefore, it is often less precise for the near future than other types of accounting. The following is an example of its use.

For example, B2B transactions occur between company A and company B. Company A gets Rp. 25 million from the sale of 5 computers to company B on February 15th. The transaction is recorded as occurring on 15 February even though the order was placed on 20 January. When does the order occur doesn’t matter? Because company B doesn’t pay for it until February 15th, when the computers actually ship.

On the other hand, company A continues to document transactions worth Rp. The 25 million was on January 20 under accrual accounting, even though no money was actually paid that day. With this accounting, companies report expenses when they pay them.

Benefits of Cash Accounts in Business

Despite its weaknesses, cash accounting has several important functions in a business. This type of accounting is quite useful, especially for small companies. Here is a full explanation.

1. Friendly For Beginners

You no longer need to be an accounting expert to start bookkeeping with this cash account. Where you only need to record transactions when you pay a fee and are paid for a service or sale. Plus, you won’t have multiple accounts to keep track of and you won’t have to understand double-entry bookkeeping.

2. Cash Flow Tracking

Another benefit of using a cash account is that it can provide a clear picture of how much cash you have for later use. This is very useful for small businesses and beginners, because they can manage expenses more easily. What you have in your cash account is what you have to spend at any given point in time. Vice versa, with accrual accounting, you only need to factor future payments as well as receivables into the equation.

3. Regarding Liquidity

Because it can only be used to record cash transactions, potential investors who wish to invest in this business do not need to go through any liquidity ratios. Potential investors can look at the accounting system, see incoming and outgoing flows, and find out for themselves the net cash flow of the business/

This is an explanation of the meaning of a cash account, its types, and its benefits for business. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about economics and other accounting, they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Example of a vernier caliper problem – Hello friends of Sinaumed’s, are you still unfamiliar with the vernier caliper? You may already be familiar with rulers, clocks, and weight scales, which are measuring instruments, as well as vernier calipers that are used to measure the outside or inside diameter of an object. If you use a ruler to measure a flat surface, you can use a vernier caliper to measure the length of objects that are not just flat.

Humans definitely need a more detailed length measuring tool to measure the length of an object shape. This is what causes humans to need a caliper measuring instrument which has its own characteristics to measure an object. This measuring instrument in the study of physics has been introduced since attending Junior High School (SMP).

Caliper is a measuring instrument that has a very good or accurate level of precision and accuracy. Calipers can be used if an object cannot be measured using a ruler. In general, the function of the calipers is as a tool for measuring the outer and inner diameters of objects, measuring the length of objects that are small in size, and measuring the depth of objects.

Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry about difficulties using this measuring instrument. Watch this article to the end because it discusses caliper measuring devices. The following is an explanation of the meaning, function, types, parts, how to read, and examples of calculation questions using caliper.

Definition of Caliper Gauge

Calipers are a measuring tool that can be used to determine the length, outside diameter, and inside diameter of a particular shape. Calipers can also be used to measure the depth of a hole or certain geometric shapes, such as a tube.

Sinaumed’s needs to know that vernier calipers are only intended to measure objects that are relatively small in size, although they can measure the diameter of the shape of objects. This is because the units are limited and usually objects that cannot be measured with a ruler.

Calipers have a higher level of accuracy compared to a ruler. The level of accuracy in question is the form of the smallest scale value that can be measured by a caliper that is more detailed or accurate. The smallest scale of the caliper is 0.01 cm or 0.1 mm, while the smallest scale of the ruler is 0.1 cm or 1 mm.

This is what shows the advantages of vernier calipers compared to a ruler for measuring the shape of objects that are not in a flat plane. Its detailed and accurate size makes the vernier caliper a measuring tool that workers in the engineering field rely on, moreover, it is relatively small and easy to carry around.

The vernier caliper was first discovered by a French mathematician who is also an engineer named Pierre Vernier who was born on August 19, 1584. He published the invention of this measuring instrument in 1631 which became an accurate measuring instrument, namely vernier calipers or by another name Vernier calipers . The vernier caliper measuring instrument scale is named after the name of its inventor, namely vernier.

Caliper function

Calipers in practice have functions that really help humans to measure the length of an object. This measuring instrument was indeed created to answer unresolved problems, such as being able to measure the shape of objects other than flat surfaces like a length measuring instrument using a ruler. In fact, we also need measuring tools that are more precise and accurate.

The following are the functions or benefits of the caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know.

• Serves to measure an object from the outside by means of being flanked.
• Serves to measure the side in the shape of an object which is usually a hole like a pipe by stretching it.
• Serves to measure the depth of a gap or hole in an object shape by plugging or piercing the measuring instrument.
• Used to measure the thickness of an object.
• Serves to measure the diameter in the form of objects using fixed jaws and upper sliding jaws.
• The function is to measure the depth of an object shape using the bottom measuring rod, for example the depth of a tube, a small hole, or a relatively small difference in height.
• It has two scales, namely the main scale and nonius.

Types of Calipers

Based on the various functions that a vernier caliper has, this tool also has various types. So, Sinaumed’s can use several types of calipers as needed. The following are the types of caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know so that they can be used as a reference if you want to use this measuring instrument.

1. Analog or Manual calipers

This type of calipers is usually used for practicum in schools or school laboratories. How to use it is also quite difficult because it is only for practical purposes, which is still done manually, so it requires more accuracy when using it. Furthermore, to find out the measurement results, Sinaumed’s needs to calculate it first.

2. Digital shovel

This type of caliper has been developed from the previous type which was still analog or manual. Sinaumed’s may find it difficult to find digital calipers in schools or in school labs. This caliper has a screen that can display the value of the measured object size without having to calculate it manually first.

This digital caliper will greatly facilitate and speed up when measuring the shape of objects, for example in large quantities. However, in terms of price, digital calipers are more expensive than analog types.

3. Hours or Hours shove

The vernier caliper is a type of vernier caliper that can be read using an analog gauge needle attached to the face or using a stopper . This vernier caliper uses a measuring hour instead of a nonius scale when interpolating the index line to the measuring rod scale.

4. Altitude calipers

A height caliper is a type of slide rule that is used to measure height. This vernier caliper has measuring jaws that move vertically on a rod that scales perpendicular to the anvil. The measuring jaws of the vernier calipers are parallel to the reason that the measuring line is perpendicular to the ground surface. That is why the use of this caliper requires a flat reference surface, such as a flat table surface.

Caliper Gauge Section

Sinaumed’s certainly needs to know the parts of the calipers and their functions in order to be able to use this measuring instrument. If Sinaumed’s understands the parts of a caliper, it will be easy to use it to measure the diameter or depth of certain shapes.

The following are the parts of the vernier caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to be able to use it.

1. Deep Jaws

The inner jaw consists of two jaws, namely sliding jaws and fixed jaws which function to measure the inside such as the diameter of the hole or gap of an object shape.

2. Outer Jaws

The outer jaw consists of two jaws, namely the sliding jaw and the fixed jaw which function to measure the outside, for example the diameter, width or length of certain shapes.

3. Stalk Depth Measure

The depth measuring rod serves to measure the depth of the hole of a particular object,

4. Main Scale

This section serves to state the main measurement results which are usually expressed in units of cm or inches, usually the main scale length is 15 to 17 sm.

5. Nonius Scale

This vernier caliper serves to add an extra level of measurement accuracy which is usually expressed in inches or mm.

6. Locking Bolt

The vernier caliper locking bolt serves to hold the jaws in place so that the object being measured can be held or not released and the scale does not shift while being measured.

How to Use and Read a Caliper Gauge

After knowing the meaning, function, and types and parts of the caliper, Gremeds needs to know how to measure and read the results of this caliper measuring instrument. If Sinaumed’s succeeds in measuring the diameter or depth of an object, but cannot read or interpret the results, it will be useless.

Here’s how to read the measuring results on caliper.

1. Prepare the object or object to be measured in advance, such as marbles, coins or other objects.
2. After that, open the sliding jaw of the caliper to the left until it is really tight so you can produce an accurate measurement
3. Make sure again that both jaws are closed and the scale reads zero. Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to this so that measurement errors do not occur or commonly referred to as zero errors.
4. Loosen the locking bolt and pull the sliding jaw to the right, until the object you want to measure can be placed between the two jaws.
5. Next, place the object between the two jaws and make sure that the position is correct and correct.
6. Pull the sliding jaw to the left until it clamps the object to be measured, then rotate the locking screw until you hear a click sound .
7. Note the squeezed line between the upper and lower scales or the nonius scale. Find the number that connects straight to the line from the nonius scale.
8. Calculate the measurement results obtained by adding up the two numbers, that is the diameter of the object that Sinaumed’s is looking for.

The principle of how the shove term works

The main principle when using a vernier caliper is that if the key on the vernier caliper is loosened, the nonius scale board can move as needed when measuring the shape of a particular object. Next, to measure objects, clamp between the two clamps or jaws on the calipers as accurately as possible or in the right position.

The results of the size of the object can be determined directly by reading the main scale to one-tenth of a cm or 0.1 cm. After that, add the results of the nonius scale reading to one thousandth of a cm or 0.001 cm. Calibration of the calipers is carried out by pushing the sliding jaw to touch the upper jaw.

The vernier caliper is said to have been calibrated perfectly if the sliding jaw is in the right position with zero, ie the zero on the main scale and the zero on the nonius scale completely coincide in one straight line. The calipers are ready to be used to measure objects. The working principle of vernier calipers in practice has advantages and disadvantages when used to measure certain objects.

Following are the advantages and disadvantages of vernier calipers that Sinaumed’s needs to know.

1. The advantages of the shove caliper

• Has a better reading accuracy, namely the reading accuracy ranges from 0.05–0.01 mm
• Can measure the outside diameter easily, i.e. the way it is sewn .
• Can measure the inner diameter easily, that is, by stretching it out.
• Can measure depth accurately.
• Cheap and affordable prices compared to other measuring instruments with the precision and accuracy of the results.

2. Disadvantages of shoves

• Cannot measure objects that are large in size.
• Expansion of measuring instrument material can occur if not treated.
• The shape of the sensor that is in direct contact with the workpiece will allow scratches or impacts to appear which can cause unevenness of the two sensors or the two jaws of the caliper.

If Sinaumed’s decides to buy a caliper because of the need for its use, you also need to pay attention to the maintenance of this measuring instrument. Calipers must be maintained so that they last longer, even though they are often used. The factor that usually causes equipment damage is the temperature instability of the storage room and the place where the caliper is stored.

Incorrect storage methods may allow the calipers to expand or contract, get bumped or scratched. So, store it in a place where the temperature is stable, for example a room or a special place using a storage box for certain measuring instruments so that it doesn’t get scratched or expands easily. When finished using clean the tool and put it back in place.

Example of a probationary question

If Sinaumed’s already understands the caliper explanation above, it’s time to learn to solve this measuring instrument problem. Here are some examples of questions about measuring using calipers in physics lessons.

Example of a probing term problem 1 

What is the measurement result of the sample question above in centimeters?

Discussion:

• The main scale reading is 10 cm (the number 10 is obtained because it is directly opposite the zero on the right side of the vernier scale).
• The reading of the Vernier scale or nonius scale is 0.02 cm (obtained from the second line after zero on the Vernier scale, which is exactly straight with the line next to it).

So, the measurement results for the example question 1 above are 10 cm + 0.02 cm = 10.02 cm or 100.2 mm.

Example of a push term problem 2

What is the result of the final calculation of the measurement of the sample image in question 2 above in millimeters?

Discussion:

• The main scale reading is 1.1 cm or 11 mm (found from a line after the 1 on the main scale that is directly opposite the zero on the vernier scale to the right).
• The reading of the vernier scale or nonius scale is 0.65 mm obtained from the vernier scale line which is exactly straight with the line above it, which is between 6 and 7.

So, the measurement results for the example question 2 above are 11 mm + 0.65 mm = 11.65 mm or 1.165 cm.

Example of a push term problem 3

What is the result of the final calculation of the measurement of the sample question 3 above in centimeters?

Discussion:

• The blue circle shows 5, 3 cm , we will get this much in the red circle.
• The red circle shows 5 cm.
• So, the result is 5.35 cm.

—

That’s an article related to “How to Read and Examples of Questions for Measuring Calipers” that you can use as a reference for physics subjects. If there are suggestions, questions and criticisms, please write in the comments box below. Also share this article on social media accounts so that your friends can also get the same benefit.

To get more information, Sinaumed’s can also read books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight and knowledge, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithMemreading information . Hope it is useful!

Related Book Recommendations

Example of Biographical Text – As a writer, you are certainly no stranger to hearing the word biographical text . Most people must have read and learned how to write biographical texts since they were in school. Biographical text is a literary work that can provide information, insight and moral messages to its readers.

However, writing biographical texts cannot be arbitrary. You have to understand the meaning and purpose of writing biographical texts. Therefore, let’s study the meaning of biographical text and look at examples.

Definition of Biographical Text

Biography is a literary work about the biography of a character. This biographical text usually contains life history, experiences to the person’s success story. Generally, the characters written in biographical texts are well-known, successful, exemplary, national fighters and affect the lives of many people.

Biography comes from the Greek ” bios ” and ” grafien “, which means life and writing. Biography itself is divided into two kinds, namely portrayal and scientific biography. A biography is definitely different from an autobiography. Biographical texts are literary works written by other people, while autobiographical texts are works written by oneself.

A portrayal biography is a biography that tells a character, while a scientific biography is a biography that tells a character based on the analysis and use of certain concepts that make up a historical story.

Biographical texts usually highlight the strengths, achievements, life problems, and sacrifices of a character. This work aims to set a good example to its readers. In addition, this biographical text also helps enrich the reader’s insight and educates the wider community about the character being told. However, experts still have different opinions regarding biographical texts.

1. Mahsun

Mahsun argues that biographical texts are narrative texts that have the aim of telling the stages of a person’s life, which includes facts and the biography of the character being told. As for things that need to be conveyed in biographical texts, such as issues of privilege, family background, identity, organizational history, and something that is achievement or achievement.

2. Istiqomah

According to Istiqomah, biographical text is the history of someone’s life told through writing. In this case, the biographical text writer acts as a third person. The author of this biographical text owns the copyright for the work written and the character written on acts as a resource person.

3. Wahono

Wahono defines biographical texts as factual stories. That is, this biographical text is written based on the facts presented by the author. For example, the strengths of the person, achievements achieved and ideology.

Features of Biographical Texts

There are several characteristics of biographical texts that you should know, namely:

• Contains facts about the character to be told;
• Text is narrative or tells a story;
• There are facts about the success stories of the characters being told, so that lessons can be learned;
• Have a clear flow and structure;
• As well as all biographical texts written by other people.

Biographical Text Structure

An important part of designing a biography is structure. Structure can be said as a reference or framework that can make it easier for you to write biographical texts.

The biographical structure is as follows:

• Title: like other types of writing, you must put the title at the beginning of the article.
• Orientation: the part at the beginning of writing to introduce or general description of the character to be told. You could say this section is the background that contains, who, when, what, where, and why.
• Problems or important events: the core of the writing, containing the experiences of the characters encountered, can be sad stories, touching, heroic, and so on. Until the character can be like now.
• Reorientation: closing or conclusion. This section can be created or not.

Example of Biography Text

Example of Biography Text 1

Firman Abdul Kholik (born August 11, 1997) is a badminton player from Indonesia who plays left-handed or left-handed in the men’s singles sector. He comes from the same club as Gregoria Mariska Tunjung, namely Mutiara Cardinal Bandung.

Firman is a slightly special player, considering that it is rare for an Indonesian badminton player to play with his left hand. This Banjar-born man started his junior career in 2013, then advanced to the senior level in 2015. That same year he managed to contribute a gold medal at the 2015 SEA Games team badminton championship held in Singapore.

Firman has been part of the Indonesian badminton team in several international team championships such as the Asian Badminton Championships, SEA Games, Thomas Cup and Sudirman Cup. In the Thomas Cup event which took place in Bangkok, Thailand on 20–27 May 2018, he was trusted to appear in the preliminary round and managed to record three wins. The Indonesian team, who are in group B, met Canada in the first match.

Firman, who played in the fifth party, managed to beat Paul Antooine Dostie Gunidon with a final score of 21-8 and 21-11. Next, the Indonesian team faced the host Thailand in the second match and Firman met a tougher player than before, namely Pannawit Thongnuam. He managed to win the match with a final score of 21-19 and 21-14.

Finally, the Indonesian team met again with South Korea who were defeated in the Asian Badminton Championships. Firman won over Ha Young-woong in three sets with a final score of 20-22, 21-15, and 21-12. This victory led the Indonesian team to win the group, although in the end Indonesia had to lose to China in the semifinals with a score of 3-1.

Example of Biography Text 2

Hyung Min-woo (born April 14, 1974) is a manhwa artist originally from South Korea. He is known for creating a comic entitled Priest which was released in the United States by Tokyo Pop. Min-woo dares to take on the controversial theme of the fight between humans and angels who were expelled from heaven. The comic is full of swear words and scenes of violence.

However, since 2006, he has stopped continuing the comic and stopped at volume 16. This is what makes his readers curious about the continuation of the comic’s story. As well as being a manhwa artist, Min-woo is also part of a group of South Korean artists working on comic labels for the United States.

Example of Biography Text 3

Harold Arthur Crouch or Haris Amir (born 18 July 1940) is an Indonesianist and political scientist from Australia. Since 1968 he began to live in Indonesia because he taught at the University of Indonesia (UI). She married a Malaysian historian named Khasnor Johan on 14 June 1973 and was blessed with four children.

Initially, he was more interested in studies of Asian countries than studies of Indonesia. However, he eventually became known as an expert on the political role of the Indonesian army in the future and most of his works are concerned with the political condition of Indonesia during the New Order era.

Crouch was born on July 18, 1940 under the name Harold Arthur Crouch at Mercy Hospital in Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. His father was named Harold Crouch, while his mother was named Marjorie Hilda Morris (Crouch). His parents married on 7 August 1934 and lived in Elwood, Victoria (a suburb of Melbourne) when he was born. As for his sister named Marjorie.

Since 1968 Crouch began to live in Indonesia for teaching at the University of Indonesia. He then regularly held discussions with various parties and read books related to Islam, especially the works of Fazlur Rahman, Nurcholis Madjid, and Harun Nasution. After his knowledge of Islam was sufficient, he decided to convert to Islam in 1973.

To carry out this intention, he then went to a mosque located in the Preston area, Melbourne, Australia and asked the imam of the mosque to convert himself to Islam. In that same year, on June 14, 1973 to be precise, she married a Malaysian historian named Khasnor Johan. Through his marriage, he was blessed with four children, all of whom were given Islamic names, namely Zamir, Azlan, Nurida and Zaid. He himself has an Islamic name, namely Haris Amir.

Crouch began his political science studies at the University of Melbourne in 1958 – which was then led by William Macmahon Ball (Australian delegate to the United Nations conference held in San Francisco in 1945). He received his Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree from the university in 1960.

Next, he chose India for his further studies, namely at the University of Mumbai from 1963 to 1966. Crouch was one of the few Australian citizens studying at Asian universities at that time. He holds a Master of Arts (MA) degree with a thesis on the role of trade unions in India.

A year later, Crouch returned to Australia and continued his studies at Monash University under the tutelage of Herbert Feith. That same year, Feith, who taught at the University of Indonesia, resigned and asked Crouch to replace him. He then replaced Feith as a lecturer at the Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Indonesia in 1968 or when Suharto officially became President of the Republic of Indonesia.

While teaching from 1968 to 1971, Crouch collected various information that was used for his dissertation. In 1975, he earned his Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree with a research entitled The Army and Politics in Indonesia. This dissertation was first revised and published by Cornell University in 1978.

In his work, Crouch discusses the major role of the Army which was led by Suharto before and after he became president. One of the chapters in it also discusses the economic interests of the Army and the castration of political parties. The book also deals with mass killings and imprisonment without trial of people suspected of being communist.

Example of Biography Text 4

Siti Munjiyah (Van Ophuijsen’s spelling: Siti Moendjijah; born in Kampung Kauman, Yogyakarta in 1896 and died in Tasikmalaya, West Java in 1955) was the figure of the 16–20th General Chairperson of the Aisyiyah Center. He is the sixth child of Haji Hasyim Ismail, while his family is known as “Bani Hasyim Kauman”, who are supporters of the Muhammadiyah movement.

Munjiyah is one of the early generations of women in the Dutch East Indies who has a good educational background. The education he received includes Madrasah Diniyah Ibtidaiyah, Sopo Tresno, and Al-Qismul Arqo. This education gave rise to a critical awareness in her that the customs in society at that time hindered the pattern of women’s progress.

Her role on a national scale was to become a participant in the First Indonesian Women’s Congress together with Siti Hayinah Mawardi, which was held in Ndalem Jayadipuran on 22–25 December 1928. She expressed her opinion about the status of women in the speech delivery program. The speech she delivered was a response to the liberal feminism movement that was developing at that time. He classifies the degrees and nobility of women into three parts, namely high in mind, lots of knowledge, and good behavior. Her appearance at the forum opened up new perspectives for women to be able to play a role in society and get rid of traditional barriers.

Suratmin in the book Biography of Leaders of the First Indonesian Women’s Congress which he wrote with other researchers described that the Aisyiyah activist had a chubby frame, rather tall stature, and a round face. Even though she is one of the daughters of Lurah Hasyim, her appearance is still simple.

Apart from that, Djarnawi Hadikusuma, whose status is his nephew, also added that his aunt did not like wearing luxurious jewelry and was firm in her stance in upholding Islamic law. This behavior according to Al-Fauzan (Islamic scholar) is a worship. Worship itself has various scopes of obedience that can be seen from the tongue and limbs.

Munjiyah married KH Ghozali who also came from Kauman, but the marriage was not harmonious. The household he built did not last and the two of them divorced. After the divorce, he did not remarry and devoted his energy to the Aisyiyah organization. At that time, he was still at home with Bagus Hadikusumo and adopted Bariyah’s children who died, namely Siti Antaroh, Ichnaton, and Fuad.

Some literature and references from Aisyiyah state that Munjiyah breathed her last in 1955 due to breast cancer. At that time he was in Tasikmalaya City to attend a conference organized by Aisyiyah. Badiyah Dahlan, who knew that Munjiyah was in pain, immediately took her to the hospital and asked that the conference be dismissed.

However, his friend’s life was beyond help, despite receiving intensive treatment. Munjiyah’s body was then brought back to Yogyakarta and buried in the Kauman Cemetery which is behind the Gedhe Kauman Mosque.

Example of Biography Text 5:

Kiai Haji Muhammad Sangidu or Kanjeng Raden Penghulu Haji (KRPH) Muhammad Kamaluddiningrat (born in Kampung Kauman Yogyakarta in 1883 and buried in the Karangkajen Cemetery after he died in 1980) is the 13th Head of the Penghulu Sultanate of Yogyakarta who was appointed in 1914 to replace the previous prince, KRPH Muhammad Khalil Kamaluddiningrat.

Sangidu is a relative of Ahmad Dahlan and a supporter of the Muhammadiyah organization founded by Dahlan. He is known as the holder of the first stamboek (Muhammadiyah member card), because he was the first member of the Muhammadiyah organization. In addition, he was the one who suggested the name “Muhammadiyah” to Dahlan.

When he became the head of the Penghulu Sultanate of Yogyakarta, Sangidu played a role in making Muhammadiyah teachings the dominant ideology in Kauman Village. Although previously there had been tension between Ahmad Dahlan and the traditional clerics in Kauman Village, his cooperative approach with the palace managed to avoid conflict. He also utilizes local culture as a medium of preaching.

Sangidu has also tried to change the community’s wedding customs to only provide simple treats, and he once worked on the accuracy of 1 Shawwal (which is the date of Eid al-Fitr in the Hijri calendar) using the rukyat bil aini (observing by sight) method instead of calculating aboge ( Javanese year ) . ). In addition, he pioneered the establishment of modern system schools which are now known as Madrasah Muallimin Muhammadiyah and Madrasah Muallimat Muhammadiyah, and helped pioneer Frobelschool which was the first kindergarten founded by the Indonesian people.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

One example of bilateral cooperation between Indonesia and other countries can be seen at the time of the tragedy of the sinking of the KRI Nanggala-402. In this tragedy, many countries helped search for the KRI Nanggala-402 ship. However, not only that, there are many examples of bilateral cooperation that have been carried out by Indonesia.

The main reasons Indonesia and other countries help each other are to work together in strengthening friendship, creating world peace, increasing economic growth, and so on. In this article, sinaumedia.com will discuss specifically what are the examples of bilateral cooperation as well as the differences from other international cooperation.

Definition of International Cooperation

Cooperation between international countries is actually a relationship that is forged between two or more countries in various fields to achieve common goals. Examples of cooperation between countries that often occur are usually student exchanges, imports, exports, stocks, investments, and so on.

Factors triggering cooperation between countries are known due to similarities and differences. For example, the Indonesian state has advantages in terms of natural resources, such as coal. In addition, there is a Japanese country that has advantages in the field of technology. The advantages possessed by each country are the main trigger for international cooperation in exports and imports.

Not only that, geographical conditions can also trigger cooperation. This can be seen in the cooperation between Indonesia and European countries for the palm oil commodity. Palm oil can be found in Indonesia and hard to find in Europe. As a result, countries in Europe chose to import from Indonesia.

Kinds of International Cooperation

Of the several examples of international cooperation above, there are several collaborations that often occur, ranging from cooperation between two countries, cooperation by multiple countries, to cooperation between countries due to regional and regional relations. So, the following is an explanation of the various types of international cooperation, namely:

1. Bilateral Cooperation

Bilateral cooperation is cooperation involving two countries in the form of diplomatic relations, trade, education, and culture. In establishing bilateral cooperative relations, Indonesia tends to prioritize values ​​of mutual respect, not interfering in other countries’ internal affairs, refusing to use violence, and prioritizing consensus.

An example of bilateral cooperation is the cooperation between Indonesia and Japan which has been incorporated in the Indonesia-Japan Economic Partnership Agreement (IJEPA) since 2008. In addition, another example of bilateral cooperation is cooperation between Indonesia and Saudi Arabia regarding the pilgrimage.

Some other examples of bilateral cooperation, viz

1. Special strategic partnership or special strategic partnership Indonesia – Korea which has a focus on defense and trade.
2. Indonesia – Korea Comprehensive Economic Partnership or commonly called Indonesia – Korea Comprehensive Economic Partnership or IK-CEPA.
3. Cooperation between Indonesia and the United States in handling Covid-19 as well as cooperation in increasing the trade balance
4. Indonesia-Brazil cooperation in an effort to improve the genetic quality of animal protein and the development of national livestock.
5. Plantation export cooperation between Indonesia and Germany, in the form of coffee, tea, tobacco and palm oil. Apart from that, Germany also exports several electronic goods that cannot be made in Indonesia.
6. Indonesian-German cooperation in business investment, for example Krakatau Steel and the Nusantara Aircraft Industry (IPTN).
7. The collaboration is in the form of an exchange of Indonesian and Japanese students and students in the field of technology.
8. Indonesia’s cooperation with several other countries in Asia Pacific related to economic and trade agreements in Asia Pacific.

2. Regional Cooperation

In addition to bilateral cooperation, there is also regional cooperation which includes cooperation between countries in one region. An example of regional cooperation carried out by Indonesia to date is ASEAN (the Association of Southeast Asian Nations). This organization for countries in the Southeast Asian region has 10 member countries.

The form of cooperation that occurs in ASEAN is like international cooperation in the fields of politics and security. cooperation in the social and cultural fields, to cooperation in economic matters based on production and a single market.

In addition, ASEAN member countries also often conduct student exchanges as a form of regional cooperation in the field of education. In the industrial sector, ASEAN is also a media in cooperation for the ASEAN Cooper Fabrication Projects mining industry in the Philippines and Singapore.

3. Multilateral Cooperation

The next international cooperation is multilateral cooperation. This cooperation is the opposite of bilateral cooperation because it is global in nature. That is, multilateral cooperation is cooperation carried out by several countries without any regional or regional boundaries.

Multilateral cooperation usually has two types of members, namely main members and active members. Main members can be said to be countries that have middle powers, while active members are small countries that have a limited role. The limited role can also be understood as a power smaller than the main members.

An example of multilateral cooperation is the United Nations or the United Nations, which until now has 193 member countries. Within the UN itself there are four main pillars, namely peace, security, social, and economy which are oriented towards global development.

In addition, there are also several other multilateral international collaborations, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement or (NAFTA), the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries or (OPEC), the United Nations (UN), the World Trade Center. Organization (WTO), International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank or World Bank Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC), Islamic Cooperation Organization (OIC) Non-Aligned Movement (NAM), and so on.

International Cooperation Objectives

As previously explained about the meaning and types of international cooperation. International cooperation from several countries is carried out with the aim of obtaining mutual benefits. So, here are some other objectives of international cooperation, namely:

1. Strengthen Friendship

The first goal of international cooperation is to strengthen friendship between countries. By establishing cooperation, relations between countries become more harmonious. This can avoid feelings of hostility between countries.

2. Creating World Peace

In accordance with the first goal, friendship between countries can be harmoniously established so as to create world peace. World peace itself is a dream for everyone. This is because world peace is able to lead to a better life later.

3. Increasing Economic Growth

The next goal of international cooperation is to support and increase economic growth for the country. Economic growth is one of the important factors for a country to establish cooperation with other countries.

For example, Indonesia, which is a developing country, aims to become a developed country. These reasons make Indonesia need various types of international cooperation, such as exports and imports.

4. Expanding the Workforce

The goal of increasing economic growth is in line with the next objective, namely expanding the workforce. By carrying out international cooperation, a country can more easily carry out student exchange programs. This program will certainly be very useful for forming experts in the future.

The existence of experts in the future can have a positive impact on the future progress of the country. In addition, citizens who are already experts can create new jobs and expand the existing workforce in the country.

5. Improving Progress in Various Fields

Then, the purpose of international cooperation is to increase progress in various fields. A country that establishes international cooperation with other countries has the hope of bringing equality of progress in various existing fields.

6. To Complement State Needs

In an effort to complement the needs of the country, international cooperation is very important in achieving it. Based on geographical conditions and different climatic conditions, it can make it difficult for the country to meet the country’s needs, namely harvesting food from agricultural products.

For example, like Indonesia, which can be said to be a country with an agrarian culture. Indonesia certainly has more rice reserves than countries that don’t really have agricultural land, such as the majority of countries on the European continent. This is a reason for other countries to establish international cooperation with Indonesia in order to complement their country’s needs.

7. Prevent Conflict

With the establishment of a cooperation between countries in the international world, the potential for a conflict can also be reduced. Cooperation has proven to be able to awaken and strengthen brotherhood between countries. This sense of brotherhood can bind the two countries to lower their egos and prioritize cooperation.

So, the ultimate goal of international cooperation is to prevent conflict. Conflict is certainly one of the forerunners to destroy world peace. Therefore, the existence of cooperation will form a close friendship with the cooperating countries.

Benefits of International Cooperation

There are seven objectives of international cooperation carried out. In addition, there are several benefits that can also be obtained by a country when doing cooperation. So, here are the benefits of international cooperation, including:

1. International cooperation is able to advance the country’s economy, the economy of a country can be said to be advanced as can be seen from the travel or export and import transactions of goods and services that are carried out.
2. International cooperation can lead a country to have opportunities or opportunities to seek knowledge and technology from more developed countries.
3. International cooperation can strengthen the country’s bargaining power and position in the eyes of the international community.
4. International cooperation is a way for foreign countries to provide investment to a country more easily.
5. International cooperation can increase the demand for goods and services from a country, so that the basic price per unit in that country can be further reduced.
6. International cooperation allows countries to participate in importing goods at higher prices.
7. International cooperation provides the potential for a smarter workforce, increasing skills to creativity. In a cooperation, the workforce is required to have good skills and competence to carry out export activities to other countries quickly.
8. International cooperation will facilitate a country in obtaining raw materials and auxiliary materials that can be used for the production process.
9. International cooperation can make a country able to have more new jobs, so that it can reduce unemployment.
10. International cooperation is able to maintain the price stability of goods by importing and exporting goods that are surplus or lacking to other countries.
11. International cooperation can enable a country to experience accelerated national development, through loan schemes from the World Bank and so on.
12. International cooperation can make a country take precautions against the damage and loss of culture.
13. International cooperation can make a country have a more advanced state defense and security sector.

Examples of Bilateral, Multilateral and Regional Cooperation

International cooperation is cooperation between countries carried out by countries around the world, without any territorial or regional boundaries. The following are examples of bilateral, multilateral and regional cooperation, including:

1. World Trade Organization (WTO)

The World Trade Organization, abbreviated as WTO, is an international cooperation that has the aim of being able to discuss and solve problems related to trade from one country to another. Within the WTO, there are several principles that must be obeyed, namely the principles of trade liberalization, non-discrimination, and the stability of trade relations between countries.

2. International Monetary Fund (IMF)

The second example of international cooperation is the International Monetary Fund, or what can be called the IMF. The IMF is an example of cooperation formed within an organization in the form of providing loans to countries that are in need of funding.

Countries that usually need funds from loans are countries with unstable currency values ​​and unable to pay debts. The IMF was formed as a solution to various international financial problems, especially the unstable currency value of a country.

3. South East Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO)

The third example of an organization as international cooperation is the South East Asia Treaty Organization or commonly called SEATO. This organization is a cooperation that stands with the aim of preventing the growth of communism in the Southeast Asian region. This cooperation was established based on a military pact.

4. Australia, New Zealand, United States (ANZUS)

The fourth example of international cooperation is ANSUZ. ANSUZ itself is a military pact that stood to prevent the development of communism in the three regions of the country, namely Australia, New Zealand or New Zealand, and the United States or the United States.

5. North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)

NATO or the North Atlantic Treaty Organization is an example of cooperation that was born from a military pact. As the name implies, NATO has the scope of countries that are in the North Atlantic. NATO itself has three objectives, namely eliminating all forms of international political disputes, preventing military threats that occur in international circles, trying to resolve disputes in a peaceful way and defending member countries from NATO.

6. Asian-African Conference (KAA)

Next, there is the Asian-African Conference or abbreviated KAA. We have often heard of this organization. The Asian-African Conference is a non-aligned organization that was founded in 1955, or more precisely April 18 to 24. The Asian-African Conference was established with the aim of creating peace and tranquility in the lives of countries in the Asia-Africa region.

It should be noted, there were many newly independent countries in this period on the continents of Asia and Africa. The Asian-African Conference is a form of cooperation between several newly independent countries in world life, including Indonesia.

Thus, examples of bilateral, multilateral, and regional cooperation. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you. For those of you who want to find books about various other international collaborations, you can get them at sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Umm

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the 5th Precept – Pancasila is the idealism and foundation of the Indonesian nation. This means that Pancasila is used as a guide or basis for regulating the life of the Indonesian nation and state. Pancasila consists of two syllables, namely “Pancasila” and “Precepts”. Panca means five, and Sila means foundation. Therefore, Pancasila is the five foundations of the unitary state of the Republic of Indonesia.

The five Pancasila precepts are Belief in One Almighty God, Civilized Justice and Humanity, Indonesian Unity, Democracy led by wisdom in representative deliberations, Social justice for all Indonesian people. In each precept, the sound of Pancasila has its own values ​​that can be applied in the lives of Indonesian people as good citizens.

In practice, Pancasila includes values ​​and attitudes that can be practiced in our daily lives. As good citizens, especially in social life, we need to apply the values ​​contained in every Pancasila regulation. Even in behaving at home with family or school environment. Including examples of attitudes that are in accordance with the 5th precept which have the meaning of good values ​​for Indonesian people.

There are many attitudes that can be applied as a form of practice of the 5th precept Pancasila values ​​that can be practiced by every Indonesian citizen. The following is a collection of the practice of Pancasila values, especially examples of attitudes that are in accordance with the 5th precept in practicing Pancasila principles in everyday life which will be thoroughly discussed as follows:

Get to know the 5th Precepts of Pancasila

As the basis of the state, Pancasila contains five important points that serve as guidelines for the nation and state. One of them is like an appeal to the 5th precept of Pancasila which reads

“Social justice for all the people of Indonesia”.

The 5th precept of Pancasila is symbolized by the shape of rice and cotton. Both are symbols of basic needs and basic things for Indonesian people, regardless of their position, degree or status, so there is no gap between the two in terms of these needs as citizens.

The 5th Pancasila practice of the precepts, “Social Justice for All Indonesian People”, details practices that contain meaning and noble values. An example of an attitude that is in accordance with the 5th precept in practicing its values ​​can be applied to the smallest environment, namely in the home or family, school, to the wider environment. Sudarmono explained through his book entitled Pancasila and Some Thoughts About the 1945 Constitution (1997). Important attitudes and practices of Pancasila can be broken down into practical points that guide the life of society and the nation.

In the opinion of PJ. Suwarno in Pancasila Budaya Bangsa (1993) reveals that Pancasila is the culture of the state, but the five commands are an inseparable unit, but in practice we can trace the differences in the strengths of each precept. There are still five, but not all commandments are of the same nature. As previously explained, the term Pancasila itself comes from Sanskrit which consists of two words, namely Panca and Sila. Panca means “5” and Sila means “base”, “principle”, or “principle”.

Soekarno, who later became the first president of the Republic of Indonesia, introduced the 5 Precepts on the last day of the meeting of the Investigative Body for Preparatory Efforts for Independence (BPUPKI) on June 1, 1945. In the speech delivered by Bung Karno, the name Pancasila was spontaneously sparked, as the following speech reads This:

“Right now, there are many principles for nationalism, the principles of nationalism, internationalism, consensus, prosperity, welfare and divinity, which are five in number. Its name is not Pancadharma, but I later named it according to the instructions of a linguist from our friends who called it Pancasila,” said Soekarno, whose speech was quoted in the BPUPKI Treatise (1995).

“Sila means principles, principles, or foundation, and based on these five principles, establish an everlasting and eternal Indonesian state,” he added, adding that he is a national figure and father of the Proclaimer. Therefore, Pancasila can be interpreted as a formula and guide in the life of all Indonesian people and nation.

This means that Pancasila is a reflection of the behavior of the Indonesian people in carrying out their activities as good citizens. The values ​​contained in the Pancasila precepts are not formed haphazardly. Each precept has a very broad meaning in terms of positive goals in the life of the nation and state. one of them is the 5th Precept of Pancasila which has a noble value, namely justice applies to every citizen.

This means that it does not recognize position, degree, status, gender, age, and other types of classification. Justice is the right of every citizen. This is stated in Pancasila, which means it is a principle that must be upheld by its citizens so that all national activities can run well, with the value of justice upheld for all Indonesian people.

The Points of Practicing the 5th Precepts of Pancasila

For more information on the practice, refer to the 5th Pancasila precept, which reads “Social Justice for All Indonesians.” have points or points of practice as follows:

1. This includes fostering noble character that reflects the attitude and atmosphere of kinship and cooperation
2. Be fair to others
3. Maintain a balance between rights and obligations
4. Respect the rights of others
5. Likes to help others
6. No use of company property to intimidate others
7. No use of property for luxuries or lavish lifestyles
8. Do not use property rights to harm or harm the public interest
9. Always working hard
10. Always appreciate the work of others, which is beneficial for the progress and prosperity of all
11. Always working to achieve progress and social justice.

Examples of Attitudes According to the 5th Precept

After knowing the points of the 5th precept of Pancasila above, Sinaumed’s can already map out an example of an attitude that is in accordance with this 5th precept. Of the five precepts in Pancasila, the fifth precept which reads “Social Justice for All Indonesian People” in practice gives quite an important meaning in social life in Indonesia. This includes the home or family, school, or the wider community. The following is an example of an attitude that is in accordance with the 5th precept of Pancasila:

Examples of Attitudes According to the 5th Precept at Home or Family

1. Always Gotong Royong when doing household chores with family. In practice, we should do our fair share of homework with families. In the house, there are essentially no superiors or subordinates, or people with rights. Both children, parents, younger siblings, older siblings, have their respective roles in activities at home.
   For example, when cleaning the home environment with siblings, mothers, sisters and other relatives need to help each other. The purpose of this mutual cooperation is in addition to simplifying and speeding up the completion of homework, it also makes closeness in family relationships so that they are more harmonious with fair roles and positions in the house.
2. Work together to solve family problems. In the family, we have to work together to solve family problems. Of course, when we work together, the problems we face are easier to solve and solve. Problems can also arise in the family, to solve them certainly can’t be done by one person alone. But it needs to be discussed and communicated in one family.
3. Help each other with other families. As part of a family, we need to help each other with other families. Help your families to relieve both domestic troubles and common chores. Togetherness and a sense of unity between families is getting closer. In essence, this kinship value needs to be built in society and nation.
4. Giving equal rights and responsibilities to every family. In a house or family, each member has their own role and position. So rights, obligations and responsibilities also need to be emphasized even in a small family.
5. Don’t discriminate against the family. We must not discriminate against each other in our family. Every family has rights and obligations that must be met.

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the 5th Precept in the Community

1. Helping friends, relatives, neighbors and others who are experiencing natural disasters such as earthquakes, landslides and floods. Helping each other is an example of an attitude that is in accordance with the 5th precept of the Pancasila which practices the value of “social justice” because they are in need of help.
2. Do not take actions that are detrimental to the public interest. That means we respect each other by not disturbing someone’s activity or privacy.
3. Always participate in Gotong Royong or participate in community activities such as cleaning the surrounding environment
4. Respect the rights of friends, neighbors, relatives and others and do not interfere with the rights of others. For example, don’t play the radio loudly when your neighbor is sick.
5. When it comes to making friends, don’t get upset and be fair. This means not discriminatory and treating people equally regardless of religious background, ethnicity, race, class, and so on.
6. Generous to help those in need
7. Appreciate and appreciate the work of others
8. Maintain an attitude of mutual assistance
9. Do not do anything that will harm yourself and the public at large
10. Be fair to everyone, regardless of a person’s rank, position or status
11. Appreciate the efforts of others
12. Prioritizing common interests above personal interests
13. Don’t spend or waste money on things you don’t need
14. Always working hard to achieve progress and social justice
15. Do not use your personal rights to coerce or oppress others
16. Pay attention to and maintain the public facilities provided

Examples of Attitudes According to the 5th Precept in School

1. Appreciate teachers and friends at school
2. Do not bully friends at school, such as underclassmen or friends who have different limitations or status
3. Respect each other friends
4. Work together in carrying out tasks or group work
5. Working together to clean the classroom and school environment
6. Do not behave badly to friends at school
7. Good friends with every student regardless of different status, degree, religion, ethnicity, and race
8. Do not commit fraudulent acts to friends or teachers at school

Well, that’s an explanation of examples of attitudes that are in accordance with the 5th precept of Pancasila, whether at home or in the family, school, or the wider community. Does Sinaumed’s intend to practice this example of good behavior? Of course the practice of Pancasila values ​​can lead Indonesian people to become good citizens. Including applying examples of attitudes that are in accordance with the 5th precept above.

Book Recommendations

If Sinaumed’s is interested in learning about practice and examples of attitudes that are in accordance with other Pancasila values, then you can visit the sinaumedia book collection at www.sinaumedia.com or www.ebookssinaumedia.com , as the following book recommendations: happy learning. #Friends Without Limits The following is a book recommendation on Pancasila along with a brief review:

1. Pancasila The Power of Liberation by the Center for Pancasila Studies, Parahyangan Catholic University

This book is an attempt to further revitalize the values ​​of Pancasila, the philosophy of this country. Philosophy, later the nation’s idealism and the nation’s spirit that underlies the nation must always be there as a torch that illuminates the steps and paths of the Indonesian nation, not placed on a throne untouched. This book wants to convey that Pancasila belongs to this country and must be treated by upholding citizenship and diversity (Bhineka Tunggal Ika).

In addition, this work is also an effort to continue to develop Pancasila and revive it scientifically because it is in accordance with the spirit of the times. It is very important for the authors and supporters of this course to update and interpret this country’s philosophy in a dynamic and efficient way. Because there are always daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly. One of the dynamism of life in the midst of the people of this country.

The enrichment of this textbook aims so that Pancasila is not sterilized at certain times or captured by certain groups, but must transcend the space and time of this life. He is the identity of the country, from Saban to Merauke, from the country’s chief executive to the general public.

2. Pancasila Spiritualism by Heri Herdiawanto, Fokky Fuad Wasitaatmadja, Jumanta Hamdayama

Today, our country is in a nation and region with serious distortions in the life and administration of the nation. Ethnic conflicts, crime epidemics, conflicts between political elites, rampant occult corruption, and other actions that violate the basic rules and norms of the country. Due to various problems, people yearn for the ideals of Pancasila which have been abandoned so far. Pancasila is an ideology formed on the basis of the character of the Indonesian nation, multi-ethnic, multi-geographical and multi-cultural.

This book is here to provide new knowledge and understanding about the existence and immortality of Pancasila values. It is hoped that this book will help the younger generation, and Indonesian society in general, to refresh Pancasila and practice it in everyday life.

3. The Pancasila Philosophy: National Islamic Epistemology by Dr. Fokky Fuad Wasitaatmadja

Buya Hamka’s ideas as an Indonesian philosopher, pastor and writer are sufficient to fill the fields of thought in many parts of this book. This was deliberately disclosed by the author to examine the fresh ideas of Pancasila, which has the idea of ​​Belief in One Almighty God as the backbone of Pancasila, and Buya Hamka, which is currently still very relevant to the concept of Islam.

Meanwhile, Soekarno, who is the father of the proclaimer, deserves the title of Indonesian philosopher. His ideas are fresh enough to explain the philosophical values ​​of Indonesian nationalism and the spirit of Islam as a modern religion. According to Sukarno, Islam had become the burning coal of the struggle against the colonial Dutch East Indies. Capitalism has become a common enemy because it gave birth to the notion of oppression and colonialism, according to which Islam is the source of the Indonesian people’s struggle to destroy colonialism.

This book seeks to consider Sukarno’s ideas about Islam and Indonesian nationality. Soekarno’s ideas sometimes confronted Buya Hamka and Nazir in interpreting the meaning of the values ​​of the Koran and the Islamic philosophy of Pancasila, but as fathers of the state, they understood the importance of Pancasila as the basis.

4. Practicing Pancasila in the Light of the Catholic Faith by Petrus Danan Widharsana

The book “Practicing Pancasila in the Light of the Catholic Faith” which is currently available provides a comprehensive understanding and insight to all parties, especially Catholics, about the Catholic Faith which can be in harmony with Pancasila values. By understanding and understanding this book, Catholics are increasingly convinced of the importance of practicing Pancasila values ​​in the life of the nation and state.

Examples of Arithmetic Sequences and Series – In mathematics, there are terms of sequences and series that can be encountered when studying arithmetic material. These sequences and series cannot be separated because they are related to one another. Simply put, an arithmetic sequence is a number with a fixed pattern based on the operations of addition and subtraction. Meanwhile, an arithmetic series is the sum of the first n terms of an arithmetic sequence.

In mathematics, arithmetic sequences and series, also known as arithmetic sequences and series, are sequences that have a certain pattern, that is, the difference between two successive terms is the same and remains the same. In other words, every term (except the first term) in an arithmetic sequence is obtained from the previous term by adding a fixed number. For example:

 , , , , , , … 

This arithmetic sequence can be expressed by the following formula:

a, a + b, a + 2 b, a + 3 b …

To find out more about arithmetic sequences and series, check out the information in the articles below.

Definition of Arithmetic

Arithmetic (sometimes misspelled as arithmetic, derived from the Greek αριθμός – arithmos = number) or previously called arithmetic is a branch (or precursor) of mathematics that studies the basic operations on numbers. By ordinary people, the word “arithmetic” is often considered a synonym for number theory. Please see numbers for a deeper understanding of number theory.

The prehistory of arithmetic is limited to a small number of artifacts, which can demonstrate the concepts of addition and subtraction, the most famous of which is the Ishango bone from Central Africa, dating to somewhere between 20,000 and 18,000 BC, although its interpretation is disputed.

The earliest written records show the Egyptians and Babylonians using all the basic arithmetic operations as early as 2000 BC. These artifacts do not necessarily reveal the specific process used to solve the problem, but the characteristics of a particular number system greatly influence the complexity of the method. The hieroglyphic system for Egyptian numerals, as well as later Roman numerals, is derived from the counting signs used for counting.

In both cases, this origin returns a value that uses a decimal base, but doesn’t include positional notation. Complex calculations with Roman numerals require the assistance of a counting pad (or Roman swipoa) to produce results.

Early number systems that included non-decimal positional notation, included the sexagesimal (base 60) system for Babylonian numerals, and the vigesimal (base 20) system which determined Mayan numerals. Because of this place value concept, the ability to reuse the same number for different values ​​contributes to a simpler and more efficient method of calculating.

The continuing historical development of modern arithmetic begins with the Hellenistic civilization of ancient Greece, although it dates back much later to Babylonian and Egyptian examples. Prior to the work of Euclid around 300 BC, Greek studies in mathematics overlapped with philosophical and mystical beliefs. For example, Nicomachus summarizes the viewpoints of earlier Pythagorean approaches to numbers, and their relationship to one another, in Introduction to Arithmetic .

Greek numerals were used by Archimedes, Diophantus, and others in a positional notation that does not differ much from modern notation. The ancient Greeks didn’t have a zero symbol until the Hellenistic period, and they used three separate sets of symbols as digits: one set for the ones place, one for the tens place, and one for the hundreds.

For the thousands place, they will reuse the symbol for the ones place, and so on. Their addition algorithms are identical to modern methods, and their multiplication algorithms differ only slightly. The long division algorithm is the same, and the digit-by-digit square root algorithm, popularly used as recently as the 20th century, was known by Archimedes (who may have discovered it).

He preferred it to Heron’s Method of successive approximation because, once calculated, a digit does not change, and the square root of a perfect square, such as 7485692. For numbers with fractional parts, such as 546.934, they use a negative power of 60 instead of a negative power of 10 for fractional part 0.934.

The ancient Chinese had an advanced study of arithmetic dating back to the Shang Dynasty and continuing into the Tang Dynasty, from elementary numbers to advanced algebra. The ancient Chinese used positional notation similar to that of the Greeks. Because they also lack symbols for zeros, they have one set of symbols for the ones place, and a second set for tens.

For the hundreds place, they then reuse the symbol for the ones place, and so on. Their symbols are based on ancient counting sticks. The exact time when the Chinese began counting by positional representation is unknown, although it is known that adoption began before 400 BC. The ancient Chinese were the first to discover, understand and meaningfully apply negative numbers. This is explained in the Nine Chapters on Mathematical Arts ( Jiuzhang Suanshu ), written by Liu Hui dating from the 2nd century BC.

The gradual development of the Hindu-Arabic numeral system independently created the concepts of place value and positional notation, which incorporated simple methods for computing with a decimal base, and the use of a digit representing 0. This allowed the system to consistently represent large and small integers, a approach that eventually supersedes all other systems.

In the early 6th century AD, the Indian mathematician Aryabhata included existing versions of this system in his work, and experimented with different notations. In the 7th century, Brahmagupta established the use of 0 as a separate number, and determined the results of multiplying, dividing, adding and subtracting zero and all other numbers — except for the product of division by zero. His colleague, the Syrian bishop Severus Sebokht (650 AD) said, “The Indians have a method of calculation that cannot be praised by a single word. Their rational mathematical system, or their method of calculation. I mean the system uses nine symbols”. The Arabs also studied this new method and called it hesab .

Although the Codex Vigilanus describes an early form of Arabic numerals (omitting the 0) in AD 976, Leonardo of Pisa (Fibonacci) is primarily responsible for spreading their use throughout Europe after the publication of his book Liber Abaci in 1202. He writes, “The method of the Indians ( Latin Modus Indoram ) surpasses any known computational method. That’s an amazing method. They do their computations using nine numbers and a zero symbol.

 

In the Middle Ages, arithmetic was one of the seven liberal arts taught in universities. The flourishing of algebra in the medieval Islamic world, and also in Renaissance Europe, was the result of simplifying computations via decimals.

Various types of tools have been invented and are widely used to assist in numerical computations. Before the Renaissance, they were a variety of abaci. More recent examples include the shift rule s, nomograms and mechanical calculators, such as Pascal’s calculator. Today, they have been replaced by calculators and electronic computers.

Operations in Arithmetic

The basic arithmetic operations are addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, although this subject also covers more advanced operations, such as manipulation of percentages, square root s, exponents, logarithmic functions, and even trigonometric functions, in the same vein as logarithms (prosthaphaeresis). . Arithmetic expressions must be evaluated according to the order in which the operations are intended.

There are several methods of specifying this, either the most common, along with the infix notation, explicitly using parentheses and depending on the order of operation of the priority rule, or using the prefix or postfix notation, which uniquely fixes the order of execution itself. Any collection of objects in which all four arithmetic operations (except division by zero) can be performed, and in which these four operations obey ordinary laws (including distribution), is called a field.

1. Basic Arithmetic Theorem

The fundamental theorem of arithmetic states that any integer greater than 1 has a unique prime factorization (representation of a number as the product of prime factors), excluding the order of factors. For example, the number 252 has only one prime factorization, namely:

252 = 2 ² × 3 ² × 7 ¹

Elements of Euclid himself first introduced this theorem and provided a partial proof (the so-called Euclidean lemma). The basic theorem of arithmetic was first proved by Carl Friedrich Gauss.

2. Number Theory

Until the 19th century, number theory was a synonym for “arithmetic”. The problems it tackles are directly related to elementary operations and those related to primality, division, and the solution of equations in integers, such as Fermat’s last theorem.

It seems that most of these problems, although very basic to state, are very difficult and probably cannot be solved without very deep mathematics involving concepts and methods from many other branches. This led to new branches of number theory such as analytic number theory, algebraic number theory, diophantine geometry, and arithmetic algebraic geometry.

Wiles’ proof of Fermat’s Last Theorem is a typical example of the need for sophisticated methods, far beyond those of classical arithmetic, to solve problems that can be expressed in elementary arithmetic.

Understanding Arithmetic Sequences and Series

In mathematics, arithmetic sequences and series, also known as arithmetic sequences and series, are sequences that have a certain pattern, that is, the difference between two successive terms is the same and remains the same. In other words, each term (except the first term) in an arithmetic sequence is obtained from the previous term by adding a fixed number, for example:

This arithmetic sequence can be expressed by the following formula.

Furthermore, as adapted from the book entitled Mathematics SMK 2: Business and Management Group published by Grasindo, an arithmetic sequence is a line where the value of each term is obtained from the previous term by adding or subtracting a number b.

Furthermore, the difference between the values ​​of the terms close to each other and is always the same, namely b. For example:

Un – U(n-1) = b

For example, rows 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 are arithmetic rows with values:

b = (9 – 7) = (7 – 5) = (5 – 3) = (3 – 1) = 2

Meanwhile, an arithmetic series is a sum between terms of an arithmetic sequence. For the sum of the first terms to the nth term, the arithmetic sequence can be calculated as:

Sn = U1 + U2 + U3 + …. +U(n-1)

or

Sn = a + (a + b) + (a + 2b) + …. + (a + (n – 2)b) + (a + (n – 1)b)

If only the value of a is known, the first term and its value are the nth term, then the value of the arithmetic series is:

Sn = n/2(a + Un)

Arithmetic Sequence

Proof
We start sorting it from tribe . We continue for the 2nd, 3rd, to .

1. Different

.

2. Middle Tribe

with

.

We can expand it again to get:

.

Arithmetic Sequence and Series Formulas

After discussing the brief understanding of arithmetic sequences and series, understand the following description of the formulas, quoted from a book entitled Complete Collection of Mathematics Formulas for SMA/MA IPA/IPS by Khoe Yao Tung, along with the information.

1. Arithmetic Sequence Formulas

The formula for determining the nth term of an arithmetic sequence:

Un = a + (n – 1)b or Un = Un-1 + b

Apart from finding the formula for the nth term, the formula used to find the middle value of an arithmetic sequence is:

Ut = ½ (a + Un)

Information:

Un = the nth term
a = U1
Un-1 = the term before the nth term
b = different

2. Arithmetic Series Formulas

At first glance, an arithmetic series has the same formula components as an arithmetic sequence. The difference is that the arithmetic series formula is used to find the desired term, while the arithmetic series looks for the sum of these terms.

For more details, here is the arithmetic series formula, namely:

Sn = n/2 (a + Un) = n/2(2a + (n – 1)b)

Based on this formula, the nth term can be found in the following way, namely:

Un = Sn – Sn-1

Information:

Un = the nth term
a = U1
Un-1 = the term before the nth term
b = different

Examples of Arithmetic Sequences and Series Problems

In order to understand more clearly about arithmetic sequences and series, first look at the example questions below, as quoted from a book entitled Mathematics Isolation for Middle School Grades 1, 2 and 3 by Herlik Wibowo.

Problem 1

An arithmetic series is 5, 15, 25, 35, …. What is the sum of the first 10 terms of the arithmetic sequence?

Given:
n = 10
U1 = a = 5
b = 15 – 5 = 25 – 15 = 10

Answer:
Sn = (2a + (n-1) b )
S10 = ( 2.5 + (10 -1) 10)
= 5 ( 10 + 9.10)
= 5 x 100 = 500
So, the sum of S10 in the arithmetic series, i.e. 500.

Problem 2

Given an arithmetic series with the first term being 10 and the sixth term being 20. Then, determine:

The difference is the arithmetic series.
Write down the arithmetic series.
The sum of the first six terms of the arithmetic sequence.

Answer:

The difference in the arithmetic series is:
Un = a+(n-1)b
U6= a+(6-1) b
20= 10+(5)b
b= 10/5 = 2
So, the difference in the arithmetic series is 2.

The arithmetic series, namely:
10+12+14+16+18+20+…+Un

The sum of the sixth term, S6 is:
Sn =n/2 (2a+(n-1) b)
S6= 6/2 (2.10+(6-1) 2)
=3(20+10)
=90
So, the sum of the sixth term the series is 90.

Problem 3

The 40th term of sequence 7, 5, 3, 1, … is…

Given:
a = 7
b = -2

Answer:
Un = a + (n – 1)b
U40 = 7 + (40-1)(-2)
= 7 + 39 . (-2)
= 7 + (-78)
= – 71
So, the 40th term of the arithmetic sequence is –71.

Problem 4

In a theater, the seats are arranged with the front row containing 12 seats, the second row containing 14 seats, the third row containing 16 seats, and so on. The number of seats in the 20th row is…

Given:
a = 12
b = 2

Answer:
Un = a + (n – 1)b
U20 = 12 + (20-1)2
= 12 + (9)2
= 12 + 38
= 50
So, the number of seats in the 20th row is 50 seats.

Problem 5

A petty employee receives a first year’s salary of Rp. 3,000,000.00. Every year the salary increases by IDR 500,000.00. The amount of money received by the employee for ten years is…

It is known:
First salary = a = IDR 3,000,000.00
Salary increase every year = b = IDR 500,000
Tenth year salary = U10
Total salary for ten years = S10

Answer:
Un = a + (n – 1)b
U10 = 3,000,000 + (10 – 1)500,000
= 3,000,000 + (9 × 500,000)
= 3,000,000 + 4,500,000
= 7,500,000
So, employee salaries obtained in the tenth year is IDR 7,500,000.00

Problem 6

Calculate the sum of the values ​​for the 4th term (S4) of the arithmetic series if there are numbers: 4, 8, 16, …?

Given:
a = 4
b = 8-4 = 4
n = 4

Answer:
Un = a + (n-1) b
Un = 4 + (4-1)4
Un = 4 + 12
Un = 16

Then, how much Sn?
Sn = 1/2 n ( a + Un )
S4 = 1/2 .4 (4 +16)
S4 = 4/2 (20)
S4 = 40
So, the sum of the values ​​of the 5th term in an arithmetic sequence is 40.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Application of Geography Concepts in Everyday Life – Geography is generally studied when a student is studying at Senior High School (SMA).

It turns out that the term has been developed from century to century to produce studies, approaches, and concepts. Through 10 geographic concepts, human survival seems to be easier.

Know What is the Concept of Geography?

In essence, geography is closely related to all forms and phenomena related to nature. This phenomenon occurs on earth, both in the layers of the biosphere, lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere and anthroposphere.

You can find an initial introduction to the field of geography, starting from rocks and their formation, the solar system, weather and climate, and much more in the Encyclopedia of Geography with a Complete World Atlas.

To examine all phenomena that occur, geography always uses concepts. Taken from the common point of view of the studies and definitions that have been discussed, an essential concept emerges to express a picture.

According to Nursid Sumaatmadja, the concept of geography is an abstract pattern that is closely related to the science called Geography. The concept of geography is divided into 10 sections. Many people will usually tend to have difficulty remembering it, even though there is an easy way for it. The trick is to use the donkey bridge, namely ‘JaKet Mr. Polo DI’Anggo Niken KeKait Sacks’. The formula is as follows.

Ja : Distance
Ket : Affordability
Mr : Morphology
Po : Pattern
Lo : Location
D : Differentiation Area
I : Interaction and Interdependence of
Anggo : Agglomeration
Niken : Value of Use of
Kekait Sack : Spatial Linkage

Easy, right? The sequence becomes clearer and the abbreviations created are fun to remember. For more details, understand the discussion of each of the following concepts.

Further: 10 Concepts of Geography

Examples of Application of the Concept of Geography

1. The Concept of Distance

The concept of distance is a concept that consists of two places and refers to space. Or, it can be interpreted as the distance that spans is the length of two places. The concept of distance is still divided into two, namely absolute and relative.

Absolute distance is the space or interval between two specified locations, implemented by means of length. The units of measurement used are meters (m), kilometers (km), or can be adjusted to the size you want to use and are easy to apply. This distance cannot be changed and is fixed, in contrast to relative distance which is the distance traveled and uses units of time, such as length.

Relative distances can vary, depending on transportation or what method is used to travel. The real example itself is commonly done by many people and applied in everyday life. For example, when using the Google Maps application or digital maps on a cell phone.

The distance from Bandung to the national monument when viewed from the application, some data will be displayed. First, the unit of distance from the point of departure to the destination is 165 km, then the distance traveled is also shown if using several vehicle options, by motorbike, car, train or on foot. The time needed is certainly different with different vehicles. Here you can clearly see the difference between absolute and relative distances.

This concept is closely related to location as the fulfillment of the basic needs of life, the transportation of goods, and also passengers. For example, the location between the distance and residential areas.

The distance needed to get there is 1-5 km. From that distance, market visitors can save costs for transportation, make it easier to transport goods, and save the time needed.

Relative concepts can also be defined with units of time, such as minutes, seconds, and hours. Another example of application, usually found in an airplane ticket. Information regarding flight hours, for example from Surabaya to Yogyakarta takes 1 hour 10 minutes. However, this information is uncertain, given that flights may be hampered due to weather conditions.

2. The Concept of Affordability

This one concept refers more to the ease of reaching an object. The biggest influence, of course, comes from the circumstances or conditions of the area being occupied. Means of transportation or means of communication greatly affect this affordability. For example, when you are traveling to a destination or on vacation to two different places, such as the Jakarta planetarium and the Baduy Tourism Village in Banten.

The affordability value of these two places is different. If someone wants to go to the planetarium, the transportation they use is a car or other vehicle to get to their destination. If you go to Baduy, tourists don’t only need a car, motorbike or other vehicle, but also have to travel to several locations on foot.

Another example in several natural disasters, it was difficult for aid to be distributed to the places where the disaster occurred. For example, because it was affected by heavy terrain or roads that were too difficult to pass, it resulted in some assistance going through a longer and more difficult process.

In addition to these examples, the application of the concept of affordability can be used when someone is about to buy land. For example, the price of land located near the main road will be more expensive than those far from the main road. These differences arise because of the access to different locations.

Houses that are close to main roads will find it easier to get transportation or be known by people when selling. As another example, the price of rice in Papua is more expensive than in remote islands. Because of these differences, the public will know which areas are difficult to access or to find producers.

3. Morphology

The formation of the earth’s surface is certainly influenced by natural processes, as well as human actions. For example, there are mountains, beaches, rivers, etc. which, if influenced by negative human actions, will result in destruction. In addition, the concept of morphology is also closely related to erosion, deposition or land use, soil thickness, and water use.

In plants, morphology can provide guidance in describing plants. You can learn more about this in the Plant Morphology book.

This concept also makes it easier to find out the potential of a land. For example, when an individual owns a plot of land in an area with a fairly steep slope, the land is not suitable for building a house. This will potentially lead to landslides. The highlands in Dieng can also be one of the illustrations, where the shape of the earth’s surface in these natural conditions looks like mountains.

Actually, you don’t have to go far to think about these examples. Signs in the installation of symbols ‘going uphill’ or ‘going downhill’ can give a clear warning to motorists. The warning was posted so motorists and even pedestrians can be careful to be safe. The region is in fact a cause-and-effect interaction between regions and develops until the next king. More details can be seen in this one book.

4. Pattern Concept

When talking about the concept of pattern, it is certainly related to the arrangement or distribution of phenomena that occur on earth. This phenomenon can be in the form of river flow, soil type, rainfall, distribution of tree vegetation, and much more. Natural phenomena are certainly different from social phenomena which are influenced by settlements, livelihoods, the type of housing occupied by residents, or the distribution of the population.

The easiest example to observe is how the distribution of settlements is spread, which you can also learn about through the book Population Policy: Concepts and Theories below.

There is a settlement pattern that is elongated in shape, following the coastline. However, some are elongated and follow the direction of the highway.

The livelihoods of residents can be affected by geographical conditions, especially those that rely heavily on natural aid. For example, fishermen who live around the coast will fish and make this activity their livelihood. People who live in the highlands can garden, harvest, and open up business opportunities by promoting through social media.

5. Location Concept

The concept of location will refer to a point on the face of the earth, related to the position of an object. This one concept is the main concept in answering the question ‘where?’ To determine it easily, the concept is divided into two, namely absolute and relative. Absolute location is determined from latitude or longitude, is fixed and does not move because it is guided by the earth’s geographical lines.

An example is the absolute location of Indonesia which is between 6°N or north latitude and 11°S as south latitude, up to 95°East (East Longitude) and 141°East (East Longitude). This means that Indonesia is in a strategic position between the intersections or world political arenas.

Another example is during PPDB which was held yesterday, there was a request to fill in location data or the coordinates of each house. This one example also includes absolute location, where the location of the house is at a certain point that will not change, the location is related to latitude and longitude.

Unlike the relative location which shows the position of something, based on the conditions and situation of the surrounding area. This location may change according to the point of view of its use. For example, Indonesia’s relative location is between two continents, namely Asia and Australia, then it is also between two oceans, the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean.

6. The concept of area differentiation

This concept emphasizes areas that are on earth, different from one another. Each region has its own unique characteristics and uniqueness.

An example is residents in coastal areas. Most of them must have a livelihood as fishermen because it suits their natural conditions in the form of lowlands and close to the sea, while the mountainous areas have a livelihood as farmers because the soil or climate is very suitable for agricultural areas. There is a final difference between the two locations.

Because it has its own characteristics, the two regions that are objects can have a reciprocal relationship. The relationship or cooperation will have a beneficial impact. The term is complementary to meet the needs of both parties. For example, cities and villages have quite significant differences, where cities have modern facilities, while villages have the opposite.

Both of them produce something as an effort to fulfill needs, but in different contexts. Cities produce basic goods for industrial operations, while villages produce food sources and raw materials.

For this reason, cities really need villages to meet their needs for vegetables and fruit. Villages also need cities when they want more complete health facilities. Indonesia also has abundant natural resources from various regions, such as Java as a producer of rice and Kalimantan for timber.

7. The Concept of Interdependence and Interaction

Reciprocity or interdependence between the two regions is the understanding of the concepts of interaction and interdependence. Departing from the differences between these regions, the previous discussion regarding regional differentiation, an interaction will emerge which can be a beneficial impact from each region.

For example, cities and villages. The differences in characteristics between the two regions will bring about independence and reciprocity which can be beneficial. Cities need villages as suppliers of food, while villages need cities as suppliers of finished goods, such as clothing, technology, and so on.

8. The concept of Agglomeration

This concept refers to the tendency of phenomena to be grouped into objects in an area, such as settlements which tend to cluster in fertile and beautiful areas. A familiar example is Cibaduyut which is a shoe center, the exact location is in the city of Bandung. Human efforts in adapting to their environment, so that this one concept is often used to study social problems.

For example, Tangerang is a city with the largest industrial development, even dubbed as the city of 1000 factories. Or, a settlement in an urban area whose inhabitants have the same regional origin or culture, such as the Chinatown community.

9. The Concept of Use-Value

This concept refers to the advantages possessed by a place or region that has different uses, based on its function. For example, in Ciater, West Java, there are natural hot springs that can be used to increase the use-value of the area. There is also a peak area in Bogor which has the morphology of a hilly area with beautiful views and clean air.

This can attract tourists to visit it, so that this area can be used as a tourist area. Another example is when you feel that Madura is getting colder. The hilly area in Wonosobo has a lot of land and water sources. Therefore, the hot island of Madura would not be suitable for agricultural land, but salt ponds.

So, these concepts definitely have their respective benefits for life. A use value that has the potential to be developed, moreover Indonesia is very rich in beauty and biodiversity.

Several beaches, mangrove trees, and extensive utilization for seaweed, the potential is still not prominent or increasing. Actually, mangroves themselves are not only useful for resisting abrasion and hurricane attacks. If its potential is emphasized, mangroves can also become tourist attractions that are rich in utilization.

Kalimantan also has tropical forests which are very suitable for habitat for rare animals. That is why national parks and protected forests there are very guarded. As another example, alluvial soil is suitable for use by farmers because it is fertile.

10. Room Connection Concept

This concept shows the level of relationship between regions. This encourages a cause-and-effect relationship. In essence, in the concept of spatial linkages, phenomena that occur involve two areas or more easily when there is a disaster, such as a flood in one area that has an impact on other areas or what is called a dispatch flood.

For example, Jakarta is receiving floods from Bogor. The city is a lowland, while Bogor is a highland. Water will flow from the highlands to the lower plains.

In addition to knowing the interrelationships between spaces, as described in the concept of spatial interaction or interrelationships, the study of geography also provides knowledge related to the context of Indonesia as the world’s maritime axis. Existing natural wealth includes world transportation which has become active due to regional strategicity, richness and diversity of marine life, as well as tourism for international maritime affairs.

Always remember that the potential that exists really must be preserved wisely and prudently by the entire population of Indonesia. From the concept of geography, the statement that humans cannot live alone is undeniable. Helping each other to produce maximum results will foster tolerance and good cooperation.

Recommended Books & Articles Related to the Concept of Geography

Announcement Text is information that is conveyed to the public or the general public either that has happened or will happen. This information is generally conveyed verbally in public places because it involves the interests of many people. This announcement can also be uploaded via social media.

Announcements are made with the aim of providing information to readers about an appeal, an event, rules, events, and so on. The types of announcements themselves can be seen from their functions. Some of them:

• Sad news of weddings, birthdays, inauguration and birth
• Announcement of the winner of a competition
• job vacancy
• Advertising activity reports / event notifications / appeals from the government, and many more.

Example Announcement Text

The function of announcement text includes conveying information about something such as an event, new student admissions and so on. This information is also conveyed formally and addressed to the general public or specifically to certain circles. Here are some examples of using Announcement Text:

1. Attention, due to technical problems with Air Asia Airlines, flight number GA 528 departing for Jakarta and Bogor scheduled at 10:15 will be delayed by about 30 minutes Thank you

(Attention, due to technical problems with Air Asia Airlines, with flight number GA 528 departing for Jakarta and Bogor scheduled at 10:15 will be delayed by about 30 minutes. Thank you).

2. In fond memory with serious hearts, the Tardjono family regrets to announce the passing of our beloved Hari Rudy Tardjono on June twenty two, 2020. His love always, passion, sense of humor, and kindness are going to be incomprehensible. A tiny family memorial is going to be held on June twenty two, 2020, at Citra Hati Funeral Home, Jakarta.

3. (With all humility, the Tardjono family with a heavy heart informs us regarding the death of our beloved family, Hari Rudy Tardjono on June 22, 2020. His love, enthusiasm, laughter, and kindness will always be remembered. A warning from the small family will be held on June 22 2020, at the Citra Hati Funeral Home, Jakarta)

You are also reminded to pay attention to simple things, such as how to arrange sentences, make an outline, and write a summary/summary. Even more special, this book is equipped with practice questions and writing checklists to test your understanding.

Announcement Text formula

In Announcement text, the rules used are simple future and simple present tense. Simple Present is a tense that is used at the present time or repeated events, while Simple Future tenses is used in the future and ends in the future as well. In the Announcement text structure, there are 2 very important things, namely the Explanation and the title or Title:

1.Title ( title )

The title is a very important part, because it functions to describe the entire announcement or information in the main headline

2. Clarification   (Explanation)

Explanation in this section is filled with further information from the title. Clarification consists of Type of Event, Date and Time, Place, Participant, Address, Contact Person.

Announcement Text Problem Practice

Green Miles West

The substitution of “West” in our name replacement “California” is the result of the associate agreement we tend to reach with Calif. horticulture Association, following a protest over the first use of “California” in our name. We tend to hope this doesn’t produce any confusion among our loyal customers. whereas this represents an amendment from our initial name introduction, it doesn’t amendment the standard of merchandise we provide our customers.

1. The corporate assures its customers that they’ll continuously maintain the . . . of their merchandise.
a. price
b. origin
c. quality
d. sale
e. quantity

2. The name “Green Miles West” is . . . .
a. a brand new name was given to the green Miles Calif.
b. a brand new name of a merger of 2 companies
c. a brand new name given from The Calif. horticultural association
d. a reputation of a brand new company that deals with horticulture
e. a reputation given to an organization shaped by the horticulture Association

Announcement 

Attention All students should be part of the category meeting from the fifteenth December to the twenty first December 2008 Principal Nathalie

3. What quite the text is it?
a. a letter
b. a label
c. A postcard
d. associate announcement
e. Memo

4. What’s the text about?
a. the category meeting in a very college.
b. The winner of the category meeting.
c. missive of invitation to affix a category meeting.
d. The set up of getting a category meeting.
e. Discussion regarding holding a category meeting

Attention Please! Students of grade XII area units are welcome to attend a morning seminar on a way to brace oneself for the ultimate EXAMINATION you’ll learn heaps from adult males. Budi Umar, a widely known education adviser.

Date : July, 27th, 2018
Time : 07.30
Venue : college main hall Don’t miss this free event.

Seats area unit restricted. to order your seat, please decide Kemal : 0812 XXXXX

5. The benefits of attending the seminar are that students get an area unit in a position….
a. to satisfy the education advisor
b. to organize for the ultimate examination
c. to show ways for the ultimate examination
d. to induce the free likelihood of connection to the seminar
e. To be a presenter in this seminar

6. Can the World Health Organization come back to the morning seminar?
a. All studentsb
. Mr. Budi Umar
c. Students of sophistication XII
d. All students and their neighbors

7. “To reserve your seat, please ….” The word “reserve” is the nearest in which it means to….
a. book
b. Buy
c. Get
d. sit
e. Ensure Announcements

The book has been arranged in a coherent manner to facilitate the students’ journey in composing and to ensure that the journey does not stop when they are halfway through. Students will never again be “at a loss for words”.

SCHOOL ANNOUNCEMENTS

To : All students, we would like to tell you that we would be having the varsity vacation from The eighth to Saturday tenth August 2015. Throughout the holiday, our college has already created plans! We have a tendency to want to travel habitation among the Highlands to a section referred to as Aviemore.

It’s an associate degree out of doors center where you can learn to climb, canoe and fish and do every type of exciting thing. Of course, we have to need you to Edinburgh Castle and also the competition too. Don’t worry; you aren’t close to being bored! The varsity pays for all students, thus you are free of charge. Don’t forget to bring your propellant clothes with you. It’s getting wet. For people who ought to travel, please meet a man. Ananta at the teacher’s work.

sincerely Principal

8. What ought the scholars do to hitch the activity?
a. To get the trip
b. to travel to the teacher’s office
c. to satisfy the masterd
. To bring the ever-changing garments
e. to go to principal’s house

9. From the text we have a tendency to all apprehend that ….
a. There are a minimum of 5 activities that the varsity offers
b. the students have to be compelled to bring their own food
c. the holiday will last for two days
d. the vacations won’t be excited
e. All student area units progressing to be examined among the Highlands

10. The text is written to ….
a. to supply knowledge regarding the activity on school vacation
b. to clarify an out of door activity on school vacation
c. To prompt students regarding an out of door activity
d. To announce the varsity Th touch influence students on connection student clan among the holiday

Our school will celebrate its seventeenth day of memory on:

Day/ Date: Saturday, Seventeen February 2018
Place : Sport Hall
Time : 8.00 am – 11.00 am

To highlight this event, a special bazaar area unit is progressing to be managed in conjunction with a music show of the varsity band that has an accepted singer. All the lecturers and students are speculated to attend this celebration. For this reason all extracurricular activities at school such as basketball, protection, football and English Sunday meeting will not be a serious hassle that day.

sincerely Principal

11. What did the college do to celebrate its anniversary?
a. to carry a special bazaar.
b. to own a self-protection competition.
c. to try and do all extracurricular activities.
d. to focus on all events well.
e. To participate within the walk band competition

12. The college failed to do all the extracurricular activities on its day as a result of … .
a. The game hall would be used for the celebration of the college day
b. All students had to attend the bazaar and purchase everything sold-out within the event
c. There was a beautiful music show performed by all students of the college
d. No one was fascinated by taking part in basketball within the sports hall that day
e. All students have compete soccer for three days

All students To celebrate the Hero’s day. Our Student Organization will hold some attention-grabbing programs like English Speech Contest, Storytelling and Class Wall Magazine Competition.
Time : Nov fifteen, 2018, 8.00 am – 13.00 pm
Theme : Hero Registration: Budi The organizer of this program

13. What will the text announce?
a. A student organization
b. associate degree English Speech Contest
c. attention grabbing event
d. A Hero’s Day Celebration
e. Student organization forum

14. Supported the text we’ll say that
a. The programs will last for 5 hours
b. The program area unit progressing to be management among the Hero Street
c. two competitions area unit progressing to be management
d. Budi is one in each of the judges of the program
e. some student will participate among the celebration

In addition, each material presented is equipped with practice questions along with answer keys. This book can make it easier for readers to learn English according to class level.

To : All students and lecturers

Come and visit our new library. Legion new books (brand new novels and nonfiction books are accessible. You may boot fancy our newest DVDs assortment.

Head of library Ramadhan

15. What area unit the items offered within the new library?
a. Books and DVDs.
b. previous and new books.
c. New books and novels.
d. New DVDs and non-fiction books.
e. common movies

16. Why will the author make the announcement?
a. To resume a brand new novel.
b. to ask the reader to go to the library.
c. To let the reader comprehend the pinnacle of the library.
d. to assist the reader apprehend wherever to seek out the DVDs.
e. to create competition WHO visit the library a ton

17. Who created the announcement?
a. Ramadan
b. c
. all lecturers
d. The bibliothe
e. Guardian

Announcement of the English voice communication Club (ECC.) is gap registration for whole fresh members, be a section of us and improve your English! Every Th from 16.00 to 17.00 at the varsity hall For registration, please contact Wayan Anissa

18. Once did the members have a meeting?
a. within the morning.
b. On weekday afternoons.
c. On weekday morning
d. within the afternoon at 3 o’clock.
e. weekday night

19. wherever do they need the meeting?
a. Within the ECC’s meeting area.
b. Within the VIIA schoolroom
c. At the college hall.
d. At the cafeteria.
e. cityhall

20. However long will the meeting last?
a. One and a 0.5 hours.
b. One hour.
c. One and 1 / 4 hours
d. Two hours.
e. One o’clock Announcement

This announcement may be a replacement year and there are many new students around. Please be friendly and make it easier for them to understand the foundations of our school. Principal

21. Wherever are you able to realize the text?
a. At a faculty.
b. At a bookstall.
c. At a bank.
d. At a park.
e. At college fee sheets

This book consists of 3 CHAPTERS, namely CHAPTER 1 Listening, CHAPTER 2 Structure and Grammar , and CHAPTER 3 Reading. CHAPTER 1 (Listening), namely CHAPTER which consists of 3 types of listening models, namely monologues, short and long conversations , and talks. CHAPTER 2 contains Part of Speech and Basic Tense (Past tense, Present, and Future) . CHAPTER 3 Reading, discusses the types of Reading Comprehension questions and how to answer reading questions quickly and accurately.

Announcement Text Answer Key

1. The answer key to question no.1 is c. quality
2. The answer key to question no.2 is a. a new name was given to Green Miles California
3. The answer key to question no.3 is d. An announcement
4. The answer key to question no.4 is c. An invitation to join a class meeting
5. The answer key to question no.5 is b. To prepare for the final examination
6. The answer key to question no.6 is c. Students of class XII
7. The answer key to question no.7 is a. book
8. The answer key to question no.8 is b. To go to the teacher’s office
9. The answer key to question no.9 is a. There are at least 5 activities that the school offers
10. The answer key to question no.10 is a. To provide information about the activity on school holidays
11. The answer key to question no.11 is a. To hold a special bazaar
12. The answer key to question no.12 is a. the sports hall would be used for the celebration of the school anniversary
13. The answer key to question no.13 is d. A Hero’s Day Celebration
14. The answer key to question no.14 is a. The programs will last for 5 hours
15. The answer key to question no.15 is c. New books and novels
16. The answer key to question no.16 is b. To invite the reader to visit the library
17. The answer key to question no.17 is a. Ramadan
18. The answer key to question no.18 is b. On Thursday afternoon
19. The answer key to question no.19 is c. At the school hall
20. The answer key to question no.20 is b. One hour
21. The answer key to question no.21 is a. At a school

Source: from various sources

Examples of Action Verbs, Types of Action Verbs & Definitions of Action Verbs – It is undeniable that learning English is one of the keys that can support self-quality in the era of globalization. Learning English can be done starting from the basic level first, such as learning the types of verbs in English.

In English, verbs are grouped into 7 types, namely intransitive , transitive , action , auxiliary , linking , regular , and irregular verbs . Each of these types of verbs has different uses, uniqueness, characteristics, and structures.

The way to use each of these verbs in forming an English sentence is also different. In this material, we will learn about one type of verb , namely Action Verb . Action Verb is a verb that shows what action is taken by the subject.

It will be discussed in detail, in detail, and comprehensively about what action verbs are , types of action verbs , examples of action verbs and their use in a sentence, as well as questions and discussion.

Definition of Action Verb

Action Verb or often referred to as Dynamic Verb is defined as a verb that describes the action of the subject in the sentence. In other words, the Action Verb shows what action the subject takes.

The action expressed by an Action Verb can be a physical action (for example, jump , run , walk , climb ) or a mental action (for example, think , hope , decide , learn , perceive , imagine , believe , expect , wish , want , prefer , and cry ).

Action Verb plays an important role in forming a sentence in English because without an Action Verb, a subject in a sentence does not have any meaning.

In addition, action verbs can help us identify and describe activities or actions carried out by the subject of the sentence clearly and precisely.

The action verb itself can be written in the past tense , simple form , or continuous (in progress). To be able to distinguish between the various existing tenses, Sinaumed’s can also read the book Tenses & Vocabulary That’s Easy which is below.

Types of Action Verbs

Action Verbs or also called Dynamic Verbs are classified into four types, namely activity verbs , process verbs , transitional events verbs , and momentary verbs . In this sub-topic of discussion, we will explain the differences and examples of each type of Action Verb.

1. Activity Verbs

Activity Verbs can be used as verbs that express current events ( present ) or as verbs that express ongoing ( continuous ) events. Activity verbs are usually used to explain “what the subject of the sentence does”.

The following will explain examples of using Activity Verbs. For Activity Verbs will be in bold, while the subject of the sentence will be in italics :

“ Rita and I will be playing basketball this afternoon” (Present Continuous Tense)
“ Karina will jump from the window if she comes late to school” (Present Tense)

Example of activity verbs:

“Abandon” – (leave or abandon)
“Look at” – (see)
“Play” – (play or play)
“Say” – (speak)
“Read” – (read)
“Listen” – (hear)
“Eat” – (eat)
“Help” – (help)
“Call” – (call or call)
“Drink” – (drink)
“Ask” – (ask)

In using adverbs well, Sinaumed’s also has to practice English vocabulary well using the Smart Picture Dictionary of English.

2. Process verbs

Just like Action Verbs, Process Verbs can also be used in the form of a verb that expresses present events or in the form of a verb that states an ongoing event . Process Verbs are usually used to explain “what happened to the subject of the sentence” or it can also be called explaining a process.

The following will explain examples of using Process Verbs. Process Verbs will be in bold, while the subject of the sentence will be italicized :

“With age, we are slowing down” (Present Continuous Tense)
“With age, we are slowing down” (Present Tense)

Example of process verbs:

“Grow” – (grow)
“Mature” – (mature or mature)
“change” – (change)
“widen” – (expand)
“slow down” – (weaken or slow down)
“deteriorate” – (worse)

3 . Transitional Events Verbs

Transitional Events Verbs are verbs that distinguish between the initial occurrence of an event and the complete occurrence of that event (until the event has ended). The continuous tense of Transitional Events Verbs shows the initial occurrence of events. Meanwhile, the present tense of Transitional Events Verbs describes repeated events or a single (finished) action.

For example,
Denia was leaving (when I came in). vs. Denia left

Examples of Transitional Events Verbs:

“Die” – (die)
“Lose” – (lose)
“Arrive” – (arrive)
“Land” – (land)
“Leave” – (go)
“Fall” – (fall)

Apart from being divided into four types ( activity verbs , process verbs , transitional events verbs , and momentary verbs ), Action Verbs are also divided into Transitive Verbs and Intransitive Verbs .

4. Transitive Verbs

Transitive Verbs always describe an object in a sentence in the form of a noun. The special feature of transitive verbs is that nouns receive action from verbs. Transitive Verbs are able to convey a clear picture of an activity and can clarify sentences. The following will describe examples of the use of transitive verbs.

Examples of transitive verbs:

“Andrew broke his leg”

(In the example above, broke is a transitive verb that describes the noun his leg . The object in the sentence, namely his leg, received an action that was broken [ was broken ]).

“The children ate his dinner deliciously”

(In the example above, ate is a transitive verb that describes the noun his dinner . The object in the sentence, namely his dinner, receives the action of being eaten [ was eaten ]).

“Miranda cut her hair”

(In the example above, cut is a transitive verb that describes the noun her hair . The object in the sentence, namely her hair, receives an action, which is cut [ were cut ]).

5. Intransitive Verbs

In contrast to transitive verbs, intransitive verbs do not give any action to objects. In other words, the object in a sentence is not explained or not described by intransitive verbs. The following will describe examples of the use of intransitive verbs.

Examples of Intransitive Verbs:

“When I came by to Mia’s house last night, she felt so anxious and sad upon knowing that her dog had died.”
(In the example sentence above, there is no word that follows “died”, considering that died is one of the intransitive verbs. Intransitive verbs can also be written in the form of past tense , simple continuous tense , or simple tense ).

“At 9 PM I will leave”

(Actually, leave can be a transitive verb when followed by an object. However, because in the sentence above the word leave is not followed by any other words, it is classified as an intransitive verb).

Examples of action verbs

In the example that will be presented below, the verb which is an Action Verb will be bolded while the subject will be italicized .

“ Stephany studies English every Saturday night.”
(Stephani studies English every Saturday night).

“ Ginting and Kevin are playing badminton in Tokyo Olympics 2020.”
(Ginting and Kevin are playing badminton at the 2020 Tokyo Olympics).

“ She was accepted at the Imperial College London. And she will start her first year in this summer.”
(He has been accepted to Imperial College London. And he will start his first year of studies this summer).

“ I visited my colleagues in Seoul for a while and then went home.”
(I visited my colleagues in Seoul for a while then went home).

“Last summer, my family bought me a new car.”
(Last summer, my family bought me a new car).

“Mark was late because of the rain. So, I waited almost for an hour alone in the park”
(Mark was late because of the rain. So I waited for him alone for almost an hour in the park).

“ We ate dinner then walked around the garden.”
(We had dinner then walked around the park).

“ The lightning struck the tree in the middle of the night. Gratefully there was no victim in that accident.
(A bolt of lightning struck a tree in the middle of the night. Luckily there were no fatalities as a result of this incident).

Sinaumed’s can also hone your English writing grammar by reading the Excellent Grammar Book which provides various words, important terms, and how to use them.

This section will also mention examples of action verbs and their meanings.

Base Form / Infinitive (V1)	Simple Past (V2)	Past Participle (V3)	What is the meaning of the word
accelerate	accelerated	accelerated	speed up
accomplished	.	.	complete or reach a goal
adjust	adjusted	adjust	adapt
analyze	analyzed	analyzed	analyze
answer	answered	answered	answer
anticipate	anticipated	anticipated	anticipate
argue	argued	argued	debate
assume	assumed	assumed	assume
bring	brought	brought	bring
buy	purchased	purchased	buy
change	changed	changed	changed
choose	chose	chosen	choose
collect	collected	collected	gather
drink	drank	drunk	drink
drives	drove	driven	driving
eat	ate	eaten	Eat
fall	fell	fallen	fell
closed	closed	closed	close
read	read	read	read
ride	rode	ridden	drive
get	got	got (English) gotten (America)	get
leave	left	left	go or leave
help	helped	helped	help or assist
earn	earned	earned	produce
keep	kept	kept	put or save
edit	edited	edited	edit
deliver	delivered	delivered	deliver
hits	hits	hits	hit
climb	climbed	climbed	climb or ride
laugh	laughed	laughed	laugh
listen	listen	listen	hear
node	nodded	nodded	nodded
cry	cried	cried	cry
fixed	fixed	fixed	repair
come	came	come	come
insult	insulted	insulted	insult
throw	threw	thrown	throw away

The difference between action verbs and linking verbs

At a glance, linking verbs and action verbs are almost the same because they are verbs that describe a subject in a sentence. However, there are significant differences between Action Verbs and Linking Verbs.

Action Verb describes an action performed by the subject. Meanwhile, linking verbs do not reveal an action taken by the subject. Linking Verbs only show where the subject is in a sentence, not what the subject does in the sentence. But in English, there are examples of verbs that have two functions, namely as action verbs and linking verbs

Example: run , grow , look , and some other verbs.

Learn how to pronounce the various adverbs above to make it easier for you to read through the English Pocket Dictionary (2021), which is accompanied by thousands of entries, grammar, and much more.

Practice Questions Action Verbs

In the exercise questions below, choose a sentence that you think uses “action verb” in the example sentence that will be presented.

1. Which sentence has an action verb?
A. The thieves opened the back door when we fell asleep.
B. My mother seems upset.
C. It is your birthday present.
D. The apple is on the table.

2. Which sentence has an action verb?
A. The meatballs taste too salty.
B. I listened to your song last night.
C. My homework is madness.
D. The vanilla cupcakes taste heavenly.

3. Which sentence has an action verb?
A. My sister and I walk to school every day.
B. My boyfriend is Simon.
C. You sound weird.
D. I felt so sick yesterday.

4. Which sentence has an action verb?
A. his daughter remained in New York two days ago.
B. I continue to write my thesis.
C.Mrs. Amanda drives a fancy car.
D. You are so cool.

5. Which sentence has an action verb?
A. My sister and I ate pizza as my dinner yesterday.
B. Jake appeared out of nowhere last night after he had been missing for nearly a week.
C. Sometimes I act childish to Sam
. D. Diana acted so unfriendly to me this morning which I don’t know the cause.

6. Which sentence has an action verb?
A. Your dog smells so badly.
B. I think you left the house three days ago.
C. Your bag is beautiful.
D. Your favorite foods are on the table.

7. Which sentence has an action verb?
A. The army climbed down the tree.
B. My memory becomes stronger if I get enough sleep.
C. The mango trees grow well every day.
D. You look so pale today, are you okay?

Find various other English questions related to action verbs along with other topics that can help you hone your English skills in the Super ITP TOEFL Tricks Score 600+ book below.

Answers to Action Verbs Questions

1. A . The thieves opened the back door when we fell asleep.
(“seem” and “be [is]” which are found in sentences B, C, and D for question number 1 are included as linking verbs).

2. B. _ I listened to your song last night.
(“taste” and “be [is]” found in sentences A, C, and D for question number 2 are linking verbs).

3. A . My sister and I walk to school every day.
(“sound”, “felt [past form of feel]”, and “be [is]” which are found in sentences B, C, and D for question number 3 are included as linking verbs).

4. C . Mrs. Amanda drives a fancy car.
(“remain”, “continue” and “be [are]” which are found in sentences A, B, and D for question number 4 are included as linking verbs).

5. A . My sister and I ate pizza as my dinner yesterday.
(“appear” and “act” in sentences B, C, and D for question number 5 are linking verbs).

6. B. _ I think you left the house three days ago.
(“smell” and “be [is, are]” which are found in sentences A, C, and D for question number 6 are included as linking verbs).

7. A . The army climbed down the tree.
(“become”, “grow”, and “look” which are found in sentences B, C, and D for question number 7 are included as linking verbs).

So, is the explanation about the Action Verb along with its types, characteristics, examples and problems quite easy to understand? If you want to pursue learning English, but are confused about finding the right reference, don’t worry! Because sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will provide various quality and useful reference books so that you can learn English more deeply.

Examples of 3D Crafts – One way to cultivate a creative way of thinking is to make 3D crafts. Someone who already has the habit of thinking and acting creatively will have a significant impact on psychology, especially the psychological development of children. A creative person is known to be more unyielding and persistent in finding a solution to the problem at hand.

Crafts can basically be understood as a work of art that focuses on the skill of a person’s hands. Apart from that, handicrafts are also a way that can be done to process raw materials that are around us so that they have value, be it usability, beauty, even profits or selling points.

Meanwhile, 3-dimensional crafts can be interpreted as works of art that have 3 sides, namely length, width and height. In simple terms, 3D craft is an art activity that has volume and space. 3 dimensional crafts are certainly different from 2 dimensional crafts which only have 2 sides consisting of length and width only. The most obvious difference between 3D and 2D crafts is the spatial element.

In this article, we will present ten examples of easy and simple 3D crafts. Some of the materials used are also very easy to get because they are all around us. You need to know, a craft can be beautiful and provide benefits to many people if it is made with high intentions and enthusiasm. Good luck!

A. Examples of 3D Crafts

1. 3D Sakura Paper Flowers

The first example of a 3D craft is a 3D paper flower. You can do this paper flower craft with your friends. This type of craft is perfect to decorate a room in your home.

The way to make 3D paper flowers is quite easy. If you have origami paper and scissors. Of course it would be great to make this type of 3D craft.

The first step that must be done is to take origami paper to be folded so that it becomes two vertical. Next, you can fold one of the bottom corners of the origami paper to form a triangle. Then, feel free to fold the same five layers. This is done in order to make petals from this cherry blossom. Well, do this method repeatedly for the back of the folded origami paper. Then cut the small triangle through all the folds or seams that were made earlier.

When cutting, the thing that needs to be considered in making paper flowers is trying to make the cut curved on the paper that connects the 2 triangles. Now, please combine each cherry blossom petal by pressing it together. The last step, put a small triangle at the beginning and the 3D cherry blossom paper is ready to be installed in friends’ rooms.

2. 3D Swan

The next example of a 3-dimensional craft is a swan. Some materials that need to be prepared before making a 3D swan craft are origami paper, markers, rulers, and of course a cutter or cutter.

After all the materials are ready, the first step is to fold the origami paper diagonally. Then, fold each top corner down until each corner meets the center line. Next, please slowly fold again each part of the corner. Next, you need to fold both sides between the top and bottom towards the back so they coincide.

In making the swan’s head, you only need to fold it up. Next, make the mouth of the 3D swan. Do not forget, also make a tail by making folds. Finally, you can use pencils and markers to decorate the swan, with the two eyes.

3. 3D Paper Rose Flowers

The next 3D craft is a 3D rose paper flower. The 3D paper flowers referred to here are whole roses consisting of flowers, leaves, and petals in paper form. Almost the same as cherry blossom paper flowers, these paper flowers are also very suitable for display as decoration in the living room.

Before starting the various steps to make 3D paper roses, prepare red paper measuring 20 x 20 cm in advance. Don’t forget, also prepare green paper with each size 4 x 4 cm and 4 x 16 cm.

a. Flower Section

• Take the red paper and fold it in half, bringing it up and down.
• Then you can fold the top and bottom of the paper towards the center of the paper.
• Then fold back the paper between the folds that have been made the same size.
• Repeat the above steps for the vertical side.
• You should fold the top of the paper towards the first crease from the bottom.
• Turn the paper over and fold it up.
• From the left side, fold the paper towards the first fold on the right.
• Turn the paper over again and fold over the existing paper crease from the right side.
• Turn it over and find it with the top left edge of the paper at the first meeting line that is close to the bottom right corner of the paper.
• Press the folded paper on the left to the center of the paper.
• Unroll the paper from the fold you just made, rotate it 90 degrees anticlockwise.
• Repeat steps until all 4 corners are equal.
• Fold the paper with the existing pattern and fold the top and then meet the bottom side.
• Trim all four sides then set aside while we make the leaves.

b. Leaf Section

• Take 4 x 4 cm paper to fold diagonally.
• Also fold the right diagonal and find it on the underside of the paper and then repeat on the opposite side.
• In the next step fold the top of the paper downwards and do it on the other side.
• Continue by folding the paper following the pattern and opening the paper.
• Fold the left corner of the paper slightly so it looks more like a leaf.

c. Part of the Flower Stem

• Take 4 x 16 cm paper and roll it from one end.
• Until in the middle of the paper, insert the leaves that have been made then continue to roll until the end of the paper.
• Give glue so that the roll does not come off.

Now, after finishing making the three parts of a 3-dimensional paper rose flower, of course the next step is to arrange the stems, leaves, and flowers into one whole part, like a rose. To make it more like a real rose, you can tuck a little part of the stem down from the flower. Try making it in large quantities, it will definitely make your living room more colorful.

4.Lavender 3D

The next 3D craft is a lavender flower. Unlike the cherry blossoms and roses, which are pink and red respectively. The lavender flower itself has a very unique purple color that is loved by many people. Even though it is made of paper, it is possible that these paper lavender flowers will be as beautiful as real flowers.

Some of the materials that need to be prepared include scissors, sticks, and leaf tape. You also need to prepare wood glue and origami paper with a size of 12 x 12 to make this flower more comfortable to look at.

The first step that must be taken is to divide the origami paper into 2 parts with the same width. Then, take one part of the paper to be folded in half and cut to form tassels. Next, wrap the tassel shape paper around the end of the stick so that it covers the entire stalk to be locked with glue at the end. Next, you can press the bulging tips of the lavender petals so that the flower looks fluffy. And, the final step, take some leaf tape to wrap it around so it covers the stick neatly and beautifully.

5. 3D Butterfly

After knowing several examples of 3D crafts before, it certainly won’t be difficult, here is an example of a 3D craft that is also quite easy to make, namely butterflies. 3D butterfly crafts are usually used to decorate rooms or home windows.

Well, there are several steps that need to be taken to make a 3-dimensional butterfly craft. However, before that, you need to prepare origami paper of various colors with a size of 15 x 15 as well as a thin ribbon about 17 cm long.

• Fold the paper diagonally to make a triangle.
• Then fold the zigzag starting from the top center to the middle of the line.
• Repeat the above steps for the other side of the paper. Then make one more piece of paper with the exact same bend as before.
• Next you need to bind the 2 folded papers using the color pipe.
• Tie the middle and bend it to look like a butterfly antenna.
• Unfold the paper next to the fold to make it look like a butterfly wing.
• Make butterflies again with various favorite colors.
• String the butterfly by inserting the colored ribbon into the center of the butterfly. It can be used to decorate a house divider or to decorate a window.

6. 3D Spiral Hanging Decoration

Several previous crafts used origami paper as the basic material for making 3-dimensional crafts, but there are still many materials that can be used to make 3-dimensional crafts, one of which is colorful straws.

With colorful straws, you can make spiral hangers for decoration or display at home. Some things that need to be prepared, namely, colorful straws with each color totaling 15 seeds. In addition, also provide embroidery thread, needles, scissors, and hot glue.

• Prepare a needle that has been threaded and then punctured in the middle of a straw.
• When all the straws are connected to the thread, then all that remains is to use hot glue to attach them to the straws to form a spiral.
• Just put glue on the end right where the thread is stuck. Do it until the straw runs out.
• And spiral hangers from straws can be installed in a child’s room.

7. Wind Chime 3D

The following 3D craft is a wind chime. Wind chime is a unique home decoration and is often known as a wind chime. This 3-dimensional craft can create sound when it is hit by the wind. Some people also think that this wind chime can bring various good luck to the owner of the house.

Some materials that need to be prepared before making wind chimes are bottle caps (both made of wood and aluminum), filters, threads, and wire. Apart from that, you also need to provide several tools such as scissors, drills, nails, and hammers.

• First you have to make a hole in the side of the bottle cap using a drill.
• Cut the thread to the length according to taste and cut more than one.
• String the bottle cap on the thread and then tie it on the filter.
• Continue by making chains and rings out of wire for the wind chime. Use the remaining yarn to make it.
• Hang the wind chime in a place where the wind is strong.

8. 3D Stationery Holder

The next 3-dimensional craft is a place to store stationery. This storage area will be very useful for storing various writing instruments, such as pencils, pens, markers, and so on.

You can also encourage your child or younger sibling to be creative in making their own stationery holder. The basic material for this 3-dimensional craft is a used bottle. Meanwhile, the tools used to make it are scissors, iron, ribbon, and origami paper.

The first step, cut a third of the bottle using scissors in a circular and flat manner. Then, so that the results are neat and even, please iron the ends of the bottles that have been cut. The last step, decorate the bottle with your creativity, using either origami paper or ribbon.

9. 3D Coffee Packaging Bag

In addition to various 3D crafts for home decoration, there are also 3D crafts that are very popular with many people these days, namely coffee packaging bags. Currently, the utilization or management of unused goods and recycled products is becoming a trend in society. This is in line with the desire of many people to try to reduce waste and human-made waste.

By utilizing garbage and waste, the environment can be cleaner. Not only that, you also have multi-purpose items that result from the skills of creative people. One of the used goods that can be used as a bag is a coffee pack.

Well, how to make it is fairly easy. The best thing about this 3D craft is patience and tenacity. Some items that need to be prepared include scissors, needles, thread, and furing and zippers.

• Discard the top and bottom of the coffee packet and make it open on both sides.
• Proceed with washing all the packs and drying in the sun to dry.
• Cut the finished coffee packet in 2 and fold it 1 cm inwards at the top and bottom ends.
• You need 1000 folds and this can be made from 500 coffee bags.
• Continue by weaving the folds into a propeller model.
• Create a vertical upright angle so that it can be woven in an upward direction.
• Don’t forget to make a bag strap with the remaining folds forming a triangle.
• Join the triangles together and sew like a chain.
• Then all you have to do is sew the bag strap on the bag and sew the furing inside the bag.
• Finally attach the zipper on the furing and the bag is ready to use.

10. Snowflakes 3D

The last 3-dimensional handicraft is snowflakes. Snowflake itself is basically quite easy to make and the results can be said to be very good. This craft only requires 22 x 28 cm paper and scissors.

• Fold a piece of paper in half horizontally.
• Fold the two corners of the paper to the center to form a triangle and fold it to the center again.
• Next, fold one side of the triangle about a third of its size inward and do it on the other side.
• Hold the paper with the pointed end facing down.
• Next, fold it in half until the paper is in the shape of a long kite.
• You should cut the paper crosswise with a slight curve.
• Please start cutting out the snowflakes with a simple pattern.
• Unfold all the folds being careful not to tear them, and your snowflake is finished.

Those are ten examples of 3-dimensional crafts that you can make at home by using unused items. Crafts are one way to bring out one’s creativity. In addition, crafts can also be used to channel hobbies and fill free time with useful things. Good luck!

Factors inhibiting social change – Every human life in this world cannot be separated from the so-called social change. What’s more, nowadays the development of the times continues to move faster and faster from time to time. One proof of the increasingly advanced times is the use of smartphones which are used by almost all people.

Sinaumed’s, do you know what social change means? On this occasion, we will discuss more about social change and the inhibiting factors for social change. So, read this article to the end, OK?

Definition of Social Change

Social change is the process of changing the structure and function of the social system. In social change there are two factors that influence it, the first is the driving factor and the second is the inhibiting factor.

These changes can take place sooner or later, affecting the environment. According to Hawley, social change is a change that is not repeated from the social system as a whole.

Experts divide the classification of society into static and dynamic. Static society is a group of people who experience little change that progresses slowly.

Meanwhile, a dynamic society is a group of people who experience rapid changes. These changes can mean both progress and setbacks.

Etymologically, social change means changes in various social institutions that can affect the social system of society including values, attitudes, patterns, behavior among groups in society.

According to Piotr Sztompka, social change can be imagined as changes that occur within or include social systems with differences between the states of certain systems at different times.

 

The Basic Concept of Social Change

There are three basic conceptual criteria for social change, which include:

The Study of Differences

The study of differences means being able to see differences or changes in the conditions of the objects that are the focus of study. This study must be carried out at a different time, or a comparative study must be carried out in a different time dimension.

Observations on the Same Social System

Observations on a social system that have the same meaning as the object being the comparative study must be the same object. Thus, the discussion of social change is always related to the dimensions of space and time.

Space Dimension

The spatial dimension refers to the area where social change occurs and the conditions surrounding it. Of course, this dimension is inseparable from the historical aspects that occurred in the region.

This spatial dimension is a social change in view of the past/ past , present/present and future. From time to time will be compared, so that social changes can be found.

Definition of Social Change According to Experts

The following is the definition of social change according to experts, namely:

William F. Ogburn

Quoting from the book Sociology, Understanding and Studying Society, William F. Ogburn said that social change includes cultural, material and immaterial elements that have a big influence.

Kingsley Davis

Kingsley Davis said that social change is a change that occurs in the structure and function of society. For example, capitalist society and labor organizations.

Gillin and Gillin

Gilin and Gilin say that social change is a variation of an accepted way of life. The reason is due to changes in geographical conditions, material culture, population, ideology, and new discoveries in society.

Samuel Koenig

According to Samuel Koenig, social change is a modification that occurs in patterns of human life due to internal and external causes.

Selo Soemardjan

Selo Soemardjan stated that social change is all changes that occur in social institutions in a society. These changes affect social systems, values, attitudes and behavior patterns of community groups.

Max Weber

According to Max Weber, social change is a situation in society that changes due to an incompatibility of the elements in it.

MacIver

According to Mac Iver, social change occurs because of an imbalance in social relations.
Characteristics of Social Change

1. Every society changes sooner or later. No society stops experiencing social change.
2. In a social institution will be followed by changes in other social institutions. This is because social institutions are interdependent and mutually influence one another.
3. Social change results in disorganization, which is temporary for the adjustment process.
4. In society, the changes that occur cannot be isolated in the material or spiritual field.

Forms of Social Change

Social change in society can be divided into several forms, namely:

Evolution Change/Slow

This change takes quite a long time and occurs by itself without a specific plan or will. The community is only trying to adapt to new circumstances, needs and conditions that arise in line with the growth of society.

Revolution/Quick Change

This change is a change that takes place and runs quickly. This happens both planned and unplanned and can be carried out without violence. This change is considered fast because it changes the main pillars of people’s lives, such as the family system and relations between people.

Small Changes

Small changes occur in elements of the social structure that do not have a direct or significant impact on society. For example, in the 1990s, women in Indonesia wore kebaya or traditional clothes for their daily activities. However, as time goes by, and the development of the times and changes in fashion can change the models of clothes they wear.

Major changes

Major changes are changes that affect society and its institutions, such as in the work system, land property rights system, family relations and community stratification.

Desired Change

Changes that are predicted or planned in advance by parties who want to make changes in society. These parties are called agents of change, namely a group or someone who has the public’s trust as a leader in changing social institutions.

Structural Change

Changes that have a fundamental nature that is the cause of the emergence of reorganization in people’s lives.

Process Change

Change that is the opposite of structural change because it is not fundamental. Process change is a refinement of the previous change.

Examples of Social Change

There are many examples of social change in our environment, including the following:

Changes in Remittance

As times progress, technology and information experience a shift in remittances. Previously, money was sent via money orders, now money can be sent or withdrawn through ATMs, internet banking, SMS banking and applications on smart phones. The money transfer process does not take a long time and can be done quickly and easily.

The Internet Shifts Cultural Changes in Society

Social change due to the existence of the internet is the rise of online shopping via the internet. So that buyers do not need to go to the store, just look at the items they want and then buy them.

Then, the item will be sent via courier and will arrive at the house. This social change changed buying and selling transactions where previously buyers and sellers had to meet.

Learn from Home

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, learning at school can be carried out at home. Teachers can interact with their students through video call applications . In addition, students can also submit assignments via cell phones or laptops.

Online Shopping

Online shopping is widely used because of advances in technology and communication in the internet field, so you might be one of those people who often shop online .

The Influence of Fashion Models

The influence of fashion models in the industrial sector provides socio-cultural changes in dress code. For example, many people now use the hijab. Many Muslim fashion models are sold in stores, so they can attract consumers/buyers.

Television Changes People’s Behavior

Television can change people’s behavior quickly. For example, consumerist behavior or excessive spending can arise because people watch a lot of advertisements on television.

Factors Causing Social Change

According to Soerjono Soekanto, the causes of social change are two factors, namely internal factors (within the community) and external factors (from outside the community).

Factors from Within (Internal)

Changes in Total Population

The existence of population growth in an area results in the full level of community density. This causes job opportunities to dwindle, so that in the end some people move to other places and make social changes.

There is a New Discovery

Within this factor, the new invention of a technology can also change the individual’s system when establishing life with other individuals. The existence of new things that can be used in interactions, the performance of some humans will be increasingly replaced, resulting in social change.

For example, the invention of social media such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram is shaping new social changes in people’s lives.

Opposition or Conflict

The existence of disputes can be considered as differences in interests held by each community group. This can be seen from the case of differences in the interests of the upper class and the lower class. With this social change can occur either slowly or quickly.

Revolution or Rebellion

Rebellion or revolution still has something to do with conflict factors. However, this rebellion as the next stage can lead to the emergence of new common interests or even coups that indirectly change social life. For example, the industrial revolution in England caused social changes in the industrial sector.

External Factors (External)

Natural Disaster or Physical Environment

Natural disasters often force people who live in an area to find a new place. From this incident, those who are new will adapt both the social system and the way of life.

War

All wars that occur can change the existing social system. We can see that the winning side usually imposes an ideology it adheres to. While the losers will follow the winners.

Cultural Influence of Other Communities

According to Soekanto (1999), if there is a culture that has a higher level than other cultures, it will lead to a process of imitation that can shift the existence of the original culture. In fact, it can disappear completely and be completely replaced by the dominating one.

Factors Inhibiting Social Change

In people’s lives, the process of social change can experience speed or slowness. These inhibiting factors can change the process of change in society.
The inhibiting factors for social change are:

1. Lack of Interaction with Other Communities

One of the inhibiting factors for social change is the lack of interaction between communities. These factors can hinder social change and development. Groups of people like this still adhere to simple patterns of thought and their own culture. For example, the tribes that live in the interior.

2. Society is Traditional

Some community groups still hold strong customs in the environment. They reject anything new that can change social change. This traditional attitude can also impede society towards more dynamic social changes.

3. Low Education

Another factor is the simple perspective and mindset of the people. Generally, people with low education cannot directly accept new things that exist. The community is also unwilling or slow to follow existing social changes, so these changes are static and slow.

4. Prejudice towards Foreign Culture

One of the factors is that society rejects social change because they reject change from outside. Past experiences such as colonialism have made some groups reject and have prejudice against foreign cultures.

5. Ideological Barriers

Traditional society still holds strong ideology in social life. This ideology is considered the basic guideline.

6. Firmly Embedded Interests

A community group has interests that are firmly entrenched, so change will be difficult to occur. This group tries to maintain the existing system until they are afraid of changes that could change their position and status.

7. Alienated Community Life

Isolated communities occur because some areas do not get communication and transportation. One of the factors of socio-cultural change is because technology has not yet spread. Therefore, some areas have not yet received communication and transportation facilities.

Impact of Obstacles to Social Change

Isolated communities like this have an impact on the development of social life. The impact will be difficult to develop and enrich their own culture.

The Development of Science is Not Equal

The development of science that is hampered will have an impact on slow social change. This can happen because trust in schools is still lacking.

Customs

Customs as behavior and behavior passed down from generation to generation. New socio-cultural changes are not necessarily accepted by certain groups. Because people in some areas still hold fast to their customs, so they are still inherent in society. That way, the local community will find it difficult to develop with the times.

Value that Life is Essentially Bad and Impossible to Improve

This value is owned by some individuals who have a background in experiencing a failure, in fact it can make them feel that in essence life is bad and it is impossible to fix it. Feelings of despair and giving up are more dominant than wanting to get up and try something new again, so this value becomes an obstacle to social change.

Factors Driving Social Change

The factors driving social change are as follows:

Contact with Other Cultures

Community groups that experience rapid social change are due to the process of exchanging information and other cultures. For example, contact with traders from India, Arabia and the West. This contact can accelerate the pace of social change.

Advanced Education System

One of the factors accelerating the process of social change is scientific and objective thinking. The existence of advanced education can encourage patterns of socio-cultural changes that keep up with the times.

Society’s Desire to Progress

People who will change their lives in a more advanced direction can accelerate the process of change. For example, students who take swimming lessons to hone new skills.

Heterogeneous Population

The existence of differences with a population consisting of one type or a diverse community can accelerate the process of social change. In an environment that consists of various ethnicities, races and ideologies, high tolerance can emerge and reduce conflict that encourages social change.

Tolerance of Change

Tolerance can make people accept new things. This attitude can encourage people to think more forward and encourage better social change.

Searching for a Specific Field

A group is trying to find a way to change lives. This feeling of dissatisfaction can push people to look for certain areas and demand a total change.

Impact of Socio-Cultural Change

There are two impacts that occur in socio-cultural changes, namely positive impacts and negative impacts, as follows:

Positive impact :

• Socio-cultural changes can change people’s behavior patterns. For example, people’s behavior that was previously irrational becomes rational.
• Changing the mindset of a more advanced society.
• Encouraging people to add insight and knowledge.
• Increase technological progress.
• Public awareness of the rules.
• Improve standard of living.
• There is an attitude of hard work and respect for time.
• Changing the system of division of labor between men and women according to their respective abilities.

Negative impact:

• The emergence of consumptive and wasteful behavior.
• There is social inequality and social jealousy.
• The development of westernized lifestyles, such as the occurrence of promiscuity and trends in inappropriate clothing models.
• There are new understandings that are not in accordance with the personality of the nation.
• There is a cultural lag due to the uneven distribution of technology and knowledge.
• Increasing crime.
• Shows self-centeredness or individualism.

That is an explanation of social change to the inhibiting factors of social change . So, which books aren’t on the bookshelf right now, Sinaumed’s? If Sinaumed’s is still confused, still needs references related to social change, then you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we will always provide the best and most complete information for Sinaumed’s. Also get #MoreWithReading information with sinaumedia. I hope this article inspires you!

Author: Rosyda Nur Fauziyah

Also read:

Benefits of Biodiversity – Surely you already know that the planet Earth we live in today has a lot of living things, such as humans, animals, plants, fungi, and many more. Every living thing has its own habitat, size and needs. Therefore, every living thing will form an ecosystem.

The diversity of living things in an ecosystem is known as biodiversity. Biodiversity on earth serves as a measure of the health of an ecosystem. Healthy ecosystems make biodiversity healthy too.

Sinaumed’s, do you know what biodiversity is? What are you waiting for, let’s look at the explanation of biodiversity below.

Definition of Biodiversity

It is no stranger to the fact that in this world there are no individuals who have exactly the same characteristics. Therefore, every characteristic of living things indicates that there is still biodiversity in that area. The existence of biodiversity in an area is very beneficial for human survival.

To know more about biodiversity, we need to know the meaning of biodiversity. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), biodiversity has a meaning, namely the entire diversity of creatures shown in an area starting from the diversity of genetics, species and ecosystems.

Meanwhile, based on Law Number 5 of 1994, biodiversity is diversity among living things from all sources, including land, sea, and other aquatic (water) ecosystems, as well as ecological complexes that are part of their diversity, including diversity within species, between species and ecosystems.

If interpreted in a general way, biodiversity is a term that is usually used to describe all living things that make up an ecosystem in a certain area. In essence, biodiversity can be said as all kinds of differences that exist in every living thing on planet earth.

Biodiversity can be said as another term for biodiversity. In English, biodiversity is taken from the word biodiversity . This biodiversity can be a benchmark of the health of the earth. In other words, less biodiversity in an area indicates that the health in that part of the region is very poor. Poor health can occur due to natural factors, human factors.

Who coined the term biodiversity? The term biodiversity was first coined by Raymond F in 1968. Dasmann. He is a wildlife scientist and environmentalist. However, it was not until 1980 that scientists agreed to use the term “biodiversity”.

Biodiversity parents should introduce biodiversity to their children from an early age. Parents can teach and introduce biodiversity through a book that is easy to understand, such as the book I Want to Know Science 19 – Biodiversity.

This book is perfect for parents because the material is very easy to understand so parents can easily explain what biodiversity is. In addition, this book also provides examples of biodiversity. Sinaumed’s, buying this book is very easy, just click the “buy a book” button, the book will arrive at its destination.

Examples of Biodiversity Based on Levels

Biodiversity is divided into levels, namely the gene level, the species level, and the ecosystem level. See an explanation of the levels of biodiversity below.

1. Examples of Genetic or Genetic Level Biodiversity

Biodiversity at the gene or genetic level can occur in every living thing, especially humans. Every gene that exists on planet earth is owned by only one living thing or one individual. Genes are chromosomes in the bodies of living things that can form a characteristic or characteristic of living things.

The genes that exist in every living thing in the world certainly have different characteristics. Usually the gene comes from parents passed on to their children. Therefore, no individual has the same genes. Even if one individual with another individual has the same genes, the composition of these genes is not the same.

Why does gene diversity occur? Gene diversity is caused by the existence of marriages that occur between two living things of the same type. Both parents or parents will produce a different gene arrangement from one living thing to another living thing. Therefore, genetic diversity is created.

Gene diversity can occur naturally or artificially. Gene diversity that occurs naturally is caused by living things adapting to their environment. Meanwhile, the diversity of genes that occur artificially is due to cross-breeding or hybridization.

Basically, genes or genetics will be able to adapt to their environment so that these living things can survive. In addition, living things will have different characteristics or characteristics of living things. For more details, the article will provide an overview in the form of two individuals who live in different environments and have the same gene section which can produce different characteristics and traits. Likewise, two individuals who live in the same environment and have different parts of their genes may produce the same traits or traits.

Thus gene diversity can produce new variations between individuals. There are so many gene sequences in living things that no individual has exactly the same gene arrangement. In fact, the genes that twins have are not the same. In short, genes can form a biodiversity.

At the gene level of biodiversity, there are several examples that you can find out.

1. On Plants

a. Rice ( Oryza Sativa )

In this rice gene there are several varieties, such as ciherang rice, rojolele rice, ciliwung rice, and others. When viewed from the rice side, rice varieties have different tastes, shapes and textures of rice.

b. Mango ( Mangifera Indica ) 

In the mango gene there are several varieties, such as Indramayu mango, Manalagi mango, Arumanis mango, and others. In terms of fruit, mango varieties have different tastes and shapes.

c. Durian ( Durio Zibethinus )

In the durian gene, there are several varieties, such as Petruk durian, Monthong durian, Bawor durian, and others. If we look at it from the side of the fruit, durian fruit varieties have their own taste and shape.

2. In Animals

a. Cat ( Felis Catus )

Cats have several types, namely Persian cats, Angora cats, Savannah cats, Siberian cats, and many more.

b. Chicken ( Gallus Gallus Domesticus )

There are several types of chicken genes, such as bangkok chicken, kate chicken, free-range chicken, cemani chicken, and others.

c. Dog ( Canis Familiaris )

There are many types of dogs, namely bulldogs, Siberian huskies, poodles, greyhounds, and many more.

3. In Humans

We can see the diversity in humans through body size, eye color, skin color, and hair shape. Body size in the form of large, medium, and small owned by a person. Eye skin color usually has three colors, namely blue, black, and brown. Humans generally have tan, black, white, and yellow skin tones. Hair in humans is usually shaped curly, straight, and curly.

2. Examples of Biodiversity at the Type or Species Level

Diversity of species or species can be said to be the diversity of populations of living things that occur in a particular area or ecosystem. The existence of biodiversity at the type or species level indicates that a living thing is still in the same family.

Diversity at the type or species level will be easy to understand when compared to diversity at the gene level. In general, biodiversity at the type or species level is often used to show that there are various kinds of living things that can be separated into animals, plants and microbes.

There are many species of creatures on earth, but do you know the origin of species? You can find out through books about species which are very easy to understand. The book is called On The Origin of Species and was written by Michael Keller.

By reading this book, you will know the origin of the species on earth. In addition, this book will provide an explanation whether humans are descended from apes or not. Sinaumed’s, what are you waiting for, buy this book immediately by clicking the “buy book” button.

Examples of Species or Species Level Biodiversity

1. On Plants

a. Eggplants 

In the eggplant family (Solanaceae) there is species-level biodiversity, such as chili plants, leunca plants, watermelon plants, tomato plants, and the like. Although these plants are still in the same family, they differ in taste, texture and shape.

b. Ginger

In the ginger family ( Zingiberaceae ) there is species-level biodiversity, such as turmeric plants, ginger plants, kencur plants, galangal plants, temulawak plants, and the like. Plants belonging to this family are usually used as natural immune boosters.

2. In Animals

a. Cat

In the cat and mouse family ( Felidae ) there is species-level biodiversity, such as cats, tigers, cheetahs and lions. Animals that belong to the Felidae family have different body shapes, but physiologically these animals have many similarities.

3. Examples of Ecosystem Level Biodiversity

The formation of an ecosystem in an area occurs because there are groups of living things that adapt to their environment to survive. Every group of living things in an ecosystem will influence each other. In addition, living things with the abiotic environment will influence each other as well. The abiotic environment in question, such as temperature, water, light, soil, humidity, sun, and minerals.

There are two types of ecosystems on planet Earth, namely natural ecosystems and artificial ecosystems. Natural ecosystems are ecosystems that occur due to natural factors. Natural ecosystems themselves include forest ecosystems, swamp ecosystems, marine ecosystems, desert ecosystems, coral reef ecosystems, and the like.

Meanwhile, artificial ecosystems are ecosystems created or created by humans. Artificial ecosystems include paddy field ecosystems, garden ecosystems, and field ecosystems. The thing that needs to be underlined in artificial ecosystems is the diversity of species in artificial ecosystems is less when compared to natural ecosystems.

Basically, in the living environment there is a component that can maintain the stability of the environment. These components are divided into two types, namely biotic components and abiotic components.

The biotic component is a component consisting of various kinds of living things, such as living things with one cell (unicellular) to components of living things with many cells (multicellular). We can see many celled living things directly. While the abiotic component is a component consisting of non-living things, such as physical factors and chemical factors. Physical factors include light, rocks, water, climate, humidity, and soil. Meanwhile, chemical factors include salt content (salinity), mineral content, and acidity level. Thus, the biotic and abiotic components can be regarded as very diverse components.

In an ecosystem, biotic components must interact with each other. In addition, the biotic and abiotic components must interact with each other as well. If the biotic components and abiotic components do not interact with each other, the organisms in an ecosystem cannot grow. Differences in biotic and abiotic components give rise to different ecosystems.

Examples of Ecosystem Level Biodiversity

1. Tropical Rain Ecosystem

Tropical rain ecosystems are an example of the highest level of ecosystem biodiversity because there are so many flora and fauna that live in tropical rain forests. The abundance of flora and fauna in tropical rainforests is due to high rainfall. Tropical rain forests are located in areas that have a tropical climate.

2. Grasslands Ecosystem

As the name suggests, the ecosystem on grass has a lot of grass. The large amount of grass that grows in this ecosystem makes plant-eating mammals come to the grasslands to find food. However, on the other hand, the presence of herbivorous animals invites carnivorous animals. Usually prairie ecosystems are in dry climates.

3. Desert Ecosystem

Desert ecosystems are usually known as desert ecosystems. The temperature in this ecosystem is very high or hot and the wind conditions are very strong. Therefore, the biodiversity in desert ecosystems is very small. Plants that can survive in this ecosystem are usually thorny plants, such as cacti. While the animals that live in this ecosystem are usually reptiles and small mammals.

4. Marine Ecosystems

In marine ecosystems, the saltiness of seawater is very high so that seawater tastes salty. The average salt content of seawater is around 35 ppm ( parts per million ). In the equatorial region, the salt content is lower than the equatorial region.

Sinaumed’s, want to know more about marine ecosystems? You don’t need to be confused because there are books about seawater ecosystems that are easy to understand. The book is entitled Bioecology of Marine and Estuary Ecosystems .

In this book, you can get a lot of information about marine ecosystems and estuary ecosystems. More interestingly, this book also provides information about marine biota and estuarine biota that interact and adapt to each other in these two ecosystems. Sinaumed’s, you can buy the book by simply clicking the “buy a book” button.

Biodiversity Benefits

It is undeniable that the biodiversity on earth provides many benefits. For more details, the benefits are divided into four.

1. Ecology Field

The benefits of biodiversity in the ecological field are the lungs of the world and maintaining climate stability. The world’s lungs can be interpreted as a source of oxygen on earth where this source of oxygen is needed by all living things.

2. Food and Clothing Sector

It is no stranger to human flora and fauna to meet their needs. As we know animal protein comes from animals that are on land or in the waters. While the main material for making clothes comes from plants.

3. Science and Technology

Many scientists have researched the flora and fauna on earth. Therefore, biodiversity is very beneficial for the development of science and technology.

4. Pharmaceutical Sector

Biodiversity can be used for medicinal ingredients. Even the science of plants that can be used as medicine has been around for a long time. In addition, the animals that exist on earth can be used as ingredients for making medicine as well.

Biodiversity Preservation

We must protect the biodiversity on earth so that it does not become extinct. Check out the ways to preserve biodiversity as follows.

On Plants

1. Carry out Pest Control

2. Carry out reforestation or grow new plants

3. Logging old trees

4. Preventing forest fires

5. Protecting forest ecosystems

In Animals

1. Build an animal shelter

2. Recognize the characters in each animal

3. Do not destroy animal habitat

Also read articles related to “Benefits of Biodiversity ” :

• Solar Climate Classification
• Names of Human Bones and Their Functions
• Understanding Atoms
• Types of Energy and Energy Changes
• Natural Mineral Resources
• Acid rain
• The process of rain
• Mosquito Life Cycle
• Frog Life Cycle
• Global warming
• The cause of flooding
• Causes of Air Pollution
• Causes of Soil Pollution
• Causes of Water Pollution

Conclusion

There is so much biodiversity on earth that so many ecosystems are formed. Therefore, to make it easier, the ecosystem is divided into three levels, namely the gene level, the species level, and the ecosystem level. We must protect biodiversity so that the extinction of flora and fauna does not occur. Extinction of flora and fauna will damage an ecosystem.

Example of the Implementation of the 2nd Pancasila Precepts – We all know that Pancasila is the foundation of the Indonesian state. Therefore, all of our lives, be it in the fields of education, economy, to religion, must be carried out by applying the precepts contained in the Pancasila.

Pancasila consists of five precepts, each of which contains the philosophy of life as a nation and state that was initiated by Indonesian warriors. Does Sinaumed’s still remember the five precepts?

Pancasila is not only the foundation of the state, but must also be understood and practiced in daily life, especially the 2nd precept. The 2nd precept reads “Just and Civilized Humanity” .

What does the sound of the second precept mean? What are examples of its application in everyday life?

Let’s look at the following review so that Sinaumed’s understands the Pancasila precepts better!

About the Second Precepts of Pancasila

The second precept of Pancasila reads about “Just and Civilized Humanity” . What do you mean?

The point is that every individual in this country of Indonesia has human rights that cannot be contested by other parties. Therefore, as the nation of Indonesia, we must recognize and treat other human beings according to their dignity and worth as creatures of God Almighty.

The word “recognize” means respecting and respecting the degrees of other people as well as the equal rights and basic obligations of every human being without discriminating against ethnicity, descent, religion, belief, gender, social position, skin color, and other different things that belong to by everyone.

Apart from that, the second precept of Pancasila also means that every human being must be aware of his attitudes and actions towards others in everyday life. So, we are not allowed to behave arbitrarily towards other people even though that person has a lower social position than us.

The Meaning of the Symbol in the Second Precept of Pancasila

The second precept of Pancasila reads about “Just and Civilized Humanity” with the symbol in the form of a Gold Chain. What does the gold chain symbol mean?

The chain in the Pancasila symbol consists of links that have a rectangular shape and circles that are interconnected to form a circle. The rectangular links mean men, while the circular links mean women.

The links are interrelated to symbolize that every human being, both male and female, will need one another and must unite so that they can become strong like a chain.

Elaboration of the Second Precepts in the Law

The second precept which reads “Just and Civilized Humanity” is also regulated in the Constitution, especially in Law No. 23 of 1997, among other things,

• Article 5 paragraph 1 which states that everyone has the same right to a good and healthy environment.
• Article 6 paragraph 1 which states that everyone is obliged to maintain the preservation of environmental functions and prevent pollution and damage thereto.
• Article 7 paragraph 1 which states that the community has the same and widest opportunity to play a role in environmental management.

Apart from that, this second precept is also spelled out in the Law, especially article 28J regarding Human Rights, which reads:

“(1) Everyone is obliged to respect the human rights of others in the orderly life of society, nation and state.”

“(2) In exercising his rights and liberties, each person is obliged to comply with the restrictions determined by law with the sole purpose of guaranteeing the recognition and respect for the rights and liberties of others and to fulfill just demands in accordance with moral considerations, values -religious values, security and public order in a democratic society.”

Example of the Application of the Second Precepts of Pancasila in Life

How about the application of the second precept of Pancasila in human daily life? Let’s look at the following description!

• Treating other individuals according to their nature and dignity as creatures of God Almighty
• Appreciate the differences of religion with other people
• Against human trafficking
• Does not discriminate between friends who have different ethnicities and races
• Don’t hurt a friend’s feelings
• Respect other people’s opinions when negotiating
• Pay attention to the teacher when he is explaining the subject matter
• Develop an attitude of helping each other to people who are in need of help
• Develop a mutual cooperation attitude
• Recognizing that Indonesian society is pluralistic in nature, consisting of various ethnicities, races and religions.
• Not bullying someone who is weaker
• Participate in social service events
• Provide assistance to orphanages
• Do not cover up the existence of a crime
• Imitating the attitude of the heroes who fought for Indonesian independence
• Be proud of the achievements of Indonesian athletes
• Participate in international activities, for example student exchange
• Dare to defend truth and justice
• Love one another human
• Do not make malicious comments on other people’s social media posts
• Perform account reporting actions if there is fraudulent information on social media.
• Appreciate the fun and hobbies of others
• Participating in gotong royong events in the village or housing complex around it
• Carry out daily pickets at school
• Cooperate with other nations as a form of mutual respect
• As a doctor, you must treat patients as best you can without discriminating against their social status

Well, that’s an example of the application, the meaning of the symbol, and the elaboration in the Law of the second precept of Pancasila. As the younger generation, let’s practice this second precept in our daily lives! If not us, then who else…

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Statement of Cash Flows – The movement of the company’s cash in one period is very important to report in order to know the performance of operational activities. The container used to report the movement of the company’s funds in one period is called cash flow.

The cash flow statement has its own procedure for preparing it so that information can be conveyed by stakeholders in a systematic manner. The role of the cash flow statement is important as one of the decision-making instruments in the future. The following is a complete review of the statement of cash flows.

 

Definition of Statement of Cash Flows

The cash flow statement is a container for recording cash movements, both cash in and out of the company, in a certain period. Cash flow is a report that will describe how the company’s ability to generate income and pay obligations.

Broadly speaking, the contents of the cash flow statement are information data regarding cash receipts and disbursements. The function of cash itself for the company is none other than as a source of funds to carry out operational activities.

In general, cash in the company is divided into 2 types, namely, petty cash and cash in the bank. The cash flow statement will typically contain the movement of all of the company’s cash funds. Furthermore, in cash flow, there are some basic elements that must be loaded. The elements in question will be explained in the following points.

Each financial report has its own function and purpose. Likewise, the cash flow statement has a different purpose from the statement of changes in equity, profit and loss statement, and various other financial reports which are discussed in detail in the book Easy Ways to Prepare Financial Statements for Service Companies .

Elements of Cash Flow

There are three basic elements contained in the statement of cash flows, namely operating, investing and financing activities. These three activities are related to the company’s main operational activities to generate profits which of course have an impact on cash movements.

The first type of cash flow element is operating activities related to the payment of company liabilities and receivables. The company’s obligations that must be paid using cash flow include operational expenses and payment of employee salaries.

Investment activity in the report describes cash receipts due to the company’s product sales process. In addition, there are also activities that cause a decrease in cash, but increase other assets. One example is buying a new machine.

The last element in the statement of cash flows is investment activity related to long-term investments. There are also funding activities that are marked by an increase in cash and long-term liabilities, one of which is borrowing capital from a bank.

 

Books Related to Financial Accounting

The following are recommended best seller books from sinaumedia regarding financial , cost, and introductory accounting books

Cash Flow Objectives

The preparation of flows as a part of the company’s financial statements is of course based on specific objectives. Cash flow will help to determine the condition of the company, from cash receipts and disbursements to operational activities.

The purpose of preparing a statement of cash flows is to serve as a basis for future forecasts. This will relate to the decision making that will be carried out by the company, based on the cash flow statements in that period as discussed in the Financial Statement Audit book below.

The next thing that underlies the preparation of cash flow statements is to analyze the company’s ability to pay off its obligations. Cash is the most fluid form of asset, so it needs to be reported so that it can be allocated properly.

The statement of cash flows also has a relationship with the net income generated by the company in one period. Cash flow is useful for evaluating how the smoothest movement of assets is and its effect on the net profit received by the company.

The company can also determine follow-up long-term investment activities to be carried out in the next period. The purpose of this report is to describe the company’s cash position in a simpler way, so that it is easy to understand.

 

Cash flow statement

Many things will be known by the company from preparing cash flow statements in a certain period. The company will know how its financial structure is, both regarding liquidity and solvency in one period.

The company’s decision-making in the future can also be analyzed in the cash flow statement. The amount of cash remaining in that period will affect the ability to carry out operational activities in the next period.

The process of preparing a cash flow statement requires a balance sheet in the previous period and the latest income statement. The company can also check the correctness of the preparation of the cash flow statement through the journal for the period concerned. Learn how through the book Easy to Read Financial Statements below.

Of course, the company will not be able to develop its operational activities properly without using cash. This one asset is considered the most liquid because it is easily liquidated to meet the company’s operational needs.

Parties who will use the cash flow report are not only the company’s internal management, but also creditors, investors and other parties. This will have an impact on the possibility of the company to increase profits in the next period.

 

Sample Cash Flow Statement

In the picture above there is an example for a cash flow statement. This template can be downloaded directly on Microsoft, please visit the following page => 12-month cash flow statement

Benefits of Statement of Cash Flows

There are many benefits for internal and external parties of the company from this cash flow statement. The benefit of the first cash flow statement is to help provide information regarding the company’s ability to generate these current assets in the following period.

External parties can also find out how much the company’s ability to pay dividends on the investment invested. The movement of cash flows in the report helps creditors to find out the company’s ability to settle its obligations.

The success rate of the company in one period can be measured systematically using the cash flow statement. The incoming and outgoing cash funds will help the company to find out the net profit it has earned.

In order to be able to master writing cash flow and other financial reports, Sinaumed’s can use the book Preparation and Analysis of Regional Government Financial Statements as a reference.

Classification of Cash Flows

The classification of cash flow statements is based on the flow consisting of two kinds, namely cash inflow and outflow. Cash inflow is related to company transactions that generate income for the company.

Cash inflow transactions are related to cash receipts in the form of sales of production. There are also other activities related to investments that generate profits. Cash inflow is also included in the company’s income due to the disposal of the company’s fixed assets.

The next cash flow is cash outflow which results in spending company funds. This form of expenditure can be used to finance operational activities or those related to the settlement of the company’s long-term obligations.

Spending cash flows to finance operational activities, one example is to purchase raw materials and pay production costs. While the form of expenditure to pay long-term obligations is the payment of dividends.

Methods of Establishing Cash Flows

There are 2 methods used to prepare cash flow statements, namely direct and indirect. The two methods have fundamental differences in their preparation, especially in their components. Sinaumed’s can learn about it in the book Secrets of Mastering Financial Reports Quickly with Basic Accounting .

The cash flow statements through the two preparation methods have the same function, but the systematics are different. The following is a review regarding the two methods of preparing cash flow statements, both direct and indirect.

1. The Direct Method

Preparation of cash flow statements using the direct method based on journals related to cash and bank checking accounts. This method uses information related to the company’s operating activities in its preparation.

Company revenues and expenses will be grouped based on operating activities. In the next section, cash receipts and disbursements will be recorded from investing and financing activities.

Statements of cash flows using the direct method take a little longer to compile the details of the three elements of activity. However, the accuracy of the direct method cash flow statement results can still be accounted for.

2. Indirect Method

The statement of cash flows of the indirect method is prepared with three complete elements. The source of data from the indirect method cash flow statement is the income statement for the period concerned. The income statement is used to determine the company’s net income.

The next data source used as a benchmark in preparing the indirect method cash flow statement is the balance sheet for the following period. The preparation of cash flow is done by comparing the balance sheet and income statement.

The usefulness of the data comparison between the most recent income statement and the balance sheet for the following period is used to monitor the movement of cash-related instruments. Companies can also find out the rate of increase in cash-related instruments.

Cash Flow Components

There are several components of the cash flow statement that need to be included so that the results can contain all the elements properly. Each component of this cash flow needs to be understood especially when comparing balance sheets and income statements. The following is a review of the cash flow components.

Cash Flow From Business Activities

The first cash flow component relates to the company’s business activities, namely profit. The recording can be done by looking at the income statement for the period in question to find out how much profit was earned.

The next step, the profit will be used as a benchmark to determine the development of the company. Profits will be accumulated with cash receipts and disbursements in one period to find the value of the addition or reduction.

The company’s net profit will be calculated to determine the value of cash available to date. The decrease or increase in cash value itself will be influenced by operational activities that can affect profit value.

Cash Flow From Investing Activities

The increase in cash flows from investing activities was due to a decrease in the value of fixed assets. The opposite condition will occur if there is an increase in the value of fixed assets resulting in a decrease in cash flow.

A decrease in cash flow due to an increase in the value of fixed assets will occur because at that time the company is declining. Each expenditure of company funds will result in a decrease in the cash balance, resulting in a decrease in the current value.

The sale of fixed assets resulted in the company receiving an inflow of funds, thus causing the cash flow to increase. While the disposal of other assets in the form of equipment is not the focus of cash flow, but on the receipt of funds.

Cash Flow From Funding Activities

The company’s long-term liabilities will be included in financing activities. The method of recording the funding activity is carried out as it should, that is, the positive and negative balances are written as they are.

As an illustration, a decrease in bank debt is one type of financing transaction that results in a decrease in cash. The transaction is written as a decrease in cash which is recorded as a negative item marked with a minus sign.

Transactions with increases in company capital fall into the category of increases in cash flow due to increasing company funds. The increase in capital is recorded as a positive transaction which is written fairly, without using any special symbols.

The transfer of the long-term liabilities and equity columns in the balance sheet directly into one nominal column which is only distinguished by brackets. The different signs used to write the nominal will indicate increases and decreases in cash flows.

Total Cash Activities

Total cash activities are the total value of the company’s funds from the previous three activities, namely operations, investment and funding. These three activities will be totaled to find out the increase or decrease in cash in one period.

As an illustration, the company has decreased cash due to operating activities of IDR 6,000,000. In investing activities, the company also experienced a decrease in cash flow of IDR 3,500,000. Meanwhile, the company’s funding activities experienced an increase in cash value of Rp. 11,000,000. 

The next step that needs to be done is to add up the three elements of cash. The sum of these three elements will determine the increase or decrease in cash flow.

The formula used to determine the increase or decrease in cash flow is quite easy, namely operating (activities+investing)+(activities+financing)-activities. From the sample company data, the calculation results from the previous example are: (6,000,000)+(3,500,000)-11,000,000 = 1,500,000

The results of these calculations show that the company experienced an increase in cash flow of IDR 1,500,000. The increase in cash value is recorded as a positive transaction in the company’s cash account.

Cash Beginning Balance

The last component in the cash flow statement is the cash beginning balance or cash beginning balance. The balance is obtained from the previous period’s balance sheet which will be used as comparison material.

In the process of recording this opening balance, the account that is of concern is cash only. The initial cash balance will be recorded in the first column in making a cash flow statement. Furthermore, the balance will be affected by transactions in other activities.

After that, the company just needs to add to the initial balance with the increase in cash flow that has been experienced in one period. The result of this sum will form a new cash balance that will be used to carry out operational activities for the next period.

An increase in cash in the company will show that the business being run is experiencing growth. This can be used as a benchmark that the company will be able to fulfill all obligations in the next period.

 

Why is Cash Flow Important?

There are several reasons why the process of preparing cash flows is important to do. Many parties need a cash flow statement for a business in one period for various purposes. It is important to prepare cash flows to meet these needs.

Seeing from the company’s internal needs, the preparation of cash flows is important to consider in various needs in decision making. The following is a review of why cash flow is important, especially for internal companies.

The first reason underlying why cash flow is important is to control the company’s financial condition. Cash flow will help to describe the use of company funds in one period.

Finances will be well controlled through cash flow, so that the company can make the best use of the funds it has. This is also intended to anticipate any unusual cash disbursements.

One type of financial report is also effective in providing information about the differences in net cash flow and net income. Net cash flow focuses on the activities of cash receipts and disbursements in one period, so as to be able to leave the latest balance.

Net profit is generated from all aspects of the company’s operational activities, which will produce products, both goods and services. Sales of these goods or services will be used to calculate profit, added to various other operational aspects.

The last thing that underlies the importance of making cash flow reports is to make it easier for companies to manage debts and receivables. The company will be able to predict its ability to pay off obligations by analyzing cash flows.

Until here, do you understand cash flow and the preparation of the report? For the company this is very important and will have an impact on its development. For this reason, the report must be properly prepared.

Materials Related to the Statement of Cash Flows

Example of sales bookkeeping – Sales bookkeeping has an important role in business to manage financial flows, create financial reports, to influence the decision-making process.

With sales bookkeeping, business financial flows will become more organized, and business productivity will be easier to monitor. Not only that, businessmen often use it as a reference in evaluating business and spending strategies.

It’s a shame, many business people underestimate it, and some don’t even know what an example of good sales bookkeeping looks like. Therefore, on this occasion, we will discuss sales accounting in depth.

What is Bookkeeping?

Bookkeeping is the process of recording and managing all business financial transactions, such as sales, payments and purchases. This ledger will track all income and expenses so that the company can make the right financial decisions.

Bookkeeping is also used to provide a larger financial picture of a business, improve strategic cash flow management, and balance accounts. As for what is meant by an account in the books of account is a record of all credits and debits of certain types, such as salaries or accounts payable.

Account Types

In the book Simple Bookkeeping for Trade & Services Businesses, Ayu Agus Rianti & Doni Swadarma explain that basically, this type of account is divided into five types, namely:

1. Assets

These are resources or things of value that the company gets from the results of financial transactions. Examples include accounts receivable, inventory, and the like.

2. Liability

These are the company’s obligations and debts to banks, suppliers, lenders, and other providers of goods and services. Examples include business debt or small business loans.

3. Income

Revenue is the money a company earns through the provision or sale of services.

4. Expenses

Expenses are cash issued by a company to pay for services or assets. Examples include payroll, business insurance, or utilities.

5. Equity

Equity is the value that belongs to the owner of the company’s assets after deducting all liabilities. Examples include retained earnings or stocks.

Benefits of Sales Bookkeeping for Business

Financial records are very important in business, both small, medium and large businesses. By having financial books that are neatly and smoothly managed, your business will grow faster.

In addition, especially for small and medium businesses, neat bookkeeping is very helpful in gaining access to banking. This is because the bank makes financial reports a requirement for applying for credit.

On the other hand, there are still several benefits that you will get when you do your bookkeeping properly and correctly, including:

1. Can find out profits, losses, debts, and receivables quickly and precisely
2. Can be used as a tool to monitor financial developments as well as a financial control tool
3. Can reduce the risk of losing products and assets
4. Can know the obligation to pay taxes
5. Can be used as a tool to control operational costs
6. Can help know the progress of the business
7. Can be used as an analytical tool for achieving the goals and objectives of business activities
8. Can help provide information for planning supervision and decision making
9. Can be used as a support for applying for loans, investments, or credit to external parties
10. Can be used as a policy in decision making.

With all these benefits, it means you have to immediately make financial books. Don’t delay any longer, because the more you delay, the more transactions you won’t be able to find out about.

Bookkeeping Guidelines

The bookkeeping process must be based on financial transactions that occur in your business. Therefore, all proof of transactions such as invoices for purchasing goods, proof of transfer slips, receipts, notes, proof of cash receipts, proof of cash disbursements, to memos must be stored neatly.

Bookkeeping should be done when there is a transaction. That way you will avoid negligence and can work more efficiently. When bookkeeping is delayed, there will be a lot of time lost correcting accumulated transactions.

Finally, bookkeeping must be neat and structured in a book. If handwritten, it should be easy to read. If it’s computer generated, make sure it’s easy to serve. As explained by Dr. Alexander Thian, M.Sc. in his book entitled Easy Ways to Make Simple Bookkeeping in Service and Trade Companies.

How to Make Sales Bookkeeping

1. Identification and analysis of each transaction

Sales bookkeeping always begins with the process of identifying every business-related transaction. This process only includes business transactions, because a business is a separate entity from its owner.

After that, individual transactions must be analyzed to determine which accounts in the bookkeeping records were affected. Each transaction is supported by relevant accounting source documents such as debit and credit notes, payroll reports, petty cash vouchers, sales and purchase invoices and others.

2. Journal entries for transactions

Journal entries are recorded in a journal which is commonly referred to as a diary. In addition, journals are also known as original entries because this is the first time transactions are recorded and entered into the accounting system.

3. Post journals to ledgers

Journals are used to then be posted to the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers. The general ledger usually has accounts for each type of transaction, such as fixed assets, rental fees, accounts receivable control, and so on.

Meanwhile, the general ledger is sometimes divided into two, namely the ledger for assets and liabilities and the nominal ledger for expenses and income. All postings to the general ledger are double entry journal postings. Therefore, the credit and debit sides must be balanced.

4. Prepare a trial balance before adjustment

At the end of each accounting period, the balance in each major account will be registered so that a trial balance can be generated. In this stage, the total debits on the trial balance must match the total credits.

This unadjusted trial balance is only used to check the total credit and debit entries. So when it is unbalanced, a correcting entry must be made in the general ledger until the total entries are balanced.

5. Compile worksheets

Approximate name		Trial balance		Adjusting journal entry		Adjusted trial balance		Profit fortune		balance sheet
		debit	Credit	debit	Credit	debit	Credit	debit	Credit	debit	Credit

Next, Sinaumed’s can prepare a worksheet like the example above to summarize financial data, evaluate financial transactions, compile financial reports, and minimize errors.

6. Prepare adjusting journal entries

Adjusting entries such as depreciation and prepayment entries must be prepared to ensure that each income and expense is entered in the proper accounting period.

That is, accounting records must be completed in actuality and in accordance with the matching principle.

7. Adjusted trial balance

After preparing the adjusting journal entries, you then need to enter the adjusted trial balance into the next column on the worksheet.

8. Prepare financial reports

Sinaumed’s can generate financial reports using data from an adjusted trial balance. Each item related to the income statement is moved to the next two columns in the worksheet above. Then, each item related to the balance sheet is moved to the last two columns on the worksheet.

Find a more complete explanation on how to make sales bookkeeping in the Practical Guide to Compiling Simple Bookkeeping: A Mandatory Book for Business Practitioners and MSME Actors compiled by Erna Novitasari SE

Types and Examples of Sales Bookkeeping

Based on the presentation process, sales accounting is divided into four types, namely:

 

• Income statement

This is a systematic report on a company’s income and expenses over a certain period of time. In this report there is information about net profit or loss which is the result of revenue minus expenses.

Example of a simple income statement:

Microservices
Income statement
For the Month Ending 31 January 2022
Services revenue		IDR 5,000,000
Expenses:
Salary expense	IDR 500,000
Rental expenses	IDR 200,000
Advertising expenses	IDR 150,000
Equipment Expenses	IDR 400,000
Equipment Depreciation Expense	IDR 340,000
Miscellaneous Expenses	IDR 200,000
Total Load		IDR 1,790,000
Net profit		IDR 3,210,000

 

• Owner’s equity report

An owner’s equity statement is a report that presents an overview of the changes in a company’s owner’s equity for a specified period of time. Owner’s equity will increase when getting investment and net profit, conversely owner’s equity will decrease when there is a withdrawal for personal gain and net loss.

Example of a Simple Owner’s Equity Report:

Microservices
Owner’s Equity Report
For the Month Ending 31 January 2022
Initial capital	IDR 17,500,000
Net profit	IDR 3,210,000
Increase in Owner’s Capital		IDR 20,710,000
private		IDR 300,000
Final capital		IDR 20,410,000

 

• balance sheet

The balance sheet is a systematic report on the position of assets, liabilities and equity of a company as of a certain date. The purpose of this report is to describe the company’s financial position.

Example of a Simple Balance Sheet:

Microservices
balance sheet
January 31, 2022
ASSETS		OBLIGATION
Cash	IDR 4,350,000	Accounts payable	IDR 1,000,000
Accounts receivable	IDR 16,100,000
Equipment	IDR 960,000	OWNER’S EQUITY
		Initial capital	IDR 20,410,000
Total assets	IDR 21,410,000	Total Liabilities & Equity	IDR 21,410,000

 

• Cash flow statement

This is a report that describes detailed cash inflows and cash outflows from each activity, starting from operating activities, investing activities, to financing activities for a certain period of time.

The cash flow statement can show the amount of increase or decrease in net cash from all activities during the current period and the cash balance owned by the company until the end of the period.

Example of Daily Sales Bookkeeping

For Sinaumed’s who are running a small or medium scale business, you have to keep a simple daily bookkeeping of sales. The steps are quite easy, really, namely:

1. Determine the purpose of the report first. If the sales report is for personal evaluation, Sinaumed’s can make it however you like as long as you understand. However, if it is to be shown to other people (potential capital providers or business partners) it must be made in a way that many other people know.

1. Next, determine the sales date range that will be recorded in the sales book. Is it daily, weekly, monthly or even yearly.

1. Third, collect all proof of transactions according to the date range. If the pool date is daily, then collect all transaction evidence in one day, and so on.

1. Enter each data into the table. After all the required data, then enter it into the table that you have prepared. If you don’t have one, you can use the example below.

1. Do an analysis. The purpose of this analysis is so that you can find out the conclusions from the sales accounting that you have made. For example, today’s sales were more than yesterday’s or yesterday’s profits were greater than today’s profits.

Example of a daily sales bookkeeping table

date	Types of goods	Item code	Total	Selling price	Payment	HPP	Profit
1/10	Sugar	GL023	3	IDR 3,500	IDR 10,500	IDR 2,000	IDR 8,500
1/10	Oil	MK12	2	IDR 25,000	IDR 50,000	IDR 20,000	IDR 30,000
1/10	Egg	TL98	4	IDR 2,000	IDR 8,000	IDR 800	IDR 7,200
1/10	Fried noodles	MG78	7	IDR 3,500	IDR 24,500	IDR 2,000	IDR 22,500
1/10	Coffee	KP89	12	IDR 2,000	IDR 24,000	IDR 1,200	IDR 22,800
Total					IDR 117,000	IDR 26,000	IDR 91,000

Example of bookkeeping sales of clothes

Example of bookkeeping sales of clothes
Happy Surya Clothing Store
date	Goods	Item code	Total	Selling price	Payment	HPP	Profit
1/10	Men’s Jacket	JP234	1	IDR 350,000	IDR 350,000	IDR 200,000	IDR 150,000
1/10	Cardigans	CR897	1	IDR 200,000	IDR 200,000	IDR 100,000	IDR 100,000
1/10	Batik shirts	KB765	2	IDR 150,000	IDR 300,000	IDR 80,000	IDR 220,000
1/10	Hoodies	HE65	1	IDR 250,000	IDR 250,000	IDR 150,000	IDR 100,000
1/10	Jeans	JS123	3	IDR 400,000	IDR 1,200,000	IDR 200,000	IDR 1,000,000
Total					IDR 2,300,000	IDR 730,000	IDR 1,570,000

Example of bookkeeping of food sales

Example of Food Sales Bookkeeping
Food Store All Can Be Full
date	Goods	Item code	Total	Selling price	Payment	HPP	Profit
1/10	Nuggets	NGT	20	IDR 20,000	IDR 400,000	IDR 15,000	IDR 385,000
1/10	Sausage	SAUCE	15	IDR 18,000	IDR 270,000	IDR 13,000	IDR 257,000
1/10	Meatball	BKS	10	IDR 15,000	IDR 150,000	IDR 10,000	IDR 140,000
1/10	chips	KPK	7	IDR 25,000	IDR 175,000	IDR 17,000	IDR 158,000
1/10	Bread	RT	5	IDR 10,000	IDR 50,000	IDR 5,000	IDR 45,000
Total					IDR 1,045,000	IDR 60,000	IDR 985,000

Example of bookkeeping of gas sales 3 kg

Example of 3 kg Gas Sales Bookkeeping
West Jakarta Melon Gas Station Store
Date	Amount	Selling price	Payment	HPP	Profit
1/10	5	IDR 22,000	IDR 110,000	IDR 75,000	IDR 35,000
2/10	7	IDR 22,000	IDR 154,000	IDR 105,000	IDR 49,000
3/10	3	IDR 23,000	IDR 69,000	IDR 45,000	IDR 24,000
4/10	6	IDR 23,000	IDR 138,000	IDR 90,000	IDR 48,000
5/10	4	IDR 23,000	IDR 92,000	IDR 60,000	IDR 32,000
Total			IDR 563,000	IDR 375,000	IDR 188,000

Example of bookkeeping cake sales

Example of Cake Sales Bookkeeping
Sweet Cake Shop Always
DATE	Goods	Item code	QMS	Selling price	Payment	HPP	Profit
1/10	Klepon	KLP234	10	IDR 3,000	IDR 30,000	IDR 15,000	IDR 15,000
1/10	Boiled rice cake	OND78	15	IDR 3,000	IDR 45,000	IDR 22,500	IDR 22,500
1/10	Omelette roll	DGG984	20	IDR 3,000	IDR 60,000	IDR 30,000	IDR 30,000
1/10	Pandan cake	BPN264	3	IDR 25,000	IDR 75,000	IDR 36,000	IDR 39,000
1/10	Bugis Cake	KBS975	5	IDR 20,000	IDR 100,000	IDR 75,000	IDR 25,000
Total					IDR 310,000	IDR 178,500	IDR 131,500

Example of online shop sales bookkeeping

Example of Online Shop Sales Bookkeeping
Online Shop Dinda
date	Goods	Code	Total	Selling price	Payment	HPP	Profit
1/10	skincare	SC356	5	IDR 100,000	IDR 500,000	IDR 375,000	IDR 125,000
1/10	Lipstick	LP758	3	IDR 85,000	IDR 255,000	IDR 195,000	IDR 60,000
1/10	Buckets	BT268	2	IDR 50,000	IDR 100,000	IDR 60,000	IDR 40,000
1/10	Veil	KD045	7	IDR 65,000	IDR 455,000	IDR 315,000	IDR 140,000
1/10	Powder	BDK67	4	IDR 120,000	IDR 480,000	IDR 320,000	IDR 160,000
Total					IDR 1,790,000	IDR 1,265,000	IDR 525,000

Example of credit sales bookkeeping

Example of Credit Sales Bookkeeping
Red Light Crossroad Counter
date	Goods	Code	Total	Selling price	Payment	HPP	Profit
1/10	Tri 10 pulse	Tri10	10	IDR 12,500	IDR 125,000	IDR 99,000	IDR 26,000
1/10	Starter pack for prepaid SIM card	KP	5	IDR 25,000	IDR 125,000	IDR 50,000	IDR 75,000
1/10	Tsel quota 15	Tsel15	3	IDR 45,000	IDR 135,000	IDR 75,000	IDR 60,000
1/10	IM3 pulse 25	IM325	5	IDR 27,000	IDR 135,000	IDR 112,500	IDR 22,500
1/10	Headsets	HDS	2	IDR 50,000	IDR 100,000	IDR 20,000	IDR 80,000
Total					IDR 620,000	IDR 356,500	IDR 263,500

For more examples of sales bookkeeping, Sinaumed’s can look for them in the book Easy Ways to Make Simple Bookkeeping written by Hery SE, M.Sc. This book provides lay readers with a basic understanding of how to make simple bookkeeping systematically and easily.

https://sinaumedia.com/products/conf-way-easy-to-make-book-keeping-simple?queryID=5dab871da92e1644c831f9df7d93dc76

Thus the discussion of bookkeeping to examples of sales bookkeeping. We hope that after reading this article to the end, it will be easier for you to understand sales accounting.

If you want to find books about bookkeeping or accounting, then you can look for them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Gilang Oktaviana Putra

Reference:

• https://mekari.com/blog/cara-pembuatan-exemplary-pembukuan-penjualan-usaha/#Langkah_Pembuatan_Contoh_Pembukuan_Penjualan
• https://www.hashmicro.com/en/blog/definition-booking-how-to-make/
• https://www.jurnal.id/id/blog/exemple-pembukuan/#Manfaat_Simple_Bookkeeping_for_Business_or_Company
• https://kledo.com/blog/pembukuan-penjualan/#Tahapan_Pembukuan_Penjualan
• https://bukumitra.id/artikel/pembukuan-usaha/exemple-pembukuan-penjualan-baju-116241
• Hery SE, M.Si (2014) Easy Ways to Make Simple Bookkeeping

Example of Report Text – Apart from narrative and recount, report text is one type of English text that you need to learn. Materials regarding English texts usually include the meaning of report text, characteristics, structure of report text and its language features. In the previous article, the author has discussed narrative text and recount text. Well, in this one article the author will discuss report text with sample text and sample questions so you can understand this one material. As usual, let’s start with the definition of report text.

Definition of Report Text 

Report text is usually equated with descriptive text, because both types of text inform or describe something. However, these two texts are different, to be able to distinguish between the two report texts and descriptive texts, you need to know the meaning of report text first.

Report text is a type of text in English which explains the details of an object. The explanations contained in the report text are the results of observations, research, observations and studies on various matters.

Report text has the goal of describing objects as they are in accordance with the results of the author’s observations.

ReportText Structure 

1. General classification

The first structure is the first part which contains various general information based on the observations made by the author, the results of these observations can be in the form of animals, natural phenomena, plants and other topics in detail.

2.Description

The second structure of the report text is in paragraph two and has the same function as descriptive text, which is to describe more deeply the details of the author’s research results in detail.

Linguistic Elements / Language Feature Report Text

In addition to the generic structure, reports have language features that you need to know about. Here are some language features that you need to know about.

1. General nouns, use words that refer to something in general. For example dog, lion, or the mention of other animals in general is not specific like my dog ​​and so on.
2. Relating verbs or linking verbs, for example is, am, are, look, seem, taste and so on.
3. Timeless present tense, using the simple present tense time marker. For example usually, often, always and so on.
4. Technical terms, using terms related to the topic or discussion of the report text. For example, if you make a report text about animals, then in the report text there must be terms or mentions about animals.
5. Introducing group or general aspect, using language that introduces the subject or object of research in general.

Report text uses present tenses to describe the future. If Sinaumed’s wants to learn more about the various tenses in English, the book Learning Tenses Easily Through Stories, Tenses Thru Stories+cd by Inet Gunawan can help you.

Features of Report Text 

Report text has nine characteristics that you need to know, in order to distinguish report text from descriptive text. The following are the characteristics of the report text that the author has summarized.

1. Report text contains scientific facts.
2. The title of the report text looks general (it can be recognized by readers who do not have competence in the science of the report text topic).
3. Usually accompanied by pictures and statistical data to prove the results of the author’s observations.
4. Report text sentences use the simple present tense sentence pattern.
5. Report text uses common nouns as in language feature general nouns.
6. Using verbs that are interconnected, in accordance with the language features, namely linking verbs or relative verbs.
7. Report text consists of an object and added with other objects.
8. Report text describes various kinds of groups and not individuals in particular.
9. Report text uses conditional logical conjunctions, for example so, when and so on.

Report text example 

Skins

Skin is the outer layer of the body. In human beings, it is the most important and largest organ of the system that covers our body. Our skin has a function to protect the human body from infection, it also maintains fluid balance, extreme temperatures, and synthesizes vitamin D for personal needs, it also has a function to protect the physical structure.

Skin has three main layers, which are Epidermis or Stratum, Dermis, and Hypodermis or skin layers that have their individual tasks and need each other. The stratum layer is the outer layer of the skin. This layer doesn’t contain blood vessels, and is made from Merkel cells, keratinocytes, with melanocytes and Langerhans cells. Beneath the stratum layer, there is the Dermis or corium layer. This layer contains hair follicles, sweat glands, fat glands, apocrine glands, body fluid vessels and blood vessels. This layer is connected to the cuticle layer with the basement membrane. Structurally, this layer is split into 2 regions, that the region next to the cuticle referred to as the process region, and also the thick inner region that’s called the crisscrossed region. What is more, there’s a layer layer that lies below the derma layer. This layer is thought to be hypodermic tissue. The layer serves to connect the skin to the underlying bones and muscles and provide them with blood vessels and nerves. the mixture of those 3 main layers has a mean thickness of 1 mm.

 

Komodo Dragons

Komodo dragon is the largest lizard on earth. It lives within the scrub and land of some Indonesian islands. The Komodo dragon is the world’s heaviest lizard, advising one hundred and fifty pounds or a lot of. The most important Komodo ever measured was quite ten feet (3 meters) long and weighed 366 pounds (166 kg) however, the common size of Komodo dragons in the wild is about eight feet (2.5 meters) long and two hundred pounds or 91 kg.

Komodo has gray scale skin, a pointed snout, powerful limbs, and a muscular tail. They use their keen sense of smell to find decaying animal remains from many miles away. They additionally hunt different lizards yet as massive mammals and are generally barbarians. The Komodo dragon’s teeth are nearly completely coated by its gums. Once it feeds, the gums bleed, making a perfect culture for virulent microorganisms. The microorganism that boards the Komodo dragon’s spit causes blood disease, or septicemia, in its victims. A dragon can bite its prey, then follow it until the animal is simply too weak to hold on. This lizard species is vulnerable by looking, loss of prey species, and surrounding losses.

 

 

Those are two examples of short report text about skin or skin and dragons. From the two examples of report text, can you find the features and language features? The two texts describe general matters, namely skin and animals.

In both of these texts you can read that both of them have linking verbs that are related or related to the topic of the report text. The second uses the simple present tense sentence pattern, and uses terms related to the topic of discussion in the report text.

Both are scientific writings and facts based on the author’s observations. From the description, the two texts are examples of good report text. if you still don’t understand, here the author summarizes examples of questions and answers so that you can hone your knowledge of this report text material.

Related Books Report Text

Smart Trick Grammar

TOEFL (TEST OF ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE) is a test that tests your standard English skills in communicating in English, especially in the academic realm. The SMART TRICK GRAMMAR book provides a complete and comprehensive coverage of English grammar theory with a concise and easy-to-understand presentation, as well as various simulation models of mini tests and practice tests which are designed as closely as possible to the TOEFL format.

The real test to familiarize you before facing and working on the real TOEFL Test questions. This book is also equipped with basic tips for taking the TOEFL Test along with other important information, so that you can be more prepared and confident about facing the TOEFL Test.

Packages of practice questions and in-depth discussions in this book give you the opportunity to learn by working on these questions, not by rote. Once you have mastered the material in this book, you can be sure that there is not a single structure problem in the TOEFL Test that you will miss without doing it with confidence, accuracy and correctness.

Easy Grammar For Beginners

In learning English, grammar is something that cannot be ignored. Although not a few people think that grammar is not more important than speaking ability, mastering grammar is still important. Because, communication is not always done verbally. This book is intended for those of you who are just learning English grammar or beginners.

The simple diskussion in this book allows you to learn grammar easily. How to compose sentences, choose the right words, change the form of verbs according to tense, nouns according to the number, and so on, all of which can be learned through this book. In it, grammar is explained in detail in an easy-to-understand language. The presentation is accompanied by examples, tables, and exercises, so you don’t seem complicated and difficult. Read this book and conquer grammar easily!

Concise Grammar English

Concise Grammar English will be able to help you as this book offers a clear explanation for today’s high level English. The rules are explained with various examples in English, complete with Indonesian transliteration and translation. In this book you will find:

1. Various examples of words, phrases, sentences in English
2. Translation of all examples in Indonesian
3. Complete English grammar rules that are packaged in a straightforward and clear manner
4. Rubric “Easy Way” to help you understand the rules of English grammar easily
5. Various study tips to understand and remember the rules of English grammar
6. information on the diversity of English in the United Kingdom and America
7. Equipped with special markers to remind you of the English grammar rules that cannot be missed
8. The design of a colorful and attractive book is equipped with special coloring to mark important parts. Enjoy learning and enjoy easy and comfortable learning.

Example Questions and Answers Report Text 

In the book Super ITP TOEFL Tricks Score 600+, Sinaumed’s can study various existing test formats, an explanation of each existing question to help you prepare yourself to take the TOEFL exam.

Text 1

Platypus is a semi aquatic mammal from East to North Australia including Tazmania. Platypus is one of the species of mono dream and the five extreme species. Platypus is also the one and only mammal that lays eggs instead of giving birth. They lay eggs instead of giving birth because it can make them live young. Platypus have a flat body and tail and are all covered with dense brown fur to keep them warm. They have webbed feet and large robbery nets. They use their tail for story joy. Platypus are species that are close to ducks and they are mammals. Their weights are varieties around 0.7 to 2.4 kg and males are larger than females. Male total length averages to 50 cm while the female major is approximately 45 cm. Platypus has an average temperature of 32 degrees Celsius and is typical of the placental mammals.

1. What is the topic of text 1?

A. Platypus
B. Octopus
C. Hippopotamus

 

2. How much does platypus weight?

A. 0.7 to 3.0 kg
B. 0.7 to 2.6 kg
C. 0.7 to 2.4 kg 

 

3. What makes the platypus stay warm?

A. Their fur
B. They have flat body
C. They weigh up to 2.4kg

 

4. How long is the male platypus?

A. 45 cm
B. 50 cm
C. 55 cm

 

5. How long is the female platypus?

A. 45 cm
B. 55 cm
C. 50 cm

 

6. What kind of text above?

A. Narrative text
B. Descriptive text
C. Report text 

 

7. What species is the platypus?

A. Mammal
B. Placental mammal
C. Platypus

 

9. Where does the platypus come from?

A. America
B. Australia
C. Indonesia

 

10. What color is the platypus fur?

A. Dense brown
B. Dense mocca
C. Greyish

 

11. What do the platypus feet look like?

A. Like a duck
B. A little bit round
C. Webbed feet 

Text 2

Snakes are reptiles or cold-blooded creatures. They belong to the same group as lizards (the scaled group, Squamata) but from a subgroup of their own (Serpentes).

Actually snakes have two legs but a long time ago they had claws to help them slither along. Snakes are not slimy. Snakes are covered in scales which are just bumps on the skin.

Their skin is tough however it’s shiny and it’s used to make them reduce friction as the snake slithers on the ground. Snakes usually sun bathe on rocks in the hot weather. This is because snakes are cold-blooded; they have to sunbathe because they need the sun’s heat to heat their bodies up.

Most snakes live in the country. Some varieties of snakes sleep in trees, some sleep in water, but most survive at the bottom in deserted rabbit holes, in thick, long grass and recently logs.

A snake’s food sometimes consists of frogs, lizards, and mice and different snakes. The Eunectes murinus will eat little crocodiles and even bears. several snakes defend themselves with their fangs. Some snakes are protected by scaring their enemies away just like the elapid snake. The flying snakes glide far away from danger. Their ribs unfold apart and also the skin stretches out. Its technique is simply just like the sugar gliders.

1. Snakes are cold blooded, that’s why they need

A. Avoid sun to protect their shiny skin.
B. Live in a rabbit hole to avoid sunbathing.
C. They like to sun bathe to make them stay warm. 

2. What do you know from text 2 about snake facts?

A. They use their claws to slitter along the ground.
B. They legs and feet.
C. They don’t like sunlight.

 

3. How snakes defend themselves?

A. They defend themselves by hissing.
B. They defend themselves by using their fangs.
C. They protect themselves by eating food or other varieties of snake.

 

4. What do snakes eat?

A. Frog, cow, mice.
B. Lizzard, other kinds of snakes, frogs.
C. Other kinds of snakes, frogs, birds

 

5. What is Eunectes murinus food?

A. Cow, buffalo.
B. Bird, frog.
C. Little crocodile and bears.

 

6. Where usually snakes live or sleep?

A. Rabbit hole, tree, water
B. Field, trees, cave
C. Rabbit hole, cave, water

 

7. Based on the text above, what kind of animal snakes are?

A. Poultry
B. Reptiles
C. Mammals

 

8. Based on text 2 what do you know about snake skin?

A. It’s slim and shiny
B. It’s tough and slim
C. It’s shiny and tough

 

9. How do flying snakes defend themselves?

A. They glide far away from danger.
B. They defend themselves by hissing.
C. They protect themselves by eating frogs or other varieties of snakes.

 

10. How do snakes fly without wings?

A. They borrow bird wings.
B. They run fast and make them fly.
C. Their ribs unfold apart and also the skin stretches out. Like sugar gliders. 

Practice on report text questions the same as narrative or recount. Types of questions regarding English texts are usually in the form of sample texts and questions and answers based on the text. To be able to do exercises such as recount, narrative and report text you need to add to your English vocabulary or verbs, so you can understand the contents of the text.

If you don’t understand the contents of the text, it will be difficult for you to determine the answer even though the answer to the question is in the text listed. Usually besides covering the questions above, some questions regarding report text will discuss the generic structure in the example text.

You need to understand the generic structure, characteristics, linguistic elements of report text to answer similar questions. Therefore, you need to read a lot of English texts so you can add to your English vocabulary and do practice questions. Through articles regarding the meaning, characteristics, structure or generic structure and linguistic elements of this report text, you can add insight and deepen your knowledge about report text.

Happy learning, happy reading!

Related Article Report Text

Usually, what obstacles make you the most dizzy and confused when completing your thesis? Could it be the thesis preface? If so, then you don’t need to worry anymore, even though it seems difficult, we must finish the preface to this thesis so that the thesis can also be finished properly and correctly. If we interpret it, then the preface is a page of thanks written by the author regarding gratitude because writing the thesis has been completed. Broadly speaking, the introductory words of the thesis can also contain expressions of gratitude and also include the purpose of writing the thesis that you are working on. In addition, writers are also allowed to write down the benefits of writing constructive criticism and suggestions from readers to writers.

As the name suggests, the existence of the preamble itself is technically written in firm and clear language. Writing this preface is not written too long and wide. So, we have to make sure that we write short, concise, and simple forewords. So that it is clearer and also right on target according to the theme you are working on. Even though writing the thesis preface looks simple and easy, it turns out to be quite complicated and confusing. Therefore, on this occasion we will discuss more deeply about the thesis introduction and some examples that can be used as references.

Preface Elements

The writing of the thesis introductory words that we must know is one of them understanding the elements of the introductory words themselves as explained in the previous paragraph. At the beginning, writing this preface can also be addressed for the first time to express gratitude to God Almighty and the like. In addition, writing the preface also contains an explanation of the thesis writing, explaining the implementation of thesis writing, explaining the existence of assistance, directions from the parties involved in it and guidance from the lecturer.

If you want to write thank you to someone or an institution that has helped you, that is also allowed. It’s not always necessary to say thank you and the like, in the preface, you can also express your hopes for the thesis you are writing. Don’t forget to also write down the benefits for readers who read your thesis.

Structure and How to Make a Preface to Thesis

The writing of the thesis introductory words that is often overlooked is the writing of the introductory structure. There are at least three structures that we need to pay attention to before writing the thesis introduction, including:

1. Create an Opening Word

The first thing to pay attention to is the preamble. Of course, every time we write a thesis introduction, we need an introduction. The opening generally contains thanksgiving for God’s grace for the completion of the thesis work. In this first paragraph, you can also include the intent and main purpose of why you have to complete the thesis. Notice the example below:

By offering praise and gratitude to the presence of God Almighty, who has given abundant blessings and health, so the writer can finish this thesis with the title “Analysis of Month Books”, as one of the requirements to complete the Undergraduate Program (S1) Indonesian Language Department.

2. Explain Thesis Contents and Say Thank You

Then in the second paragraph the opening contains an expression of gratitude for the completion of the thesis that you are working on. This is where the elements are set out in the opening paragraph. After the opening paragraph is finished, after that it enters into the structure of the second introductory thesis, namely the contents of the thesis. Writing the content section contains a brief description of the theme you are carrying and you explain it inside. But keep in mind that in the content chapter you only need to convey words using short and concise language. Because, writing a bibliography is not written clearly. It is enough to mention only the important ones.

You may write a little discussion of the content you wrote in the main part of your research. But keep in mind, that there is only a little discussion. If you feel confused about conveying it, you can also do this by making only important points from the core of your writing. Then write in the preface. For example:

The author realizes that this thesis would not have been possible to complete without the support, assistance, guidance and advice from various parties during the preparation of this thesis. On this occasion the author expresses his sincere thanks to:

1. Ladies and gentlemen at home who always give love, prayer, support, advice and everything.
2. Mr. NAMA as Chancellor
3. Mr. NAMA as Dean of the Faculty.
3. Mrs. “NAME” as a supervisor who is kind and sincere in guiding.
3. Brother and sister.
4. Friends in arms.
5. All parties

3. Make closing sentences

The last structure is the cover. Writing the thesis introductory words in the closing section usually contains an apology. It is at this opportunity that you can write an apology for the lack or excess in making the thesis. Usually, the apology is for the readers. Certainly, in writing thesis, the writer will often experience errors such as typo errors, or maybe imperfect arguments, and so on.

Apart from that, don’t forget, if in the closing section you also need to write down the expectations you want. For example, hopefully in the future the research that you write can produce corrections and also solutions from other readers’ ideas, to perfect research results where there may still be something missing than what you have found.

For example:

The author realizes that in this thesis there are still many shortcomings, therefore, the author really hopes for constructive criticism and suggestions for a better work in the future. It is hoped that this thesis will provide benefits to readers.

Example of Preface to Thesis

The following are some examples of thesis introductory words that you should understand, including:

1. Example of a Complete Thesis Preface

Alhamdulillah, Praise and Gratitude we pray to Allah Subhanahu Wata’ala. One who only asks for help. Alhamdulillah for all His help, mercy, and compassion so that the writer can complete the thesis entitled “The Influence of Prophetic Parenting on the Tendency of Juvenile Delinquency”. Shalawat and greetings to Rasulullah Shallallahu Alaihi Wasallam who is always the best source of inspiration and role model for mankind.

Juvenile delinquency which continues to increase is a problem that must receive special attention. The role of the family is important to prevent juvenile delinquency. This type of parenting can lead to juvenile delinquency. Prophetic parenting is a parenting model to form good behavior in children and avoid juvenile delinquency. Based on this, researchers are interested in knowing the effect of prophetic parenting on the tendency of juvenile delinquency.

The author realizes that many parties have provided support and assistance during the completion of this study and thesis. Therefore, it is appropriate for the author to respectfully thank and pray that Allah will give the best reward to:

• Mr Prof. Dr. Muh. Jufri, S. Psi., M. Si., as Dean of the Faculty of Psychology, Makassar State University.
• Mr. Ahmad Yasser Mansyur, S. Ag., S. Psi., M. Si., Ph. D., and Mrs. Kurniati Zainuddin, S. Psi., MA, as the writer’s supervisor in completing the thesis.
• UNM Faculty of Psychology Lecturers
• Mr. Dr. H. Ahmad, S. Ag., S. Psi., M. Si., as the expert validator of the measuring instrument that the author uses in this study.
• Mrs. Nur Afni Indahhari, S. Psi., M. Si., Psi., who has been an examiner in research proposal seminars and the author’s thesis sessions.

The author also thanks to all parties who have helped researchers in completing this thesis that researchers cannot mention one by one.
Finally, the writer realizes that nothing is perfect, the writer still makes mistakes in preparing the thesis. Therefore, the author apologizes profusely for the mistakes made by the author.

Researchers hope that this thesis can be useful for readers and can be used as a reference for development in a better direction. Truth comes from God and error comes from the author. May Allah SWT always bestow His Grace and Ridho on all of us.

Bekasi, January 29, 2021
Author

2. Example of a short thesis introduction

By saying Alhamdulillah, all praise and gratitude, the authors pray for the presence of Allah SWT, because of His grace and guidance the preparation of this thesis entitled “The Relationship Between Smoking Behavior and Confidence in Students of UIN Raden Intan Lampung” can be completed in order to fulfill one of the requirements in completing education in the Department of Islamic Psychology, Faculty of Ushuluddin and Religious Studies, Raden Intan State Islamic University, Lampung.

The writer has gone through a long journey in order to finish writing this thesis. Many obstacles were encountered in the preparation, but thanks to His will, the writer managed to finish writing this thesis. Therefore, with humility, on this occasion the author would like to thank:

• Prof. Dr. H. Moh Mukri, M.Ag. As Chancellor of UIN Raden Intan Lampung.
• Drs. M. Nursalim Malay, M.Si As Head of Islamic Psychology Study Program, Faculty of Ushuluddin and Religious Studies UIN Raden Intan Lampung.
• To Mr. Drs. Syaiful Hamali, M. Kom. as supervisor I and Mrs. Iin Yulianti, MA as supervisor II who have guided the writer in the preparation of this thesis to completion.
• All parties who have helped a lot in the preparation of this thesis that the writer cannot mention all of them.

Finally, the writer hopes that this thesis can provide benefits for writers in particular and for readers in general.

Cikarang, January 28, 2021
Author

3. Examples of Good and Correct Thesis Preface

Peace be upon you, and Allah mercy and blessings.

Praise and gratitude the author goes to the presence of Allah SWT, because of His grace and guidance I was able to complete the thesis entitled “Decision Support System in Mapping National Road and Bridge Improvement Priorities in Bengkulu Province using the TOPSIS and Fuzzy C-Means Methods”.

This thesis is made to fulfill the final assignment of lectures and as one of the requirements to obtain a Bachelor’s degree in the Informatics Engineering Study Program, Faculty of Engineering, University of Bengkulu. In addition, this thesis is also made as a form of implementation of the knowledge gained during lectures at the Informatics Engineering Study Program, Faculty of Engineering, University of Bengkulu.

The writer realizes that the thesis is still far from being perfect. Therefore, the authors hope to learn more in implementing the knowledge gained. This thesis certainly cannot be separated from the guidance, input, and directions from various parties. Therefore, on this occasion I would like to express my deepest gratitude to:

• Drs. Boko Susilo, M.Kom. as Dean of the Faculty of Engineering, University of Bengkulu.
• Mrs. Desi Andreswari, ST, M.Cs. as the main supervisor and Mr. Yudi Setiawan, ST, M.Eng. as a companion lecturer who has taken the time to provide support, guidance and motivation in completing this thesis.
• Mrs. Ernawati, ST, M.Cs as Chair of the Informatics Engineering Study Program who has provided support during her lectures at Informatics Engineering, University of Bengkulu.
• My beloved parents, Hermansyah and Sefti Karlisa and my sister Aqilah Dwi Putri Ananda who have prayed for, provided support and motivated me in completing this thesis.

All parties who have helped and cannot be mentioned one by one.

I hope that God Almighty bestows His grace and guidance on all of them. Hopefully this thesis can be useful for all of us, Aamiin.
Wassalamu’alaikum Wr. Wb.

Cirebon, January 20, 2021
Author

This is an explanation of the thesis introduction and some examples that can be used as a reference in writing the thesis introduction. Hopefully useful.

Example of power of attorney for withdrawing money – All banking-related matters must be carried out by the account owner himself. So, if Sinaumed’s wants to withdraw money or make transactions at the bank, you have to go to the nearest branch office yourself.

Then, what if you are too busy to do not have time to do it? Or are you seriously ill but have to take money on the same day? It’s easy, you can make a power of attorney to withdraw money. This method is commonly used by many people, including employers who ask their employees to take money.

By using a power of attorney to withdraw money, you notify the bank that you are handing over power or authority to the person representing you. So you can still complete your business without having to come directly to the branch office.

In this article, we will discuss examples of power of attorney for withdrawing money and how to make one.

What is Power of Attorney for Withdrawing Money

A power of attorney for withdrawing money is basically a letter declaring the transfer of authority from the first party to a second party, such as a parent, sibling, child or employee.

This letter can be used when you cannot withdraw money at the bank yourself, so you have to represent it to someone else.

For example, you are seriously ill and cannot go out but have to withdraw a deposit to pay for hospital bills. Sinaumed’s can represent it to parents by making a power of attorney to withdraw money. So that your parents have the right to withdraw deposits on your behalf.

However, this power of attorney cannot be made haphazardly. There are certain conditions that must be met first, that is, you absolutely cannot go to the branch office yourself and include conditions, information, and facts in the letter.

In other words, this power of attorney is proof of transferring your rights and authority to another person who is the recipient of the power of attorney. The bank will usually ask for a power of attorney when they want to serve your needs. As explained by Sahala Aritonang in the book Template for Writing a Power of Attorney, Lawsuit Answer.

https://sinaumedia.com/products/template-penulisan-surat-kuasa-surat-juangan-answer-eksep-1?queryID=84406f91a0d5ddea448a2effd370218a

Therefore, Sinaumed’s must give power of attorney to someone you trust 100% because the bank will not be responsible if there is a loss or other things after the person in power has received the money.

Characteristics of Power of Attorney for Withdrawal of Money

A power of attorney for withdrawing money has several characteristics that are different from other letters in general, such as:

1. A power of attorney for withdrawing money is made using standard Indonesian which is easy to understand.
2. The power of attorney for taking money contains a statement of the transfer of authority or power from oneself to another person who is trusted.
3. The language and words used in the power of attorney for withdrawing money must be concise, concise and clear.

How to Make a Power of Attorney for Withdrawing Money

You can make a power of attorney for withdrawing money yourself at home without the help of another party. But before that, you must first know what the elements and structure of a power of attorney are and what needs to be considered when making it.

Things to pay attention to when making a power of attorney to withdraw money

1. Find people you really trust

The power of attorney to withdraw money contains a very important and crucial mandate, so Sinaumed’s must find someone who is truly trusted to be the recipient of the power of attorney. That way, you can prevent things that are detrimental.

At the very least, you and the recipient of the power of attorney must have a good level of maturity and be physically and spiritually healthy. In addition, ask the person closest to you to accompany the power of attorney until you receive the money in person.

2. Prepare the necessary documents

When making a power of attorney, you and the attorney must prepare original documents to guarantee the data written in the letter. Thus, there will be no data errors, data errors, or falsification of your data and those of the attorney.

The written data must be original and correct so that the mandate contained in the power of attorney is carried out completely and smoothly. For example, if you want to provide a power of attorney to withdraw a deposit, then you must bring your KTP and bank account savings card.

3. Stamp or seal

Next, make sure you put a stamp on the power of attorney to withdraw money. This stamp will later become proof that your power of attorney is valid in the eyes of the law and court.

Supposing, stamp duty is a “shield” of defense that prevents bad things from happening. Like the recipient of the power of attorney to take away your money or misappropriate the power given to him. Also, make sure the power of attorney signs the power of attorney on a stamp duty, OK!

This is why you have to choose the closest, trusted person, and able to carry out the task as the recipient of the power of attorney. That way, tasks can be completed properly and correctly.

You can find complete information about the things that need to be considered when making a power of attorney in the book Civil Procedure Code Edition 2 written by Elfrida R Gultom. This book reviews various matters related to civil procedural law which are very useful for academics, practitioners, students, and the general public.

 

Parts of Power of Attorney for Collection of Money

In making a power of attorney to withdraw money, there are several elements that must be clearly stated by the power of attorney to the recipient of the power of attorney, including the following:

• Authorization personal data (Name NIP/NIK, Rank/Position, Occupation, Address).
• From the power of attorney (Name NIP/NIK, Rank/Position, Occupation, Address).
• Types of authority, causality, and limits.

In addition, a power of attorney must also contain important parts so that its position is valid in the eyes of the law, such as:

1. Letterhead or letterhead

Letter heads or letterhead are generally used in power of attorney issued by government agencies, government agencies, or companies. Meanwhile, an informal or personal power of attorney does not require letterhead.

Included as part of the letterhead include:

• Name of agency, institution, or company
• Complete address
• Post box number
• Postal code
• Email address
• Telephone
• Fax
• Company Logo

2. Letter number

An official or formal power of attorney made by an agency, institution or company must include the letter number according to the administrative data from the company. Meanwhile, non-formal or personal letterhead does not have to include the letter number.

3. Authorizer

In the power of attorney to withdraw money, it must be explained who is the principal and what are the rights and obligations. This section clearly states that the principal surrenders his power, rights or authority to the attorney general.

In addition, this part also signifies the agreement of the authorized person to give the power of attorney to the authorized person appointed by him.

4. Complete identity of the authorizing agent

After explaining the duties, rights and obligations of the attorney, the next step is to write down the complete identity. In this one power of attorney, the identity of the person giving the power of attorney must be written correctly according to the original data.

Therefore, Sinaumed’s must prepare identity documents and other documents needed. Such as KTP, KK, and others. Identity here includes full name, KTP number, type of work, full address, and telephone number.

5. The power of attorney

This section is the same as with the power of attorney, it will explain who is the recipient of the power of attorney, what rights and obligations he has. In this section, it must be written that the authorized person is willing to accept the power, rights or authority of the principal.

6. Identity of the authorized person

Next, also write down the identity of the recipient of the power of attorney in full and in accordance with the original data. Just like the power of attorney, what includes the identity of the power of attorney is the full name, KTP number, type of work, full address, and also telephone number.

7. Charge power

The contents of the power of attorney is the main part of the power of attorney for withdrawing money because this section explains what is authorized.

This sentence can be adjusted to the authority that must be carried out by the recipient of the power of attorney or the need for authorization. So, apart from withdrawing money, you can also write down opening an account, taking documents, or something else.

8. Time of authorization

After explaining the tasks represented by the power of attorney to the person of power, the next part is to explain the time of granting power of attorney.

In this section, it is explained about the time of authorization from the date of creation to the end of the validity period. This is done to notify third parties who will deal directly with the authorized person.

For example, the bank that will read the power of attorney to withdraw money will know whether the letter submitted by the power of attorney is still valid or has expired.

Especially for personal power of attorney, the timing of this power of attorney will be discussed first by both parties.

9. Signature

Next is the signature section which will ensure that the giving of power of attorney and the receipt of power are not carried out with an element of coercion. This is evidenced by the signature on the stamp duty affixed by the principal and the attorney.

At the time of signing, it must be witnessed in person by a notary or a third party.

In addition, the signature on this stamp proves that the power of attorney to withdraw money made is valid and recognized in the eyes of the law and court. So, if for example things happen that are not desirable, then the power of attorney or the recipient of the power of attorney can be brought to justice.

10. Closing

Finally, there is a closing section which contains a closing statement regarding the agreement between the principal and the attorney. This closing statement usually reads:

“Thus, I made this power of attorney to withdraw money truthfully without any coercion from any party so that it can be used as it should be.”

Find important sections in other types of power of attorney in the book Anti Confusion in Court Procedures and Making a Power of Attorney compiled by Lukman Santoso. This book is able to be a guide for ordinary people who want to know or learn the ins and outs of court proceedings and how to make a power of attorney.

 

Example of Power of Attorney for Withdrawing Money

Sample Power of Attorney for Withdrawing Money at the Bank

Power of Attorney for Withdrawing Money at the Bank I, the undersigned below: Name : Andri Baraka Place and Date of Birth : Bandung, October 27, 1985 Address : Jl. Beautiful Palace with No. 234, Bandung KTP Number : 021782271085897 Phone Number : 0812-3456-7891 Parents Name : Barakah Putra Hereinafter referred to as Authorizer Name: Baraka Putra Address : Jl. Beautiful Palace with No. 234, Bandung KTP Number : 0217834626498 Hereinafter referred to as the Authorized Recipient With this power of attorney, I as the Authorizer authorize my father as the Authorized Person to withdraw Rp. 25,000,000 in cash from my bank account with the following data: Account Number : 987654321 Account Name : Andri Barakah Bank Name : Bank Rakyat Indonesia West Bandung KCP This power of attorney is made with the full responsibility of the Authorizer. Thus we made this power of attorney consciously without any coercion from any party. Hopefully it can be used properly as it should. Bandung, 30 November 2022 Recipient of Power of Attorney (Signature) (Signature & Stamp Duty) Barakah Son Andri Barakah

Sample Power of Attorney for Collecting Salary

Power of Attorney for Collecting Salary at the Bank I, the undersigned below: Name : Gunawan Setia Place and Date of Birth : Yogyakarta, 02 August 1983 Address : Jl. Forward With Us No. 123, Sleman KTP Number : 041681020883853 Phone Number : 0819-8765-4321 Occupation: Account Executive Hereinafter referred to as Authorizer Name: Diamond Diamond Address : Jl. Beautiful Jasmine Rose No. 56, Sleman KTP Number : 0218743234689 Hereinafter referred to as the Authorized Recipient I, as the Authorizer, hand over the power of attorney to the Authorized Person to manage and collect salaries for the month of November 2022 at PT. Merdeka Forever with an amount of IDR 12,000,000. The Attorney will make the collection no later than November 28, 2022. This power of attorney for taking salary money is made with the full responsibility of the Authorizer. Thus we made this power of attorney consciously without any coercion from any party. Hopefully it can be used properly as it should. Sleman, 30 October 2022 Recipient of Power of Attorney (Signature) (Signature & Stamp Duty) Intan Permana Gunawan Setia

Sample Power of Attorney for Retrieval of Pension Fund Money

Power of Attorney for Withdrawing Pension Fund Money at the Bank I, the undersigned below: Name : Surya Cipta Koesoema Place and Date of Birth : Sukabumi, March 10, 1952 Address : Jl. Fertile Jasmine Flower No.46, Sukabumi KTP Number : 0325675010035276 Phone Number : 0812-5436-9786 Last Position : Head of Public Service Section Hereinafter referred to as Authorizer Name : Asep Gurcita Address : Jl. Subur jasmine flower no. 50, Sukabumi KTP Number : 7793862338765 Occupation: Deputy Head of Public Service Section Hereinafter referred to as the Authorized Recipient I, as the Authorizer, hand over the power of attorney to the Authorized Person to manage and withdraw pension funds in November 2022 at PT. Makmur Jaya Abadi with an amount of IDR 5,500,000. The Attorney will withdraw the pension fund no later than December 2, 2022. The Authorizer will accept full responsibility if there is a violation or fraud committed by the Authorized Person. Thus we made this power of attorney consciously without any coercion from any party. Hopefully it can be used properly. Sukabumi, 01 December 2022 Recipient of Power of Attorney (Signature) (Signature & Stamp Duty) Asep Gurcita Surya Cipta Koesoema

Find other examples of power of attorney in the book Template for Writing a Power of Attorney, Letter of Claim for Answers written by Sahala Aritonang.

 

This is the discussion about the sample power of attorney for withdrawing money and the parts contained in the power of attorney for withdrawing money. Hopefully all the discussion above can be useful as well as add to your insight.

If you want to find a book about letter writing, you can get it at sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Gilang Oktaviana Putra

Source:

• https://www.rumah.com/panduan-properti/example-surat-kuasa-bank-32788
• https://koinworks.com/blog/example-letter-of-power/
• https://midtrans.com/en/blog/example-surat-kuasa-pengambilan-uang
• https://katadata.co.id/intan/berita/634895411ce1c/example-surat-kuasa-pengambilan-uang-di-bank-element-dan-bagiannya

Example of official note – Every government office must send letters to each other. Either for cooperation or notification. These letters are included in official letters. This is due to the existence of letterhead, standard grammar, writing format according to Indonesian spelling, and a number of other official letter features.

One of the official letters that are often issued by government institutions or agencies is a letter note. This relates to notifications, instructions, and internal reminders for the company. Then, what exactly is meant by official notes? Works for what? To answer these questions, Sinaumed’s can listen to the presentation below.

Definition and Variety of Official Letters

Official letters in the practice of state administrative law are management arrangements for administering official correspondence carried out by government agencies in the context of carrying out general government and development tasks. Correspondence activities are important in supporting the implementation of the main tasks of the organization.

Therefore, official letters must be regulated properly and precisely so that they will increase efficiency, effectiveness, and government installations. Official letters are regulated in article 1 paragraph 1 of Law no. 55 of 2010 concerning Service Administration within the Ministry of Home Affairs.

In this paragraph it is stated that official documents are written information as an official communication tool made and or issued by authorized officials within the Ministry of Home Affairs. The types of official letters within the Ministry of Home Affairs are as follows.

1. Circular Letter is an official document that contains notifications, explanations and/or instructions on how to carry out certain things that are considered important and urgent.
2. Ordinary Letter is an official document containing notifications, questions, requests for answers or suggestions and so on.
3. Certificate is an official document containing a written statement from an official as proof to explain or explain the truth of something.
4. Assignment Letter is an official document from superiors addressed to subordinates containing orders to carry out work in accordance with their duties and functions.
5. An Order is an official document from a superior addressed to a subordinate containing an order to carry out a certain job.
6. Permit is an official document containing approval for an application issued by an authorized official.
7. Agreement is an official document that contains a mutual agreement between two or more parties to carry out a mutually agreed action or legal action.
8. Official Travel Order is an official document from an authorized official to a subordinate or certain official to carry out a business trip.
9. Power of Attorney is an official document from an authorized official to a subordinate containing authorization on his behalf to carry out certain actions within the framework of his official duties.
10. Invitation Letter is an official document from the authorized official containing an invitation to the said official/employee at the destination address to attend an official event
11. Statement of Carrying out Duties is an official document from an authorized official containing a statement that an employee has carried out his duties.
12. A summons is an official document from an authorized official containing a summons to an employee for an appearance.
13. Official Memorandum is an internal official document containing official communications between officials or from superiors to subordinates and from subordinates to superiors.
14. Official Document Concept Submission Note is an official document to convey the concept of official document to superiors.
15. Disposition Sheet is an official document from an authorized official containing written instructions to subordinates.
16. Staff reviews are official documents from subordinates to superiors, including analysis of considerations, opinions and suggestions in a systematic manner.
17. Announcement is an official document from an authorized official containing a general notification.
18. Reports are official documents from subordinates to superiors containing information and accountability regarding the implementation of official duties.
19. Recommendations are official documents from authorized officials containing information or notes on matters that can be used as official considerations.
20. Cover Letter is an official document containing the type and amount of goods that serves as a receipt.
21. Telegrams/wire letters/Radiograms are official documents from authorized officials containing certain matters sent via electronic telecommunications.

To find out more about official letters, Sinaumed’s can read the book Preparing and Signing Official Documents. Sinaumed’s can get one by clicking on the cover or the “buy now” column below.

A Glimpse of Service Notes

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), official memorandum is defined as an internal communication tool between organizational unit officials which contains or contains notifications, requests, explanations, reports, and so on; official letter concerned with the organization or agency.

As for the Regulation of the National Archives of the Republic of Indonesia Number 7 of 2018, official notes are internal official documents made by officials in carrying out their duties and functions within ANRI, which are made and signed by authorized officials based on their scope of functions, duties, authorities and responsibilities namely the Head of ANRI, middle high leadership, pratama high leadership, administrators and supervisors.

Official notes contain matters that are regular in nature, in the form of concise notes that do not require a long explanation. Also, it can be directly answered by the intended higher-ups.

Usually, official memorandums are used as a means of providing information, reminder messages, or messages containing instructions with short, concise, and clear contents so that communication will be established more easily.

The purpose of the official memorandum is for communication facilities used in the communication process between one official and another official who assigns tasks and responsibilities. To find out more about the use of official notes. Sinaumed’s can listen to the following explanation regarding official notes.

• Used as information containing about commands or instructions.
• As a reminder message for related agencies because it can function as a letter archive.
• As evidence on the note because it has contents in the form of an agreement.
• Official notes are used as guidelines relating to orders in carrying out a job.

Office Note Function

Official notes are usually used in organizations, agencies, or government offices. Launching from the Linovhr.com page, the function of an official note is as follows.

1. Convey Information

Information is one important and main thing in communication. Official notes as a conduit of information must be written in a concise, concise and clear manner. Thus, it is easy to understand and conducive and sustainable communication is achieved.

2. Reminder

Official notes are usually included in the important files of a company or organization. When tracking is done to find out what activities have occurred in an internal organization, company, or institution, it can be done easily.

Documents that are archived properly can be a guide for those who need them. By archiving official memorandums, the image of the company, organization or government agency will appear credible in maintaining confidential matters.

3. Evidence

The work note contains the names, dates, and details of which parties to provide a copy of. This makes it easier if validation is needed, the work note can be used as evidence.

4. Work Guidelines

Official notes can contain guidelines or work instructions for doing something. This certainly makes it easier for the party receiving the note to know and understand the things that must be done and the expectations that must be met. This will make it easier for the parties concerned to carry out work according to targets and deadlines.

5. Granting of Permits

Official note also functions as a permit giver to certain parties. Permits are in the form of permission to make decisions, permission to take certain actions, and so on. The permit can be used as an effective performance implementation.

6. Proof of Progress

Official notes can be evidence if an organization, government office, or company has developed and developed. This can be seen from the contents of official notes from time to time.

7. Giving Instructions

Instructions help employees to determine steps to match the expectations of the company. An instruction is usually given by an official or authority holder to another part of the internal organization or company. Giving instructions is also included in the form of delegating tasks within the company.

In compiling a letter,  Microsoft Word skills are needed. Sinaumed’s can learn about this by reading and practicing it directly. One book that can support the learning process is the book Correspondence With Microsoft Word XP. Sinaumed’s can get one by clicking on the book cover or the “buy now” column below.

Office Note Sections

Writing official notes must pay attention to Indonesian grammar, standard words, effective sentences, and Indonesian spelling. These things must be written with good and correct spelling. Not only about the rules of writing, but also about the content.

The contents of the official memorandum must be written by considering the convenience of the reader in understanding the contents of the letter. The following are parts of the official memorandum listed in the Republic of Indonesia National Archives Regulation Number 7 of 2018 articles 68-72. The following are the provisions for writing official notes in accordance with these regulations.

1. Head of Service Notes

The head of the official note consists of the following elements.

• Official Note Heading consists of the words “National Archives of the Republic of Indonesia” and the name of the work unit, written in capital letters symmetrically at the top center;
• The word “Service Note” is written in capital letters symmetrically;
• Furthermore, the word “number” is written in capital letters symmetrically;
• The word “yth.” written with an initial capital letter followed by a colon (:); And
• The word “thing” is written with an initial capital letter followed by a colon (:).

2. Official note body

The body of the Official Note consists of brief, concise and clear opening, body and closing paragraphs. The opening paragraph contains a description of the ideas from the sender of the official note in proper and correct language according to the EYD so that the recipient of the official note can understand, study, and accept or reject it.

Next is the content paragraph containing several sections, namely discussion, opinion, and recommendations. The discussion contains the basic considerations, the background for making official notes, and also contains data, facts, analysis, and also the causes and effects that arise afterward. Then Opinions contain thoughts or responses about a matter, and can be a way or problem solving that can be done. And recommendations contain descriptions of recommendations, suggestions, and proposed actions that need to be taken.

And the last part of the body is the closing paragraph, which contains a short, concise and clear closing sentence.

3. Leg Section

The foot part of the official note consists of the following aspects.

• Name of place, date, month and year the official note was made;
• Position name written with an initial capital letter and ends with a comma (;);
• Official signature;
• The full name of the official without a title written in capital letters at the beginning of each word; And
• Copies (if necessary), are on the lower left side of the margin and followed by a colon (:).

Matters to Pay Attention to in Service Notes

When making an official memorandum, there are several things that must be considered in writing it. Official notes are made with statutory references. Here are some things to pay attention to when preparing official memorandums.

• The official note is not affixed with the ANRI official stamp;
• Copies of official notes are addressed to officials within ANRI’s internal environment;
• Official note numbering is done by including the archive classification code, official note number, and the year the official note was made;
• The numbering of official notes is done separately from the numbering of outgoing letters and each official makes an official note number;
• Official notes can only be made by an official one level below to a superior;
• Official notes made by officials two levels below them, made by daily executors and must be accompanied by a copy to the official who gave the order to become Acting Act; And
• The official note that is sent is an official note that is not affixed with corrective initials.

Apart from official letters and official memorandums, there are still many types of letters. One of them is a letter in the world of commerce. Sinaumed’s can learn about the letter by reading the book Strategies for Success in Mastering Business Correspondence and Agreements. The book can be obtained by clicking on the book cover or the “buy now” column below.

Example of official note

To understand more deeply about official notes, Sinaumed’s can see some of the examples below which have been summarized from various sources on the internet.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION AND CULTURE

GOVERNMENT OF THE CITY OF PADANG

SOUTH SUMATERA PROVINCE

Jalan Bhayangkara No. 457 tel (046) 974662

OFFICIAL MEMO

 

Number : 99/ND-101/VII/2018

Dear : Head of Public Relations Department of Education and Culture

From: Head of Education and Culture Office

Date : 30 July 2018

Characteristics: Important

Attachment : –

Subject: Business trip to pay a visit to the Ministry of Education and Culture as a representative for outreach and counseling on the latest educational curriculum.

In order to provide counseling and outreach about the new curriculum in the education system, it is to provide an explanation and provide detailed information regarding the systematics of the latest curriculum. Because of this, counseling will be held on:

Day, date : Saturday, August 2 2018

Time : 07.00 – Finish

Place : Ministry of Education and Culture Jakarta

As for this matter, we ask the Head of the Public Relations Section of the Education and Culture Office as a representative to be able to attend this socialization event, for travel and accommodation costs which are already the responsibility of administrative affairs.

Thus I convey this official note, for your attention, I thank you.

Head of Education and Culture Office

Padang city

Dr. Sutrisno, S.Pd, MM

NIP 98726539923

 Book Recommendations & Related Articles

At every meeting, there must be one person assigned to record the things that took place during the meeting. These notes are called notes. Meeting minutes can be written on paper or typed. It depends on the conditions of the meeting.

To know more about the minutes of the meeting. Sinaumed’s can listen to the following presentation.

Definition and Functions of Meeting Minutes

We are certainly more familiar with minutes or minutes than minutes. However, the word “notula” is a standard word listed in the Big Indonesian Dictionary. Minutes in the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) are brief notes regarding the course of the trial (meeting) as well as matters discussed and decided.

Minutes are systematic, concise and concise, containing the essence of the meeting discussion. Through the minutes, meeting results can be used as written documentation that has a clear time and content. So it’s easier to report to superiors or serve as an archive.

Someone who records the minutes of the meeting should record the time of the meeting, the topic of the meeting, the number of participants in the meeting, the documentation and the conclusion of the meeting. Usually served as a recorder of meeting minutes is the secretary or assistant to the office or company.

The function of the minutes is as follows.

1. Meeting evidence

Meeting minutes are usually used as evidence if at any time required by a company or organization. Minutes become one of the references to find out all forms of changes and results in a meeting in detail.

2. Source of Information

Meeting minutes can be used as a source of information for someone who is not attending a meeting or meeting. Because, there are times when someone is unable to attend a meeting or meeting. So, the hope is that with the minutes, even people who did not attend the meeting can find out what was discussed at the meeting or meetings.

3. Document Archives

Notula documents can be used as archives or documents for companies or organizations or agencies. Minutes of meeting documents are written based on the arrangement of the meetings that have been held. When you want to evaluate or look back on the development of a company or organization or agency, you can look at the minutes that have been archived.

4. Meeting Guide

Minutes also serve as a meeting guide. This is because it can be a guide to start working on the activities that have been discussed in the meeting.

The minutes of the meeting also clearly state who is in charge of each activity, series of events, and tasks to be carried out by all participants. This will make it easier to contact the parties concerned.

5. As a Reminder

Meeting minutes can be used as a reminder for further agendas. Because, in the minutes of the meeting, the following tasks or agenda are written. The minutes themselves are arranged in a systematic and structured manner.

6. For Reference

Not every meeting, members are always present in full. Therefore, meeting minutes are needed for members who are not present so that they can still get the information provided at the meeting. Thus, members who are not present can find out the progress and results of the discussion from the meeting.

7. Offer Legal Protection

Meeting minutes can also serve as legal documents by auditors and courts. This is because the minutes contain all the facts that occurred from the beginning to the end when the meeting was held. So, if you stumble on a law, this note can be evidence to prove your innocence.

Meeting Minutes Structure

Before writing meeting minutes, Sinaumed’s must first understand the structure of meeting minutes. Meeting minutes must be prepared in detail, structured and sequential. The goal is for the reader to know the flow of the meeting from start to finish. Starting from the opening, content, and conclusion.

Although the policies of each institution, organization or company are different. However, in outline or matters that must be written in the minutes of the meeting are as follows.

1. Meeting Title

The title of the meeting is written in accordance with the purpose of the meeting. Having a meeting title in each minutes will make it easier to find archives or documents.

2. Time and Place of Meeting

The meeting minutes must include the time and place of the meeting. So, when flashbacks or other notes are needed, you can easily see the time sequence. The time here must be written in detail and sequentially.

3. List of Meeting Members

The list of meeting members present is recorded in the minutes. This will make it easier to find out who is not at the meeting. As well as providing information about the meeting to the people or parties concerned.

4. Purpose of the Meeting

The purpose of the meeting is written by adding a number of things including topics of discussion, changes to the organizational structure, making events, and so on. Thus, it will be easier for readers of the minutes to understand the contents of the minutes.

5. Meeting Discussion, Results, and Conclusions

This section is important to write in the minutes of the meeting. The discussion, results and conclusions of the meeting must be written in a concise and complete manner. Thus, every member who attends or does not understand the content or essence of the meeting being held.

6. Action plan or follow-up that must be done by participants

The meeting usually discusses follow-up plans for discussions during the meeting. Follow-up points should be recorded for follow-up. The goal is not to forget or miss following up on the things that have been agreed upon.

7. Deadline for Completion of the Action Plan

The follow-up plan must have a deadline so that it can be implemented in a timely manner. Therefore, the minutes of the meeting also include a deadline so that it can be used as a reference for the parties involved in follow-up activities of what was agreed at the meeting.

8. Other Events or Discussions Worth Documenting for Future Review

The meeting minutes should also include events or discussions that can be used as a reference for future follow-up plans. Thus, follow-up plans can be prepared carefully and on target.

9. Follow up meeting

Follow up meetings or meetings are important to write in the minutes. The goal is that future steps are in accordance with what was agreed at the meeting. Follow up is also important to ensure that the discussions at the meeting are carried out properly and appropriately.

Steps to Make Meeting Minutes

When taking minutes, don’t write down all the conversations in the meeting. Just write down the important things and the main points. If Sinaumed’s feels confused about preparing meeting minutes, Sinaumed’s can follow the steps below.

1. Get Prepared

Before attending a meeting, it is better for Sinaumed’s to know in advance what the agenda or matters will be discussed at the meeting. Then, prepare notes in the form of stationery, laptop or tablet to take notes.

If needed, bring a voice recorder or use the device in the device. The goal is to be able to listen again to the discussion of the meeting. So, if there are things that are missed in the minutes, they can be revised by playing back the meeting recording.

2. Record the Attendees

The note writer must also record who is present and who is unable to attend. So, if there is further information, participants who are not present can find out.

3. Record Important Points in the Meeting

Not everything in the meeting must be recorded in the minutes. In the minutes, only important things are written concisely, concisely, and in detail. To make it easier for Sinaumed’s to write minutes, here are some indicators that can be used as a reference in writing important points at meetings.

• What was discussed at the meeting?
• Decision in meeting.
• Achievements that became the target in the meeting.
• Follow-up plan from the discussion in the meeting.
• If there is a discussion or debate, briefly write down the perspective of each participant. Then, write down the results of the decisions made.

Not only record the results of decisions, but also who made the decisions. Is it the result of consensus or determined by the highest decision maker present at the meeting. For example, the rejection or determination of the budget by the leader of the meeting.

4. Distinguish Between Opinion and Fact

When writing minutes, Sinaumed’s should know which statements are facts and which are opinions. The goal is that the important points of the meeting can be simple and clear. This is also in line with the principle of minutes, which is based on facts, not opinions.

5. Create Detailed Next Steps

Every meeting must have things that must be followed up. The following are things that can be used as a reference in writing further steps.

• Who is responsible for every action to be taken.
• Required resources.
• The time or schedule for the implementation of the follow-up plan is carried out.
• During the meeting participants must review the progress of the action.

6. Do a Final Check

After the meeting ends, the minutes must be reviewed or review the important points in the notes. Make sure all important motions or matters have been recorded.

7. Deliver Immediately

After checking and ensuring that all important matters have been written in the minutes, the minutes are ready to be sent to all meeting participants. Meeting minutes should be sent as soon as possible at least one hour after the meeting ends or at the end of the day.

Tips for Making Meeting Minutes

After following the steps for taking notes, Sinaumed’s can strengthen or be confident in writing notes by following some of the following tips or suggestions.

1. Begin with an Action Review

One way to efficiently take minutes is by reviewing things that happened in the previous meeting. Then, write the summary down before the meeting so you can easily record a comparison of the team’s progress.

By doing an action review it will save time. Because, it can directly mark the progress of the action plan from the previous meeting. For example, whether the discussion in the previous meeting has been completed or is it still ongoing.

2. Use Tables

To make it easier to record minutes, Sinaumed’s can create a three-column table containing items, discussion summaries, and action owners. This will make it easier to immediately write down key points in meetings easily and quickly. Then, the results from the column are written in narrative form.

After changing from text format to narrative, the minutes are ready to be distributed to participants.

3. Take advantage of Templates

If a Sinaumed’s organization, community, agency, or company has standard meeting minutes, make them based on those rules. However, if you don’t have one, Sinaumed’s can make its own template or take a reference to a standard minutes template that is easy to apply. Using a template simplifies and speeds up the process of making meeting minutes.

Example of meeting minutes

Following are some examples of meeting minutes that can be used as a reference or reference for making meeting minutes.

1. Minutes of Company Meetings

Every company must hold meetings, both regular meetings and other special meetings. In meetings, it is usually necessary to take minutes to summarize the discussions during the meeting. The following is an example of company meeting minutes.

Day/Date : Monday, 23 March 2020

Time: 09.00 – finished

Place: PT Oke Permata Office

Meeting Agenda: : Discussion Regarding the Company’s Anniversary

Meeting Leader: Andini Dwi Lestari as CEO of PT Oke Permaata

Writer: Abdul Sodik

Activity :

• Meeting leader opening
• CEO’s welcome
• Formation of the company anniversary committee

Meeting Resolutions:

On Monday 23 March 2020, a meeting was held regarding the establishment of the PT Oke Permata anniversary committee which will be held in mid-May 2020.

So, the decision of the committee was sparked as follows:

• Head of implementation: Tommy Welly
• Secretary : Sri Wulandari
• Treasurer: Rima Agustini
• Program Section: Mira Lesmana
• Public Relations: Hendra Setiawan
• Equipment Section : Muhammad Abdul Kodir
• Consumption Section: Mey Saprida Setiawati

Jakarta, 20 March 2020

Chairman of the Notes Meeting

 

Andini Dwi Lestari Abdul Sodik

 

2. Minutes of Office Meetings

Service meetings are official in nature so that the structure or composition of the minutes must also be written with official guidelines. Minutes are written in full by including the name of the agency, logo, meeting time, contents, and results that have been discussed formally. The following is an example of official meeting minutes.

3. Neighborhood Association (RT) Meeting Minutes

Every neighborhood association (RT) must have held a meeting to discuss RT activities. Even though this meeting is small, it still requires minutes. Its function is as a record of what has been discussed in the meeting. The following is an example of the RT meeting minutes.

4. Minutes of Village Meetings

The village as one of the state institutions often holds meetings with the community. The minutes drawn up by the village follow the same rules as the minutes of official meetings. It must be written in full by including the name of the agency, logo, meeting time, contents, and results discussed at the meeting. The following is an example of village meeting minutes.

5. Minutes of Teacher Meetings

Teachers at school often hold meetings to discuss matters concerning students or administration. These meetings need to be documented to facilitate the next steps. The following is an example of teacher meeting minutes.

6. Minutes of Organizational Meetings

Any organization, no matter how small, must hold a meeting. These meetings need to be documented to serve as a reference for next steps. The following is an example of organizational meeting minutes.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Ikhfa Readings – By understanding the science of recitation, of course, it will prevent us from making mistakes and also changes in meaning when reading the Qur’an. The law of studying various kinds of tajwid is fardhu kifayah. While reading the Koran with the correct tajwid is fardhu ain. Therefore, it is obligatory for Muslims to read the Koran according to the tajwid.

If Sinaumed’s reads the Koran, he must definitely use the rules for reciting the Koran and its tajwid. The verses of the Qur’an are also highly recommended to be read with tartil and correct, because if one reads it wrong, it is feared that it will change its meaning and meaning.

By diligently learning to read the Qur’an, over time you can become fluent in reading the Qur’an. And also, it is obligatory for every Muslim to continue to try to perfect the recitation of the Al-Quran and learn the science of tajwid.

The science of recitation itself is a science that Sinaumed’s must know and learn, by mastering the science of recitation, it is hoped that they can read the Al-Qur’an correctly and avoid mistakes. Because, the pronunciation of the wrong verse, can change the meaning and meaning.

The knowledge of tajwid is very much, one of which is ikhfa . Some Muslims may already understand what ikhfa is. However, for beginners who are learning tajwid, we will try to discuss ikhfa and examples.

Let’s look at articles about an explanation of what ikhfa is, the stages of reading it, how to read ikhfa, and examples of reading ikhfa in the Al-Quran. Read more, Sinaumed’s!

What is Ikhfa?

Ikhfa’ is the science of tajwid regarding the law of tanwin and nun dies meeting hijaiyyah letters. Which legal basis occurs when meeting the letters of ikhfa which total 15 letters, namely  ت ث ج د ذ زس ش ص ض ط ظ ف ق ك . Therefore, in this article, we will discuss examples of ikhfa’.

The meaning of ikhfa is a faint or closed reading ( buzzing ) which is done when the hijaiyyah letters meet the dead nun or tanwin. Which has 15 letters, as explained above. Of course, this is part of the explanation of the complete tajwid law.

The Law of Reading Nun Mati and Tanwin Meet Hijaiyah Letters.

Tanwin or Nun Mati actually has 5 laws, these five laws occur when Nun Mati or Tanwin meets hijaiyah letters.

There are 5 laws that belong to nun mati or tanwin, namely Idzhar Halqi, Iqlab, Idghom Bighunnah, Idghom Bila Ghunnah, and Ikhfa’ Haqiqi. An explanation of these laws can be understood further through the following commentary on the laws of nun mati and tanwin.

Idzhar Halqi

If Sinaumed’s finds a dead tanwin or nun, and in front of it there is one of the letters أ, هـ, ح, خ, ع, غ you have to read it according to the Idzhar Halqi law. That is, how to read it should be clear, without buzzing. So, the sound of the death must be clear, as well as the letters after it.

An example of Idzhar Halqi can be seen in Surah Al-Baqarah: 6,

سَوَاءٌ عَلَيْهِمْ

In the recitation there is a dhommatain meeting ع there.

Another example can be found in Surah Al Baqarah verse 25, the pronunciation of which is:

 كُلَّماَ رُزِقُوا مِنْهَا 

In this reading, there is a nun who dies and meets هـ.

Idgham Bighunnah

The Idgham Bighunnah law applies when nun mati or tanwin meets one of the letters ي, ن, م, و. But with conditions, both exist in different words. If both are in one word, then it is no longer the law of idghom bighunnah but must be read idzhar.

For example

 هُدًى مِنْ رَبِّهِمْ

The reading is taken from Surah Al Baqarah: 5, there is fathatain meeting admin in two different words.

Another example is still in surah Al Baqarah verse 30, namely in the lafadz مَنْ يُفْسِدُ

In this verse it contains dead nuns meet with ya’. Namely nun dies in the word مَنْ, while the letter ya’ is in the word يُفْسِدُ.

Idghom Bilaghunnah

Next, is the law of Idgham Bilaghunnah in discussing the law of nun mati and tanwin. When you find a dead nun or tanwin, in front of the dead nun or tanwin, which is one of the letters ر and ل, then you must read it with the reading of the Idgham Bilaghunnah law.

Example of Idghom Bilaghunnah in Surah Al-Baqarah verse 2 with lafadz

هُدًى لِلْمُتَّقِيْنَ

In this verse there is a fathatain in front of which there is the letter ل

Another example can also be taken from Surah Al Baqarah verse 13, namely وَلَكِنْ

 لاَيَعْلَمُوْن

From this verse, there are nuns who die and meet ل in the lafadz.

Iqlab

Iqlab is the law of reading nun mati or tanwin when dealing with the letter ب. The meaning of Iqlab in language means replacing . Which means, when a nun dies or tanwin meets the letter ba’, it is as if the nun dies or tanwin is replaced with the letter mim.

Examples of reading Iqlab namely

 صُمٌّ بُكْمٌ

This verse is in Surah Al Baqarah verse 18. In the reading example, you can see the dhommatain in front of which is the letter ba’.

For example, the lafadz below

مِنْ بَعْدِ 

An example of this lafadz is found in Surah Al Baqarah verse 27. There is also someone who meets the letter ba’, which is punishable by reading Iqlab.

Ikhfa’ Haqiqi

Ikhfa’ Haqiqi is the law of reading when nun dies or tanwin meets letters other than letters which are punished beforehand. Included in Haqiqi ikhfa law are 15 letters, namely ص, ذ, ث, ك, ج, ش, ق, س, د, ط, ز, ف, ت, ض, ظ.

Reading Ikhfa’ Haqiqi is by disguising the dead voice. So the sound of nun death can’t be heard clearly. In addition, the position of our mouths must be ready to read the makhroj letters after nun or tanwin. At that moment, it was as if there was a transitional pause in pronouncing nun mati to the letter in front of it.

An example of reading Ikhfa’ Haqiqi is found in Surah Al-Baqarah verse 10 namely مَرَضٌ فَزَادَهُمُ

You can look at this verse. There is dhommatain, and in front of it is the letter fa’.

Still in Surat Al-Baqarah, in verse 7, ie

ءَأًنْذَرْتَهُمْ

In this lafadz, there is a nun that meets the letter dzal.

Types of Ikhfa Reading

Ikhfa’ according to its meaning is nun mati and tanwin when facing or meeting one of the fifteen letters of ikhfa’, then it is called ikhfa’ haqiqi. Then, what are the types of Ikhfa’ reading?

1. Ikhfa’ Ab’ad

First there is Ikhfa’ ab’ad, which means farthest , from the origin of the word ” banguda “. Ikhfa’ ab’ad occurs when nun dies and tanwin meets one of the two letters of ikhfa’, namely: qof and kaf.

It is called ikhfa’ ab’ad because nun mati and tanwin meet letters whose makhroj distance is very far from makhroj nun of the 15 letters of ikhfa’, the letters kaf and qof are the letters farthest from nun, because they come from the base of the tongue or spoken aqsol .

2. Ikhfa’ aqrob

Aqrab has a close meaning from the origin of the word ” qaruba “. Ikhfa’ aqrab occurs when nun dies or tanwin meets one of the 3 letters of ikhfa’ namely: ta’, dal, and tho’. It is called ikhfa’ aqrob because nun mati or tanwin meets letters whose makhroj distance is close to makhroj nun.

Among the 15 ikhfa’ letters, the letters ta’, dal, and tho’ are closest to the makhroj, because they come from the base of the upper incisors or Ushuluts Tsanayal Ulya.

Meanwhile, the makhroj nun is slightly above it, namely on the gums or the flesh where the upper incisors grow or is called Lahmatul Asnan. The sound issued from Aqrab’s ikhfa’ law, in Indonesian, is like the sound “n”.

Then, the sound is held for two beats so that it is not confused with idzhar, where idzhar is only read one beat. When pronouncing the ikhfa’ aqrab letter, the sound of the ikhfa’s lafadz is shorter than the ghunnah.

3. Ikhfa’ Ausath

Ausath means middle . From the origin of the word ” وَسَطَ “. Ikhfa’ Ausath occurs when nun dies or tanwin meets one of the 10 letters of ikhfa’ below:

 ث – ج – ذ – س – ش – ص – ض- ظ – ف

It is called ikhfa’ Ausath, because Nun mati or tanwin meets letters with a medium distance of makhroj, or not too far away or it can also mean too close to makhroj Nun.

The sound produced by ikhfa’ Ausath is like between “ING” and “N”, which means that the sound of Ikhfa’ Ausath is intermediate between Ikhfa’ Aqrab and ikhfa’ Ab’ad. When pronouncing the law of ikhfa’ Ausath, the lafadz reading of Ikhfa’ and Ghunnah are moderate or the same.

4. Ikhfa’ Haqiqi 

Ikhfa Haqiqi means to disguise. The law for reading ikhfa haqiqi occurs when the letters nun die or tanwin meet or face the ikhfa letters which have 15 letters, namely Ta’, Tsa’, Jim, Dal, Dzal, Zay, Sin, Syin, Sod, Dhod, Tha’, Zha, Fa’, Qof, Kaf.

So, if you encounter the letters mentioned above, the nun mati or tanwin must be read indistinctly, or read between idzhar and idgham readings.

5. Ikhfa Syafawi

How to read Ikhfa Syafawi, namely in a vague way and also echoed. The law of reading ikhfa syafawi can occur because of the makhroj letters hijaiyyah Mim and also the letters hijaiyyah Ba’ meet each other between the upper and lower lips, so they are called ikhfa syafawi.

Syafawi’s ikhfa is not the same as haqiqi’s ikhfa. The difference is that Syafawi’s ikhfa is not nun dies when he meets the letter ikhfa, but Mim dies when he meets the letter Ba’. However, in the Syafawi ikhfa law, it still has to be read obligatory accompanied by a hum between 2 to 3 vowels or 1 ½ alif. Therefore, if Syafawi’s ikhfa law does not use buzzing, it will change to izhar law, namely the law of reading it to be read clearly.

The way to read Ikhfa Syafawi is to disguise it, between reading Mim Mati with that letter, besides that, reading it also doesn’t emphasize the lips, and how to read it with a buzz or ghunnah.

How to read Ikhfa?

After reviewing how the law of ikhfa and the various types of ikhfa, we will now discuss how to read with the law of ikhfa. There are several examples and guidelines that Sinaumed’s need to know when applying ikhfa readings, including:

• The tip of our tongue must be kept so as not to touch the upper front gums. Because that’s where makhroj ‘nun’ is . The results of nun and tanwin sounds will not be heard clearly if the tip of the tongue touches the upper front gums. Instead, what must be read clearly is Idzhar’s reading.

• Make sure there are no sound elements such as a combination of nun and tanwin with the letters in front of them, because ikhfa is in the middle of the sentence.

Example of Ikhfa’s Reading 

The law of ikhfa reading is reading that must be read vaguely and buzzingly. Here are some examples of verses in the Qur’an that are included in ikhfa readings:

1. Ikhfa’ Nun died meeting za’ in QS. Al-Baqarah Verse 4:

بِمَا أُنْزِلَ إِلَيْكَ

2. Ikhfa’ Dhommatain meets the letter fa’ in QS. Ali Imran Verse 5:

 عَلَيْهِ شَيْءٌ فِي الْأَرْضِ

3. Ikhfa’ Fathatain meets the letter kaf in QS. An-Nisa’ Verse 2 :

 إِنَّهُ كَانَ حُوبًا كَبِيرًا

4. Ikhfa’ Fathatain meets the letter tho’ in QS. Al Maidah Verse 6:

 فَتَيَمَّمُوا صَعِيدًا طَيِّبًا

5. Ikhfa’ Dhommatain met the letter dal in QS. Al An’am Verse 99 :

 مِنْ طَلْعِهَا قِنْوَانٌ دَانِيَةٌ

6. Ikhfa’ Nun met the dzal letter in QS. Al A’raf Verse 2:

 لِتُنْذِرَ بِهِ

7. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter fa’ in QS. Al Anfal Verse 1:

 عَنِ الْأَنْفَالِ

8. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter ta’ in QS. At Tawba Verse 3:

 فَإِنْ تُبْتُمْ

9. Ikhfa’ Kasratain meets the letter qof in QS. Yunus Verse 15:

 بَيِّنَاتٍ قَالَ

10. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter qof in QS. Hud Verse 36:

 مِنْ قَوْمِكَ

11. Ikhfa’ Fathatain meets shod letters in QS. Joseph Verse 9:

 قَوْمًا صَالِحِينَ

12. Ikhfa’ Kasrotain meets the letter ta’ in QS. Ar ro’du Verse 2:

 بِغَيْرِ عَمَدٍ تَرَوْنَهَا

14. Ikhfa’ Kasrotain meets the letter syin in QS. Ibrahim Verse 2:

 مِنْ عَذَابٍ شَدِيدٍ

15. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter kaf in QS. Al Hijr Verse 7:

 إِنْ كُنْتَ

16. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter syin in QS. An Nahl Verse 35 :

 مِنْ شَيْءٍ

17. Ikhfa’ Nun met the letter sin in QS. Al Isro’ Verse 11:

 وَيَدْعُ الْإِنْسَانُ

18. Ikhfa’ Fathatain meets the letter dho’, in QS. Al-Kahf Verse 22:

 إِلَّا مِرَاءً ظَاهِرًا

19. Ikhfa’ Nun died meeting the letter jim, in QS. Maryam Verse 14:

 وَلَمْ يَكُنْ جَبَّارًا عَصِيًّا

20. Ikhfa’ Kasratain meets the letter za’, in QS. Thoha Verse 102:

 يَوْمَئِذٍ زُرْقًا

21. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter dlo’, in QS. Al Anbiya’ Verse 84 :

 مِنْ ضُرٍّ

22. Ikhfa’ Kasrotain met the letter sin, in QS. Al-Hajj Verse 31:

 فِي مَكَانٍ سَحِيقٍ

23. Ikhfa’ Fathatain meets the letter tsa’, in QS. Al Mukminun Verse 14:

 لَحْمًا ثُمَّ

24. Ikhfa’ Kasrotain meets the letter jim, in QS. An Nur Verse 62 :

 هَبَاءً مَنْثُورًا

25. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter tho’, in QS. Al Furqan Verse 23:

 هَبَاءً مَنْثُورًا

26. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter tho’, in QS. Asy Syu’aro’ Verse 13 :

 وَلَا يَنْطَلِقُ لِسَانِي

27. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter dho’, in QS. An Naml Verse 11 :

 إِلَّا مَنْ ظَلَمَ

28. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter dal, in QS. Al Qoshos Verse 23:

 مِنْ دُونِهِمُ

29. Ikhfa’ Kasrotain met the letter dzal, in QS. Al ‘Ankabut Verse 57:

 كُلُّ نَفْسٍ ذَائِقَةُ الْمَوْتِ

30. Ikhfa’ Kasrotain met the letter dlo’, in QS. Ar Rum Verse 54 :

 قُوَّةٍ ضَعْفًا

31. Ikhfa’ Nun meets the letter shod, in QS. Luqman Verse 19:

 وَاغْضُضْ مِنْ صَوْتِكَ

 

That is an explanation of ikhfa reading, the meaning of ikhfa, and also some examples of ikhfa reading in the Qur’an. Hopefully Sinaumed’s can understand it well, as well as readers who are currently studying and exploring the law of “Nun Mati and Tanwin”.

Ikhfa reading letters tend to be difficult to memorize, because there are quite a lot of categories, but if you can understand the concept, then God willing, it will be easy to memorize by itself. Hopefully this article helps ya!

If you want to find books about tajwid, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Veronika Novi

Reference:

• https://www.orami.co.id/magazine/huruf-ikhfa
• https://www.google.com/amp/s/www.sinaumedia.com/literasi/ikhfa/amp/
• https://www. Hukumtajwid.com/2018/08/exemplary-ikhfa.html?m=1
• https://www.inews.id/lifestyle/muslim/exemple- Hukum-bacaan-ikhfa-haqiqi
• https://www.dream.co.id/stories/kind-of-ikhfa-bebert-examples-yang-penting-ditahui-2208221.html

 

Example of Fiscal Policy – ​​Two economic policies that have been issued by the Indonesian government are fiscal and monetary policies. Fiscal policy is a policy issued in order to keep revenue and expenditure from a country stable, so that the economy can continue to grow.

The government of a country has the right to regulate the amount of state revenue and expenditure. One way to regulate revenue is to determine the amount of tax as one of the instruments of fiscal policy.

The purpose of implementing fiscal policy is to maintain economic stability, create jobs, prevent inflation, and so on.

In this article, you will discuss fiscal policy and the differences between fiscal and monetary policies. Come on, continue to refer to the following article!

Examples of Fiscal Policy Applicable in Indonesia

There are several examples of fiscal policies that have been implemented by the Indonesian government. Among them, the first fiscal policy was when President Joko Widodo announced the Tax Amnesty program in 2017. This program was launched because there were many cases of tax arrears reports and many people did not report the amount of wealth they owned. Therefore, finally President Joko Widodo decided to implement the Tax Amnesty program.

The Tax Amnesty Program is a program for the elimination of taxes owed as well as countless criminal sanctions in the field of tax administration sanctions. With this amnesty, many political parties are competing to immediately settle tax arrears as well as many individuals who immediately report the amount of their wealth to the authorities. This program can increase Indonesia’s national income against rupiah and it is proven that national income can increase up to 15.22 trillion rupiah.

The second is the tax relaxation that will take place from 2020 to early 2021. This tax relaxation program aims to increase people’s purchasing power.

An example of the last fiscal policy is gas and fuel subsidies. The purpose of this fiscal policy in the fuel sector is to facilitate mobility and economic transactions in society.

What is Fiscal Policy

In Indonesia there are two economic policies that have been issued by the government in order to maintain the stability of the country’s economy. The two policies are fiscal policy and monetary policy.

This time we will discuss the existing fiscal policy in Indonesia. What is meant by fiscal policy?

Quoting from the Financial Services Authority (OJK), fiscal policy is a policy regarding taxes, other revenues, debts, and government spending with a specific purpose. These objectives include supporting monetary stability, economic balance, increasing economic development, and expanding employment opportunities.

In simple terms, fiscal policy is a policy issued by the government with the aim of keeping expenditure and income stable and creating a country’s economy that continues to grow.

Through fiscal policy, the government can make various adjustments to state spending and revenue in the hope of achieving development and economic stability.

In general, the government through the implementation of fiscal policy will change the amount of tax which is one of the instruments of fiscal policy and has a role as a source of state revenue to finance development.

So, if Sinaumed’s sees the construction of roads, stations, bus stops, terminals and so on, all of these developments come from state tax revenues. Fiscal policy in Indonesia is under the authority of the Fiscal Policy Agency (BKF) within the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia.

Fiscal Policy Objectives

The following are some of the objectives of implementing fiscal policies issued by the Indonesian government.

1. Improving the quality of Human Resources (HR)

One of the economic problems in Indonesia that still needs to be addressed is the problem of unemployment as a result of a lack of quality Human Resources (HR).

Fiscal policy is considered effective in overcoming various unemployment problems through programs to improve the quality of human resources. From holding a program to improve the quality of human resources, it is hoped that workers at productive age will already have the skills to be able to compete in the world of work.

Finally, the problem regarding the lack of quality human resources and unemployment can be overcome by implementing fiscal policy.

2. Controlling price stability

Sinaumed’s must have seen or heard news about price hikes for several commodities, especially those with essential properties. This increase in the price of goods can arise from various aspects, for example from high market demand or the occurrence of hoarding and monopoly carried out by many elements.

3. Maintain and develop the country’s economy

As explained in the previous paragraph, if fiscal policy by regulating state revenues and expenditures has the goal of keeping a country’s economy growing.

Therefore, the implementation of fiscal policy is expected to be able to bring up various new innovations and provide a positive influence on the country’s economy, so that the country’s economy can continue to grow well.

4. Realization of social justice

One of the goals of fiscal policy is to regulate state spending and revenue by realizing welfare and social protection.

One of the actions that the government has taken with the aim of realizing social justice is the enactment of the National Economic Recovery Program issued by the Ministry of Finance so that people in the middle to lower and vulnerable economic categories are able to survive the COVID-19 pandemic.

This makes the realization of social justice that can be felt by all Indonesian people.

5. Encouraging the rate of investment

The fifth goal of fiscal policy is to create a better investment climate for capital market players. One of the biggest transactions in the Indonesian economy comes from incoming investment.

With a stable economic condition as an effect of fiscal policy, it turns out that it can encourage the rate of investment from a country. The creation of trust from investors who are interested in investing their capital, so that the state will also receive even greater taxes from the many investors who enter.

Types of Fiscal Policy

Types of fiscal policy in Indonesia can be divided into two categories, namely:

1. Fiscal Policy from a Theoretical Perspective

From a theoretical point of view, the types of fiscal policy are further divided into three, namely:

1. Functional Fiscal Policy

Functional fiscal policy is a policy implemented to improve the quality of macroeconomics. The impact of the new theoretical fiscal policy can be seen in a relatively long term.

Examples of functional fiscal policies can be seen in the provision of college scholarships, start-up funding assistance , and so on.

2. Deliberate Fiscal Policy

Deliberate fiscal policy is a policy carried out by manipulating the state budget. Deliberate fiscal policy is generally implemented to deal with a problem such as an economic crisis and a pandemic.

An example of deliberate fiscal policy can be seen in the state budget allocation for the health sector during the COVID-19 pandemic.

3. Accidental Fiscal Policy

This one policy is a determination or decision to protect economic stability in the non-government sector.

2. Fiscal Policy Through Implementation Aspects

Fiscal policy through the implementation aspect is divided into 2, namely:

1. Expansive Fiscal Policy

Expansionary fiscal policy is a policy by increasing the budget and reducing or eliminating taxes on a particular sector.

This policy is enforced when the economic conditions of a country are weak and the aim is to increase the purchasing power of goods, so that companies can continue to survive without being laid off.

2. Contractive Fiscal Policy

The opposite of expansionary fiscal policy is contractionary fiscal policy. Contractive fiscal policy is enforced by increasing the taxpayer while simultaneously reducing the government spending budget.

The implementation of expansionary fiscal policy aims to prevent inflation and reduce ratios.

Fiscal Policy Instruments

When implementing fiscal policy, there are several instruments that can be used to maintain the economic stability of a country. The following are included in the fiscal policy instruments, namely:

1. Taxes

Taxes are the most important fiscal policy instrument. From taxes, the government can realize its goals by imposing fiscal policies. The government can manipulate taxes in the form of additions, subtractions, delays, or abolition.

2. Public bonds

The second fiscal policy instrument is public bonds or also known as bonds for citizens. These notes are well known in investment.

In public bonds, the government will offer state bonds to people who have funds. Then, if people buy state debt securities, the state will repay the debt accompanied by interest on the loan.

One example is SBN Retail or State Securities which are traded. This letter is traded as an investment product. For people who buy these bonds, they will play a direct role in financing the state revenue budget.

3. Shopping expenses

In the country context, the government has the right to reduce state spending on a particular sector if the country’s balance of payments has a deficit. One way to do this is by delaying the disbursement of the Holiday Allowance for Civil Servants.

Differences between Monetary Policy and Fiscal Policy

In order to maintain the stability of the country’s economy, the government can implement two policies, namely monetary policy and fiscal policy. These two economic policies are equally important for increasing economic growth and maintaining the stability of the country.

In practice, monetary policy and fiscal policy can be applied simultaneously or just one of them. All of this hinges on the country’s need to stabilize its economy. However, these two policies have their differences.

The second difference can be seen from the objectives of implementing monetary policy and fiscal policy. The objective of monetary policy is to maintain the amount of money circulating in society. While the purpose of implementing fiscal policy is to maintain state revenues and expenditures in order to create economic stability.

Conclusion

Now, after Sinaumed’s understands about fiscal policy to the difference with monetary policy. Come on, let’s look back. Fiscal policy is an economic policy that regulates all state revenues and expenditures in order to create economic stability.

From fiscal policy it turns out to be able to encourage investment from a stable state of the country’s economy. Thus encouraging investors to invest in the country.

So, if Sinaumed’s wants to take advantage of this fiscal policy moment, Sinaumed’s can do it by investing. One of the most popular investment methods nowadays is the equity crowdfunding method .

Equity crowdfunding is a funding scheme for small businesses by means of contributions from the wider community to fund MSMEs. Through equity crowdfunding , Sinaumed’s can become a shareholder in a potentially profitable and fundable business.

Sinaumed’s can benefit from this equity crowdfunding investment method . Where Sinaumed’s will receive dividend returns from business projects that have been funded by Sinaumed’s . Apart from gaining profits, Sinaumed’s will also play a direct role in increasing state revenues which can be used for sustainable development.

Also Read:

• Definition of Balanced Budget: Policy to Method
• Monetary Policy Instruments: Definition, Types
• Macroeconomics: Definition, Purpose, Scope
• Monetary Policy: Definition, Types, Purpose
• Macroeconomic Theory: Definition and Key Issues
• What is Economic Growth Theory
• Understand the Definition, Purpose, and Scope of the Economy

Certificate of domicile – For Sinaumed’s who are going to move to another area – for work, school, or something else – they are required to prepare various important documents. Such as Certificate of Domicile (SKD), Identity Card (KTP), and Family Card (KK).

This provision is regulated in Article 15 Paragraphs 1 and 2 of Law no. 23 of 2006 concerning Population Administration which reads:

Article 15 Paragraph 1 “Residents of Indonesian Citizens who move within the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia are obliged to report to the Implementing Agency in the area of ​​origin to obtain a Certificate of Transfer.”

Article 15 Paragraph 2 “Moving as referred to in paragraph (1) is resident domiciled at a new address for more than 1 (one) year or based on the relevant needs for less than 1 (one) year.”

So it can be concluded that an SKD is a document that contains Sinaumed’s’ personal data and information that you are a newcomer to the area you are going to. So, as stated in Article 15 Paragraph 1 above, this letter must be ratified by an authorized official.

This document will make it easier for Sinaumed’s to take care of various needs at the new domicile. Starting from applying for a job, opening an account, to marriage.

You need to remember, for administrative arrangements in Indonesia, there are certain terms and conditions that must be met first. The following is a complete explanation that can help you when making a Domicile Certificate.

Definition of Certificate of Domicile

So that you have a little picture, a Domicile Certificate (SKD) is a piece of paper (letter) which functions more or less the same as a KTP. The difference is, KTP is valid for life, while SKD is only for 6 months.

In essence, through this SKD, the RT and RW administrators at your new place of residence will know the reason for your move, where your original domicile is, who you really are. To put it simply, this document can be said to be proof that you are not a bad person or have evil intentions.

As stated in the book Science of State Administration by Sahya Anggara. This book discusses things that are an introduction to administrative science, including the understanding of administration and administrative science, administrative development, and administrative development.

More than that, you can use SKD for various personal interests in the future. For example, making a Trade Business License (SIUP) if you plan to start a business in a new place, NPWP, TDP, or something else.

Stages of making a Domicile Certificate

SKD can only be issued by the village or sub-district office where you are from. But before coming to the sub-district/district office, there are several steps you need to do, namely:

1. Make an application letter for SKD making and then submit it to the RT and RW heads. After that, Sinaumed’s will be given a domicile certificate.
2. Prepare the necessary documents, namely: 3×4 passport photo, cover letter from RT and RW, KTP and KK (original and photocopy), application letter with a stamp of IDR 10,000.
3. After the file is complete, you can come directly to the local sub-district / sub-district office.
4. At the kelurahan/kecamatan office, tell the officers what your needs are. Later the officer will ask Sinaumed’s to take a queue number.
5. When it’s your turn, hand over all the files you asked for to the officer
6. Wait for the SKD creation process to finish
7. After getting the SKD from the officer, a photocopy of the letter is then legalized to the village/district office staff.

Function of Certificate of Domicile

As a substitute for an identity card (KTP), although only temporarily, SKD has many uses and benefits for Sinaumed’s. In particular regarding administrative matters, such as:

1. In lieu of a transfer certificate
2. Requirements for applying for scholarships, NPWP, school registration, applying for jobs, getting assistance from government programs
3. Complementary documents when making a child’s birth certificate
4. Able to open an account
5. Requirements to take care of various legal documents
6. For companies or businesses, SKD can also be used as an official domicile address

SKD types

It turns out that there are many types of Domicile Certificates and they are not limited to the SKD where you live. There is a Company Domicile Certificate (SKDP) and a Business Domicile Certificate (SKDU).

Company Domicile Certificate (SKDP)

According to the Ministry of Investment/BKPM, a company domicile certificate is a business license that verifies a community-owned business. This document is usually issued by the kelurahan office with the permission of the lurah in charge. If you are in a village, then the village head has the authority to issue an SKDP.

Certificate of Business Domicile (SKDU)

Certificate of Business Domicile (SKDU) is a document stating the domicile of a business entity. This document is very necessary in the processing of various legal documents, such as SIUP, NPWP, Company Registration Certificate, and other trading businesses.

Seeing the importance of the functions and benefits of a Domicile Certificate, Sinaumed’s should not forget it. Even though there are no specific sanctions if you don’t have this letter, you may face a quite complicated process when dealing with various permits and other legal documents.

It cannot be denied that Indonesia’s bureaucratic system, which is quite convoluted, often hampers the development of the business world. If Sinaumed’s has experienced this and wants to know what solutions can be used, try reading the book State Administrative Law & Public Service Policy by Dr. Ir. H. Juniarso Ridwan, M.Sc., MH, Achmad Sodik Sudrajat, SH, MH Through this book, all problems and solutions in the administration of public services will be analyzed in depth based on the legal concept of state administration and the concept of implementing regional autonomy.

Example of Certificate of Domicile

Residence SKD

A Domicile Certificate is only issued by the sub-district or sub-district office in your original domicile. Even so, the arrangement must be carried out by the applicant directly and as much as possible not represented by other people.

As previously mentioned, when making a Certificate of Domicile of Residence, you must prepare various documents. Such as a 3×4 passport photo, photocopy of KTP, cover letter and statement letter from the Head of RT RW.

Well, the complete provisions regarding these files differ from one region to another. Therefore, you must reconfirm with the officer to reduce errors that will waste your time and energy.

You can see an example of a residence permit letter below:

Company SKD

If a person or individual must have an Identity Card (KTP) stating their place of residence or domicile, then the company must have a Company Domicile Certificate (SKDP). In this context, SKDP functions to state the location of a business entity.

This document is only issued by the kelurahan/village office and must be signed by the village head or lurah in charge. After being signed by the village head or lurah, the SKDP must be brought to the sub-district office to be signed by the sub-district head.

For companies, SKDP can be used in making various licenses related to business, such as Trading Business License (SIUP), Business Entity NPWP, or Company Registration Certificate.

Generally, SKDP is used as a complementary requirement when a company proposes to produce all of these important documents. The aim is to prove that the company or business entity submitting the application is indeed located in the location listed in the SKDP.

The validity period of this SKDP is only 1 year, so if it has expired the company must extend the SKDP. If not, other permits related to the business cannot be processed at all.

Requirements for making SKDP

If Sinaumed’s wants to make an SKDP, you must prepare several documents that are required, namely:

SKDP application letter

This document is addressed to the Kelurahan PTSP Head of Satlak and must be signed by the Main Director of the company or business entity concerned. It contains various information about the company, such as the number of employees, line of business, and others.

Document validity statement

Next is a Statement of Document Validity signed by the Responsible Company or Main Director and equipped with a stamp.

Notary deed of establishment

The next requirement that you must prepare is the Notary Deed of Establishment and Change of Company (if any). Have the original documents and photocopies ready!

Building Permit (IMB)

For this building permit, you need to pay attention that the designation must be an office, not a residential house. Attach the original IMB and a photocopy. If the building doesn’t have an IMB for some reason, you can replace it with a stamped statement from the building owner and it must be known by the heads of the RT, RW, and Lurah.

Provisions regarding building permits vary from region to region, so to be sure, it’s better to ask the local Kelurahan office directly.

Documents owned by company officials

If the Director or Person in Charge of the Company is a genuine Indonesian Citizen, then he must attach his KTP (original and photocopy). However, if you are not an Indonesian Citizen, what is attached is a Passport or Kitas.

Apart from an identity card, you also have to attach several other documents such as a Family Card (KK), personal NPWP.

Statement of no objection

If your business location is in a residential area or adjacent to residents’ buildings so there is a possibility it will disturb neighbors, attach this document in the application file, okay!

Other important documents

Other important documents that you need to attach are:

• Photocopy of proof of land ownership. It can be Land Certificates, Sale and Purchase Deeds, or Girik
• Photocopy of the current year’s PBB Payment Slip
• Photocopy of the nuisance license fee deposit slip and advertisement tax
• Photocopy of Business Place Permit (ITU)
• Employment BPJS registration certificate
• Regional Retribution Tax Statement.

For an example of a company domicile certificate, you can see below:

Example of Business SKD

Certificate of Business Domicile (SKDU) is an official certificate issued by the local Village/District Headquarters. Inside there is an explanation that verifies the address or domicile of the business that you have.

SKDU’s function is for one of the complementary documents required in the management of various licenses such as:

• Nuisance Permit (HO)
• Business license
• Certificate of Company Registration
• company TIN
• And other operational permits

Besides that, SKDU can also complete the information on the place of business domicile that you have in the deed of establishment of the company that you get from a notary. Usually, what is listed is only the name of the City/District where your business is located.

Requirements for making SKDU

Some of the requirements that you must complete to make an SKDU are as follows:

• SKDU application form
• Photocopy of Identity Card (KTP)
• Copy of Family Card (KK)
• Photocopy of Taxpayer Identification Number (NPWP)
• Neighbor approval letter
• Cover letter from the Head of RT and RW
• Proof of ownership of the place of business, if the place of business is not yours then
• Attach proof of rental agreement
• Building Permit (IMB)
• Business place photo

For business entities that will apply for an SKDU, they must complete several other additional requirements, namely:

• Deed of Incorporation
• Photocopy of the Director’s KTP, KK, and NPWP

After all the documents that are the requirements are complete, all you have to do is visit the local Kelurahan office then fill out the SKDU application form while submitting all the requirements.

If the kelurahan officer has checked and stated that the documents are complete, you only need the kelurahan office to issue the SKDU.

The following is an example of a Business Domicile Certificate

Tips for making a Domicile Certificate

To make the process of obtaining a Domicile Certificate easier and smoother, you can try the following tips:

• Ask for cover letters and forms from the head of the RT and head of the RW in the afternoon or evening. Usually from morning to evening, the heads of the RT and RW work outside.
• If you still can’t, try making an appointment with the family members of the heads of the RT and RW.
• Arrange for a Domicile Certificate at the Kelurahan/District Office during operating hours.
• Try to come to the Kelurahan/District Office from 08.00. Usually in the morning the queue is not too much.
• Complete the requirements before coming to the Kelurahan/District Office so that the Certificate of Domicile can be collected as soon as it is ready.
• There is no charge at all for SKD management. For RT and RW you are welcome to donate as sincerely as you like.
• Especially for an extension of domicile letter, it is better to arrange it no later than 14 days before it is due.

The process of making a Domicile Certificate involves many parties which often creates misunderstandings. Therefore, Sinaumed’s must know how the ethics of population administration and public services should be. For this reason, you can use the book Ethics of State Administration by Agus Hiplunudin as the right reference.

This is the definition of a domicile certificate and examples that you can use as a reference. Sinaumed’s can also read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Gill

Also read:

Bank Reconciliation – In the world of accounting there is also a term called bank reconciliation. This bank reconciliation can be interpreted as a process of matching financial data within the company and financial data contained in the bank.

As is well known, there are many cases of financial reports that present inaccurate data or do not match the financial data contained in the company and also in the bank. Therefore, this bank reconciliation has a very important role, especially for officers or staff in companies who have positions in charge of finance.

There are several factors that lead to the emergence of this bank reconciliation, one of which is the existence of differences in financial records or reports. Even so, this is actually fine for a company or organization, however, to prevent other bad risks from occurring, the company still has to carry out a bank reconciliation. Therefore, this bank reconciliation process should be done at least once a month or once a week.

What Is Meant By Bank Reconciliation?

Bank reconciliation is a series of records of financial information that describes cash differences between the company and the bank. The difference can be seen from the bank’s records with the customer’s cash records.

Sometimes, discrepancies in the financial information records arise when the customer making the transaction has not been recorded by the bank, in this case the customer’s bank records are considered to be correct. Conversely, if there are differences from the records of other posts, then the notes from the bank and also the company need to make adjustments.

Generally, the bank will periodically send statements in the form of checking account statements in which there are various records of transaction information. The transaction information becomes proof of transactions by customers or companies within a certain period. With evidence of transactions between the bank and the customer, the company can find out any mistakes or errors that have occurred between the two parties.

In making a good financial report, you can learn it through the book Understanding Financial Reports which explains how to prepare the three main forms of financial reports, introduces ratios, and much more.

Why is Bank Reconciliation Necessary?

To ensure that there are similarities in information records between companies and banks, it is necessary to carry out a bank reconciliation process. By carrying out a bank reconciliation, the bank and company report records for a certain period can look neater and more accurate.

Bank reconciliation is also the center of control or control in every receipt or payment of a company. Whether it’s payment in cash or in non-cash form.

In addition, the purpose of holding this bank reconciliation is to check the accuracy of every record contained in the company’s cash account and bank records. Thus both parties can know the nominal receipts or expenditures that occur. Conversely, companies can find out financial information that they have not had time to record through financial data from the bank.

To better understand how the process between companies and banks occurs in the financial process, the book Banks and Other Financial Institutions is here to help Sinaumed’s .

When Should You Do a Bank Reconciliation?

It is undeniable that every company will save their funds in a bank. Banks are considered a safer place than using other storage methods. In addition to guaranteed security issues, financial records from the bank can also be evidence of every type of transaction made by a customer or company.

In general, a company will at least carry out this bank reconciliation process once at the end of each month. This bank reconciliation will be carried out after the bank concerned sends the company’s bank statement containing the initial cash balance, various types of transactions for one month and the final cash balance at the bank.

However, to prevent the worst risk from occurring to the company, it would be better if the bank reconciliation process is carried out every day. Companies can access their financial information through the available bank websites.

In this way, the company can solve problems that occur as soon as possible. For example, if the company finds little activity at the bank and there are strange things in the verification process, then the company should be suspicious of this activity.

Of course this kind of transaction is very unlikely to happen, how can the final balance of a company and a bank be the same. In each transaction period, there must be payments, deposits, penalties, bank service fees and other types of transactions that have not been recorded with the company.

If the company finds something suspicious like this, it would be better to close the account and save some of the funds in a more active account. Thus, it will be easier for the company to invest some of the remaining funds and monitor the investment status.

In preparing good company financial reports, such as income statements, changes in equity, cash flow, and much more, Sinaumed’s can read the book Easy Ways to Prepare Financial Statements for Service Companies by Rahmat Hidayat Lubis.

Components in Bank Reconciliation

There are several components that will appear when a company carries out a bank reconciliation process, for more details, please listen to the following information.

• Deposit in transit or deposit in progress. What is meant is when cash or checks that have been received and recorded by the company have not been recorded by the bank appointed by the company. If something like this happens, the deposit will not appear on the bank’s financial statements. Therefore, this case is included in the reconciliation item in bank reconciliation. Basically, a deposit in this process occurs when the intended data is late to the bank concerned. So, the data cannot be entered into the record on that day. Deposit in transit also applies if the company sends funds but has a pending status from the bank.
• Outstanding checks or outstanding checks. What is meant is when a check has been recorded by a company but has not been cashed. If the disbursement process has not been completed, the data will not appear in the bank’s financial statements.
• Non-sufficient fund check or blank check. The point is that the check is not accepted by the bank because the funds in the company’s account are insufficient. If this case occurs, the bank concerned will still issue a debit note with dishonesty or dishonor. Then, the balance in the company account will also be reduced. If the company wants to process this check, the company must pay a processing fee or funds.

Forms of Bank Reconciliation

1 Form of Vertical Bank Reconciliation (Report Form)

The bottom of the column contains information about cash balance reconciliation records based on bank statements or vice versa. The following is an example of a vertical bank reconciliation form or report form.

 

2. Control Bank Reconciliation Form (Account Form)

The next form is a bank control reconciliation form or account form. Unlike the first form, this account form is arranged horizontally in a side-by-side manner. The column on the left contains data on the company’s record balance, while the column on the right contains data for reconciliation of cash balances on checking accounts and vice versa. The following is an example of a bank control reconciliation form or account form.

3. Form of Bank Reconciliation 4 Column

Basically, this 4 column bank reconciliation form consists of 5 columns. However, out of these five columns there are only 4 columns for nominal mutations, therefore it is called the 4 column bank reconciliation form.

The definition of the 4-column reconciliation form itself is a form of compiling a bank reconciliation with a total of 4 nominal mutation columns. The following is an example of a 4-column bank reconciliation form.

4. Form of Bank Reconciliation 8 Columns

The last form of bank reconciliation is the 8 column bank reconciliation form. As the name implies, this form of presentation of bank reconciliation data and information consists of 8 columns. Even though the total number of columns is 9 columns, there are only 8 columns of nominal mutations in this form of reconciliation. For more details, please see the following example of an 8-column bank reconciliation form.

Causes of Bank Reconciliation

1. Notes Receivable

Notes receivable can be interpreted as a client’s debt that uses a binding agreement and guarantees in the form of assets if problems occur at any time. In general, notes receivable can be a factor in bank reconciliation because funds are sent through bank services. These notes receivable also usually have an agreement period of less than one year.

2. Deposits In Transit

Bank reconciliation can also occur due to differences in company and bank cash records due to the influence of deposits in transit. Deposits in transit are also often referred to as deposits in transit. In general, this deposit in transit occurs when there is a fund deposit at the end of the month that has been recorded by the company for that month. However, the new bank can record these funds in the following month.

3. Bank Expenses and Income

Bank reconciliation can also be caused by bank charges. The bank expenses in question can be in the form of administrative expenses, service fees or check writing fees and other bank charges. Bank interest income that has not been fully recorded by the company is also included in bank expenses.

4. Outstanding Checks

Outstanding checks are checks that are still outstanding and can cause a bank reconciliation to occur. In short, this outstanding check has been recorded by the company, however, it has not been fully recorded by the bank. In other cases, it could also be that the check has not yet been cashed by the bank to the recipient of the check.

5. Recording Error

The next factor causing bank reconciliation is the occurrence of recording errors. This error can be caused by the bank or the company itself. For example, the person in charge of the company who takes care of the company’s financial statements makes a mistake in recording the nominal amount of money or vice versa, a bank employee who acts as the person in charge of managing the company’s money also makes a mistake in recording.

6. Bank Credit

Bank reconciliation can also occur due to the existence of bank credit. The bank credit in question can be in the form of billing or deposits from the bank. This type of transaction can only be known if the customer receives a checking account.

Therefore, it is very important to understand bank credit, especially in Indonesian banking. Sinaumed’s can learn about it in the book Smart Banking Series: Commercial Bank Credit According to Indonesian Banking Theory and Practice .

7. Not Sufficient Funds

Not sufficient fund is a blank check that has no funds. This occurs when the company receives a check for payment from a customer. However, after checking, the check could not be cashed due to insufficient or insufficient funds. Cases like this can lead to bank reconciliation because the bank concerned is unable to withdraw the money. Funds that are lacking in the account are usually not realized by the company concerned, so they are still recorded as check disbursement data.

 

7. Examples of Bank Reconciliation Questions and Their Discussion

After knowing the explanation about bank reconciliation, then we will provide examples of bank reconciliation and its discussion. For more details, please refer to the following discussion.

Agus has a bank account balance in the general ledger of PT. Martech on November 30 2018. Agus’ total balance is Rp. 185. 500. The balance according to the checking account at that time showed a total amount of Rp. 207,000. However, after an examination, it turns out that there are differences in the data. This difference is caused by several factors, including:

• There is a bank administration fee in November 2018 of Rp. 2,800 which appears in the bank statement and has not been recorded by the company because the debit note has not arrived.
• There are five checks with a total of Rp. 40,750 that has been paid to suppliers or suppliers to pay off debts that have not been cashed.
• There is a check drawn by the company PT. Ayu, which amounted to Rp. 15,000 but it turned out that the bank had incorrectly recorded it in PT. Martech.
• There are remittances from customers via bank transfers amounting to Rp. 3,950 in order to pay off debts but have not been recorded in the company’s books.
• There is a check with the number SR 5220 with an amount of Rp. 70,550 and recorded in the books of PT. Martech with the amount of Rp. 65,150

Then, you are asked to make a bank reconciliation for PT. Martech as of November 30 2018 and also make the necessary adjusting entries.

Learn a variety of other basic and advanced accounting problems in the INTRODUCTORY ACCOUNTING book: Question and Solution Bank, which contains questions and solutions that are easy for Sinaumed’s to learn.

8. Factors Commonly Causing Differences in Bank and Company Records

1. Which Adds to the Cash Balance based on Company Records

Some of the things included in this case include collection of notes receivable, interest income on notes, demand deposits or interest income, there are errors in recording receipts that are too small or vice versa, there are recording expenses that are too large.

2. Reduced Cash Balance Based on Company Records

Some of the things included in this case include bank administration fees, collection fees, checks rejected by the bank or blank checks, errors in recording receipts that are too large or errors in recording expenses that are too small.

3. Which Adds to the Cash Balance based on the Bank Statement

Some of the things included in this case include funds that have not been deposited, deposits are still in transit, errors in recording receipts that are too small, or errors in spending that are too large.

4. Reducing the Cash Balance based on the Bank Statement

Some of the things included in this case include outstanding checks, errors in recording receipts that are too large or errors in recording expenses that are too small.

Accounting Related Books

Accounting Materials Related to Bank Reconciliation

Artificial Vegetative – Every living thing certainly reproduces to continue its offspring. Breeding here means creating new creatures from the same species. Living things reproduce in order to multiply offspring and prevent their species or species from becoming extinct. Living things that can reproduce are creatures that are already adults.

Not only humans and animals, plants also reproduce. They have the same goal, which is to reproduce the species. The process of breeding or forming new individuals in plants is carried out to maintain the continuity of the offspring of that species. The process of reproduction can be done sexually (generative) or asexually (vegetatively).

Sexual reproduction produces new offspring by fusion of the gametes of the parents. The resulting offspring have different genetic characteristics from their parents. Whereas asexual reproduction produces new individuals without gamete fusion, so that the resulting new individuals inherit the same genetic characteristics as their parents (unless a mutation occurs).

On this occasion, sinaumedia will explain about artificial vegetative plant propagation techniques. To find out in full, see the following article description.

Plant Vegetative Propagation

Vegetative propagation in plants is further divided into two parts, namely artificial and natural vegetative propagation. Here are the differences.

1. Artificial Vegetative Propagation

Artificial vegetative propagation is the process of plant reproduction not through marriage, but using human intervention (with human assistance). Propagation of plants without mating with human assistance is called artificial vegetative propagation. Here are some ways of artificial vegetative propagation.

2. Natural Vegetative Propagation

Vegetative propagation naturally means that plants reproduce without human assistance. This breeding is also not through marriage or pollination. However, this reproduction is carried out by the plant itself as well as other plants. Here are some ways of natural vegetative propagation.

Artificial Vegetative Examples

1. Graft

Grafting is the process of propagating plants by damaging the stem. This graft will make the stem have roots. Since plants cannot do this on their own, they need human assistance.

Once the stem branch is injured, cover it with soil with plastic wrap. Use clear plastic to make it easier for you to observe plant growth. After the plant grows, the roots can be cut.

Then, when the cutting is complete, the plant can be planted in a pot or elsewhere. Plants that can be grown by grafting usually have dicot seeds. Dicots are plants that have a wood element. Examples of plants that reproduce by grafting buds are mango, guava, sapodilla, orange, longan, rambutan, and guava.

a. Benefits of Grafting

The advantages of grafting include:

1) Faster in Producing New Plants

Grafting can be done without waiting for growth, flower pollination, seed growth, and seeding. Grafting only requires cutting or slicing the skin on a branch of a plant, so this method will be much faster than natural (generative) reproduction.

2) Produces New Plants with Uniform Characteristics

Grafting is propagating by vegetative means (not mating) so that the resulting seedling plants have the exact same characteristics and genetic material as the parent plant. This is because there is no merging of genetic material between two individuals as in breeding by means of mating (generative).

Because it has the same characteristics as its parent, this method can be used to produce high-yielding seedlings in large numbers, such as to produce plants with uniform size and fruit taste.

3) Produces New Plants in Large Numbers

Due to the relatively fast grafting process, we can use this grafting method to get lots of new plant seeds in a short amount of time.

b. Disadvantages of Grafting

Disadvantages of grafting include:

1) No New Genetic Diversity

The saplings produced from the grafting process will be exactly the same because they are cloned from the parent. Grafts cannot develop new varieties because there is no gene pooling.

2) You Can’t Cross Two Types of Plants

Through grafting means you can’t cross two different varieties, so new types of hybrid plants can’t be produced.

3) Produced Plants are Vulnerable to Disease Outbreaks

Because the genetic material of the grafted seedlings is exactly the same, if one plant is affected by a disease, the other plants are also at risk of being infected by the same disease.

2. Grafting

Grafting is the propagation of plants by attaching pieces of shoots from the stem of one plant to the stem of another plant. The grafting method helps improve the quality and quality of the plants. Grafting is done to produce the best plant properties and obtain quality seeds. Examples of plants propagated by grafting are cocoa, rubber, mango, longan, avocado, lime and frangipani.

The basic principle of grafting is the attachment or joining of the rootstock with the upper stem. Grafting requires its own technique so that the purpose of grafting can be successful. The expected advantage of rootstocks in general is a good root system, while the upper stems are expected to have better breeding results.

If grafted seedlings are planted in the field, they are usually called grafted plants and if those grown from seeds are usually called seedling plants. There are two kinds of grafting techniques, namely traditional grafting techniques and green grafting techniques.

a. Benefits of Grafting

Propagation of grafting itself turns out to have several benefits. Here are the benefits of grafting.

1) The process of fertilization or reproduction is faster

The existence of grafting can impact on a faster breeding process. The reason is, this is influenced by the age of the plant and superior parental characteristics, as well as fast growth.

2) Plant Productivity Will Increase

As a vegetative propagation technique, grafting can increase the productivity of a plant. Because, this process is supported by the parent or seeds with high production. This is what drives the increase in quality and productivity of plants resulting from profitable grafting.

3). Plants Grow More Uniformly

Uniform properties will emerge from the results of plants bred by grafting. This is because grafting is a vegetative propagation technique without fusion, so that one parent plant can reproduce itself and its offspring have identical characteristics.

b. Graduation Terms

1) Not Plants with New Leaves Growing

The grafting window in the form of skin has properties, one of which is influenced by the process of forming new leaves. When a plant is growing new leaves, the skin that is slashed for the grafting window will dry faster. For this reason, this new leaf determines the success of the grafting technique.

2) Free of Pests or Diseases

Either the plant from the bud or the mother plant, both must be free from disease or pest infections. This needs to be anticipated so that grafting avoids the risk of failure. This is because pests and diseases in plants can interfere with the grafting process.
Not only that, plants that are attacked by pests or disease will actually later become a source of infection in grafted plants.

3) Age of the Upper and Lower Stems are the same

The similar age of scion and rootstock will support the success of the grafting process because it greatly influences the speed of bud formation. This supports the need for age harmony between the two parent plants.

Plants that are made as rootstocks, should come from seeds so that the roots are stronger, so they are relatively drought resistant. Not only that, the rootstock must also be able to attach properly and support the growth of the scion without causing negative effects. This is why it takes the same stem age.

4) Both Plants Must Come from the Same Genus

It is important that the two plants used for grafting come from the same family or genus. Own grafting is rarely applied to plants of different genera because it has a low success rate. This is due to physiological differences between plants that can occur, so it is necessary to avoid grafting using plants of the same genus.

3. Cuttings

Cuttings is the process of propagating plants by using plant body parts such as roots, leaves and stems. Plants are totipotent, that is, they divide to form other cells. The other cells are complete and resemble their parents.

Several types of plants have their own conditions in accelerating the propagation of cuttings. High light intensity allows the cuttings to root more quickly, but the temperature must be maintained as this can cause stress. A study conducted by the USDA on azaleas showed that disinfecting them with warm water prevented the growth of fungi that interfered with propagation.

Tea plants should not be propagated from old tea plant body parts because there are no more candidate vegetative cells available and their position is replaced by generative cell candidates. Cuttings from cuttings of old tea plants cause the cuttings to flower early.

This way of cuttings can be done in three other ways as follows.

a. Stem Cuttings

This method is widely used because it is the easiest to understand and has a very high success rate. The method of propagation uses stem cuttings by cutting the part of the stem that has joints or eyes.

You do this by choosing the part of the plant that can be cut must be old. Make sure there are 3-4 knots on the stem. Then, make sure the cutting distance between the bottom segment is 0.5 cm and the top distance is 1 cm. After cutting it sharply, you can stick it into the ground. Examples of plants that can be cultivated with stem cuttings include breadfruit, cassava, longan, rosemary, pomegranate, chilies, tomatoes, coffee, moringa trees, kale, grapes, and roses.

b. Leaf Cuttings

If stem cuttings use stems to propagate plants, leaf cuttings use leaves to propagate plants. The trick is to pick old leaves and cut them along with the stems underneath to make it easier to grow.

In addition, the leaves must first be soaked in an auxin solution. After that, entering the nursery stage of leaf cuttings. At this stage, the leaves are stuck in the ground and covered with perforated plastic. Plants that reproduce by using leaf cuttings are wijayakusuma plants, sri fortune, cacti, aloe vera, cocoa duck, and also begonias.

c. Root Cuttings

The method of propagation of root cuttings is by using parts of the plant body, namely roots. Usually used to lift plant roots. The secret is to remove the growing roots and cut the roots 5 to 10 cm in diameter.

After cutting the roots, the next step is sowing, the roots are buried in a mixture of soil and organic fertilizer. During the root filling process, care must be taken not to damage the roots. Then water the plants regularly. Examples of plants propagated by root cuttings include strawberries, guavas, cypresses, apples, albasia, and breadfruit.

4. Menstruation

Mententen or copulation is the activity of combining the rootstock and scion of a plant. This activity certainly requires human assistance. So, binding involves artificial propagation. However, grafting can only be done with similar plants.

The copulation technique is almost the same as the grafting technique because it requires good plants. Therefore, make connections between plants that have one advantage and plants that have the other. Plants that can reproduce by copulation include coffee, durian, cassava, tomatoes, eggplants and mangoes.

Mententen is an artificial (vegetative) propagation method, in which two different types of plants are combined into one with the lower part (root and main stem) originating from the same plant (one plant).

Mententen has the benefit of being able to combine the superior properties of two different types of plants. For example, there are mango varieties that have strong and deep roots but the fruit doesn’t taste sweet, while other varieties have roots that aren’t strong but the fruit tastes sweet.

By grafting, you will be able to combine these two characteristics, with the lower part of the seeds taken from plant varieties with strong roots, while the upper part is taken from varieties that have a sweet fruit taste.

Mententen can also combine two plants that have different species. For example, we can graft the bottom part of the potato plant, while the top part is taken from the tomato tree. The result is a plant that produces potato tubers and tomato fruit.

Tomatoes ( Solanum lycopersicum ) and potatoes ( Solanum tuberosum ) can be combined even though the species are different, because both come from the same genus, namely Solanum , so they are closely related and have the same plant structure.

Mententen is done by cutting the plant buds in a V shape, so that the top and bottom can be combined. This connection is then closed and tied. At the top the leaves are usually cut, but left a little, to reduce evaporation while accelerating the growth of shoots.

Recommended Reading related to Plant Propagation

1. Plant Smart Book

This book presents everything we need to know about the world of plants in the easiest way but dense and rich in knowledge. Equipped with hundreds of supporting photos and illustrations, this book will not only be enjoyable to read, but will also make it easier for readers to learn about plant life in a fun way.

2. Kepok Tanjung Banana Tissue Culture

The e-book on tissue culture of Kepok Tanjung bananas is still difficult to obtain, even though the need for a technical manual for the production of Kepok Tanjung banana seeds using this tissue culture technique is urgently needed. It is hoped that this e-book  can become a reference for students, lecturers/academicians, researchers, practitioners in the field of plant tissue culture, who have an interest and concern for Kepok tanjung bananas as a rare and unique biological natural resource (SDAH) that needs to be preserved.

3. Plant Anatomy

This book discusses the parts of the plant body, cell structure and function of each cell organelle, and the various tissues that make up plants. This book also discusses in detail the organs that make up plants, namely roots, stems, leaves and flowers, as well as primary and secondary growth as well as aberrant growth. Delivered in easy to understand language and complete examples.

4. The Enchantment of Ancient Plants

This book is read from teenagers to adults. The book entitled Enchantment of Ancient Plants by Drs. Agus Andoko and Setyoaji Koemoro are written using light vocabulary so readers can easily understand the contents of this book. It is hoped that with this book readers can understand related knowledge related to ancient plants.

This book is presented as a practical guide for lovers of these four ancient plants that are much older than these dinosaurs. It explains how to plant, care for, propagate, and how to deal with pests and diseases so that the ancient plants you have can look their best.

Example of an individual invoice to a company – For business people, of course, you often hear the term invoice. The definition of an invoice itself is a document in written form which contains a debt collection letter. This invoice is given by the seller to the buyer who acts as the debtor.

In general, invoices are made in three copies . The original invoice is kept as a file by the company, while the other invoice is used as a copy to be given to the buyer and given to the seller as a document or financial file.

Invoices are also mostly used in the form of transactions, either in the form of installments or credit. However, over time, the form of an invoice has now switched to a digital form.

 

Definition of Individual Invoices for Companies

The form of individual invoices to companies also has various forms. The contents of the invoice are adjusted to the needs of the sender to the intended company. Not only that, the form of each invoice also varies according to other companies.

The definition of an individual invoice for this company itself is in the form of an invoice or billing letter made by someone to the company. This type of invoice is used by someone to bill payment for goods or services to a company.

Some important points that must be included in individual invoices for companies, including references, date made and due date, NPWP number, invoice status, company information, and other important details.

Examples of Individual Invoices to Companies that You Need to Know

To make it easier for you to understand the form of an individual invoice to a company, please look at the following image.

Based on the image, you can see information about individual parties who send invoices to a company for the purchase of goods. Some of the information that must be provided on the invoice letterhead is:

1. reference,
2. number
3. invoices,
4. due date.

Next, please fill in your important identity or company data to be addressed. Don’t forget to include:

1. number
2. telephone,
3. address,
4. e-mail.

After discussing company information, the next important part is information

1. price
2. the amount of goods or services purchased.
3. Please enter the appropriate information according to your needs and agreement regarding the item.

At the end of the invoice, you can also add additional information in the form of

1. information or
2. other terms and conditions.
3. In the description section, please enter information regarding the payment method.

Elements in Individual Invoice to Company

Currently, the form of an invoice in the form of triplicate colorful sheets is indeed starting to be replaced with a digital invoice form. Apart from being more practical, digital invoice forms are also considered to be more environmentally friendly. The several important elements in individual invoices to companies that you need to pay attention to are as follows.

1. Name and Address of Invoice Issuing Company

This information contains the identity of the goods or service provider who also acts as the invoice issuer.

2. Official Number and Invoice Issuance Date

It is better for each invoice to include the official number and date of issue. This will make it easier for you to carry out the verification process for other needs in the future.

 

3. Identity of Buyers

The next important data is regarding the identity data of the buyer of goods or services. The information in this section can be the name of an individual or the name of a company or organization.

 

4. Description and Number of Products

The invoice must also include a description and number of products. This information is needed to be used as proof of payment for goods or services that have been purchased or sold.

 

5. Unit Price and Total Price

The unit price as well as the total price of an item or service must also be included in an invoice. If there is tax applied then you also need to include the price before and after tax is applied.

 

6. Official Stamp or Signature

The last important element is to include an official stamp or signature as a form of validating the invoice.

Sample Invoice for Business Purposes

As previously discussed, the presence of invoices in the business world is indeed very helpful for business people. The existence of an invoice that has now penetrated into digital format is indeed very important.

Especially in the process of recording or recording buying and selling transactions, both to individuals and companies. By using invoices, it will also be easier for business actors to carry out financial calculations in their financial reports.

It will be easier for you to find out the amount of profits or losses while running a business through data from invoices. Invoices for business purposes basically have various forms or formats. For more details, see the following information.

1. Sample Service Invoice

The type of invoice issued for payment in the form of services is called a service invoice. Several types of examples of service invoices can be found with image design service providers, translation services, training, and various other forms of services. The important elements that must be present on this service invoice are as follows:

• Include the identity of the service provider in the form of name, address, contact number that can be contacted, and company logo
• Include the identity of the service user or client, such as the name and address of the company or organization
• Include the date the invoice was issued and the payment deadline
• Include product or service information provided, such as the amount of service, service price, and the total service fee to be paid by the service buyer or client
• Include additional information at the bottom of the invoice if deemed necessary

For more details, please see the following sample service invoice.

2. Sample Billing Invoice

Billing invoices are a type of bill in the form of a sheet containing official letterhead and addressed to clients or customers for a transaction. Basically, clients will be given an invoice if they have not made a payment transaction and have exceeded the due date. Then, service providers and sellers will usually send these invoices within a certain period of time as a reminder for customers who have not completed payments. The important part of this letter consists of three parts, namely the prefix of the letter, the contents of the letter and the ending of the letter. In this billing invoice, you must also attach the company logo, date, letter number, subject matter and the party to be addressed.

The following is an example of a billing invoice.

3. Sample Invoice for Goods

In addition to billing invoices, there are also invoices in the form of goods. Basically, this type of goods invoice is almost the same as a billing invoice. However, in an invoice for goods, the type of payment information issued is not in the form of services but in the form of payment information for goods or goods.

To see the different types of goods and services invoices, please see the following examples of goods invoice forms.

4. Sample hotel invoice

Hotel invoices are sheets that are needed by every hotelier. Invoices are proof of payment transactions when a guest orders a hotel or inn. Usually proof of payment is provided by the hotel after the customer has paid all costs incurred while at the hotel.

Hotel invoices are now an important part because they make it easier for hotels to record transactions. Basically, hotel invoices are not much different from other types of business invoices.

The only difference is the type of information in the form of hotel reservations in the invoice description section. The following are some important points that you need to know in making a hotel invoice.

• Include company identity in the form of address and company name
• Include invoice number
• Include customer identity
• Include information about hotel bookings
• Include additional information at the bottom of the invoice

Some of the points mentioned above are important parts that are needed by customers. After the customer checks in at the hotel, then the receptionist will provide an invoice as a sign of the transaction at the hotel. In order not to get confused with this type of hotel invoice, please see the following example.

5. Example of Equipment Bill Invoice

Invoices for equipment bills can be interpreted as letters or pieces of paper that contain the amount of bills for light and heavy equipment to customers. Business people in matters of selling or leasing equipment really need invoices in running their business.

Some companies mostly use invoices via excel because they find it easier and more practical to input various types of tool names and the total costs. In contrast to examples of billing invoices in general, invoices for equipment bills usually contain more transaction details between the seller and the buyer.

The following is an example of a tool invoice.

6. Sample Sales Invoice

Currently, the type of online business is increasingly mushrooming. Various types of orders ranging from food, drinks to clothing also continue to bloom in the market. So, if you are starting a sales business, don’t forget to make sales invoices to buyers.

The process of making a sales invoice is actually not that complicated. Especially now that you can create invoices digitally. The important points in making a sales invoice that you should know are, the first is the name of the customer, the second is the amount of money to be paid by the customer, and the last is the address of the customer or client. Next, all you have to do is send the sales invoice via the customer’s email.

In addition to sales invoices, there are also purchase invoices. In simple terms, purchase invoices are made by business entities to suppliers, while sales invoices themselves are issued by business owners to customers. So, for more details about this sales invoice, please see the following example.

From the sample invoice above, you can see if the business owner is someone who works as a photographer. The business owner displays all of his service packages and their prices to customers. In addition to the price, the photographer also displays the amount of tax that customers must pay. The sales invoice example above can be considered quite complete because the photographer also attaches a due date so that the customer will know when he has to pay for the photographer’s services immediately.

7. Sample DP Invoice

In the business world, DP is also known as down payment . Usually DP is often referred to as a down payment for someone who is buying goods. DP can be interpreted as the first money you give to a seller when buying an item or using someone’s services. After giving the down payment, further payments can be paid in installments in accordance with the terms or agreement given or it can also be called credit.

For example, if you want to buy a means of transportation, the seller will offer a DP first. If you are unable to pay off the entire price of transportation, you can simply provide a DP first. After that, you will continue by paying the price of the transportation in installments.

The DP or down payment invoice itself is a proof of transaction sheet between the seller and the buyer. Unlike a sales invoice, this DP invoice is only proof of down payment and not proof of full payment for sales transactions made.

The following is an example of a DP invoice that you can view.

8. Car Rental Invoice

Not only hotel business people, sales of goods and others, car rental service providers also have to make invoice types for their customers or tenants. This car rental invoice can be proof of a bill or document intended to collect the total cost of renting or using a car.

Of course, having a car rental invoice will also make it easier for car rental owners to report their business finances. The following is an example of a car rental invoice that you can also use for car rental services.

9. Sample Invoice for Legal Services

Advocates or legal experts should also have an invoice for legal services. This legal service invoice itself is an invoice or document created by a company providing consulting services in the field of law or in other business fields.

Not unlike the important points in other types of invoices, this legal services invoice document also contains the name of the agency or company name, company address, due date, and the price that must be paid by the client. What distinguishes this legal services invoice from other invoices is only the description of the services. For more details about this example of a legal service invoice, please see the following image.

10. Invoices via Email

Invoices are not only in the form of hard copies or physical sheets. In this era where all technology is used, the digital world plays an important role in making digital invoices sent via email. So, business actors can only use soft copy invoices sent via email.

Besides being considered more practical and easy, the use of digital invoices via email is also considered more friendly to the environment. The use of a lot of paper will only add to the environmental problems around us.

In general, this e-mail invoice also contains important information in the form of the amount billed, the due date, and the method of payment. The following is an example of an invoice via email that has been widely used by companies in Indonesia.

11. Project Billing Invoice

Project invoices are a different type of invoice from invoices in general. Basically, in the invoice, the project bill contains more information about project transactions. As it is known that in carrying out a project it requires a lot of goods and services.

Call it the various types of heavy equipment in the project construction process, not to mention the materials used, such as sand, cement, concrete, and so on. With so many types of materials and services used, project invoices must be made properly and carefully for customer satisfaction . For more details about an example of a project bill invoice, you can see in the following image.

 

Adjusting Journal Example & How to Make Adjusting Journal – Do you want to apply more professional bookkeeping for a trade or service company? If so, one of the important journal entries for you to understand is adjusting entries.

This journal is used to find out the balance of account records in the general ledger. In other words, this adjusting entry becomes crucial in the final period of the financial statements because it contains various information that can later be used as a basis for making decisions concerning the company’s finances.

What is an Adjusting Journal?

Every recording of changes in the balance of a particular account can eventually show the actual balance. Well, this amount then becomes the real balance which is known at the end of a bookkeeping period which can also determine the recording of a company’s net income and expenses. The source of the adjusting journal comes from evidence of transactions that have occurred within a period.

Adjusting journals are also part of basic accounting and the most important part of adjusting journals is the use of logic, which is often considered difficult. In the book entitled Easy to Understand Adjustment Journals made by Despaten R. Purba this will be discussed so that understanding adjusting journals will be easier for Sinaumed’s to learn.

Because it is prepared to find out the actual balance at the end of a period, an adjusting entry will also be prepared at the end of that period as well. To be precise, this journal is made before the preparation of the worksheet and after determining the trial balance results. This is what then makes the adjusting journal used in order to determine the final balance which is generally entered in the general ledger records.

It can also be concluded that adjusting journals are journals that are prepared to record changes in balances on certain accounts which will later show the actual balance at the end of the period. Thus, the factors underlying the need for adjusting journals are transactions that have occurred but the information has not been recorded, and transactions that have occurred and have been recorded, but still require adjustments to the estimated balance.

Meanwhile, for a company engaged in services or services, this adjusting journal has a certain urgency, so it must be prepared at the end of the accounting period. Now, several factors cause service companies to make this adjusting journal, including:

• The company needs to adjust the recording for the supplies account. The reason is, in its operations, the company always uses consumable equipment, and this must also be recorded.
• Service companies must also be able to handle depreciation on fixed asset accounts by making separate notes in adjusting journals. In this way, the actual balance on this account can be known at the end of the period.
• The company must also be able to handle expenses that are past due or categorized as receivables that must be paid in advance.
• Companies need to make adjustments to pay debts due to services that have been used, but have not been paid.

Before discussing more deeply about adjusting journals along with examples of adjusting journals, the next discussion is accounts or matters that need adjusting journals first.

Accounts Required to Use Adjusting Journals

In general, there will be several things or accounts that need to be adjusted at the end of a company’s accounting period. These things can include:

1. Inventory of Goods and Services

Adjusting entries are used to eliminate inventory (beginning) in the trial balance and record inventory (ending) based on information from stock taking in the period. The inventory adjustment journal can be prepared using the Profit-Loss Summary method as follows:

	Profit and Loss Summary	Rp. XXX
Initial Goods Inventory		Rp. XXX
	Ending Goods Inventory	Rp. XXX
Profit and Loss Summary		Rp. XXX

2. Supplies Equipment

A number of equipment that has been used during the period in the company’s activities also requires an adjusting journal which can be prepared in the following way:

	Equipment Expenses	Rp. XXX
Equipment (worth the equipment used)		Rp. XXX

3. Depreciation of Fixed Assets

Tangible fixed assets or fixed assets in one period also require adjusting entries which can be made using methods such as:

	Depreciation Load …	Rp. XXX
Accumulated depreciation …		Rp. XXX

4. YMH Fees Paid

Costs that are entitled (YMH) but have not yet been paid in cash also need to make an adjusting entry at the end of the period. Writing this account adjusting journal can use the following methods:

	Burden …	Rp. XXX
… YMH Paid		Rp. XXX

5. Prepaid Fees

Costs that have been used can be made an adjusting entry when making payments and recorded as prepaid expenses at the end of the period. Journal preparation for this account can be made as follows:

	Burden …	Rp. XXX
…YMH Prepaid		Rp. XXX

6. Assessment of Uncollectible Accounts

Losses on uncollectible accounts can be made an adjusting entry to find out the true value at the end of the period. Adjusting entries for these accounts can be prepared through methods such as:

	Uncollectible Accounts Losses	Rp. XXX
Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts		Rp. XXX

7. Adjustment of Cash Balance at the Bank with a Statement of Account Statements

If there is a difference between the cash balance in the bank recorded by the company and the balance in the bank checking account, then the correction at the end of the period can be made using an adjusting journal. Well, adjusting entries for accounts like these can be prepared in the following way:

	Cash in the Bank	Rp. XXX
Bank Adm Expenses	Rp. XXX
Interest income		Rp. XXX

8. YMH Income Received

Income that is entitled (YMH) but cash has not yet been received also needs to be made an adjusting entry until the end of the period. While writing can use the following methods:

	… YMH Accepted	Rp. XXX
Income…		Rp. XXX

9. Adjustment of Cash Balance in the Bank with the Bank’s Current Account

Adjusting entries can also be used to check the correspondence between the account balances recorded by the company and those recorded by the bank. Meanwhile, an example of this adjusting journal, for example, can be structured as follows:

Information	debit	Credit
Bank Admin fee
Accounts payable
Accounts receivable
Notes Receivable

Adjusting Journal Function

• To determine the nominal account (revenue account and expense) for a period and find out the actual condition of the account,
• To estimate the actual nominal (income and expenses) in the period in question,
• To determine the balance of records entered in the general ledger account later at the end of the period, so that the estimated balance of liabilities and assets will show the actual amount, and
• To find out the actual situation of the real accounts (assets, liabilities and capital) at the end of the period in question.

Now, after discussing the function of adjusting journals, the next discussion is an example of an adjusting journal. By knowing examples of adjusting journals, hopefully you can understand and practice adjusting journals.

Example of Adjusting Journal

The book entitled Analysis of Financial Statements made by Dr. Kasmir will explain how important it is for a company to understand an existing financial statement using financial ratios.

If you intend to start applying adjusting entries in your books, then some things you might need to do are understand the basic rules of debit-credit flow in accounting and start paying attention to every transaction that occurs in the account. For more details, you can see a number of examples of adjusting journals according to accounts in a business below as a reference.

1. Prepaid Expenses

Not infrequently a business pays expenses for future periods, or what is referred to as prepaid expenses. In this case, you have expenses that must be paid in the coming period but need to calculate expenses that must then be reported in the current period. An example of an adjusting entry made for this account is as follows:

On the trial balance there is IDR 3,800,000. At the end of the period, the remaining account balance is IDR 3,000,000. This means that the insurance premium that becomes a burden is IDR 3,800,000, then minus IDR 3,000,000 so the result is IDR 800,000. This IDR 800,000 nominal is then recognized as insurance expense and can reduce the amount of insurance that must be paid at the outset.

Date	Information	Ref	debit	Credit
December 2020	Insurance expense		IDR 800.000,-
	Prepaid insurance			IDR 800.000,-

2. Receivable Income or Accrued Income

Receivable income is income that has become the right of the company, but has not yet been received. This right is then recorded as revenue in the related period. An example of an adjusting entry applied to this account is as follows:

A work worth IDR 600,000 has been completed, where this amount has not been included in the trial balance of IDR 15,600,000 which is the company’s revenue receivable. Thus the adjusting journal containing income will increase and become IDR 16,200,000.

Date	Information	Ref	debit	Credit
December 2020	Revenue Receivables		IDR 600.000,-
	Services revenue			IDR 600.000,-

3. Prepaid Building Rent Expenses

For this expense, the recording is almost the same as the example of prepaid expenses. An example of an adjusting entry for this account is as follows:

The balance for the building lease account that was paid in advance is Rp. 19,200,000, – where this figure still does not show the actual situation because the rent has already been used for Rp. 4,200,000.-. This made the rental expense increase while the prepaid rent decreased by Rp. 4,200,000.-.

Date	Information	Ref	debit	Credit
December 2020	Rental expenses		IDR 4.200.000,-
	Prepaid lease			IDR 4.200.000,-

4. Equipment Depreciation

There are still other things that must also be recorded in the adjusting journal as depreciation expense or equipment depreciation expense. An example of an adjusting entry applied to an equipment or supplies depreciation account is as follows:

For the December 2020 period, the depreciation expense (depreciation) was recorded at IDR 2,400,000, – which then added to the depreciation expense and accumulated depreciation of IDR 2,400,000.

You can make adjusting entries as follows:

Date	Information	Ref	debit	Credit
December 2020	Equipment Depreciation Expense		IDR 2.400.000,-
	Equipment Depreciation Accumulation			IDR 2.400.000,-

5. Income Received in advance

When a company receives income received in advance, the income cannot be recorded as income immediately, but is recorded as debt first. The reason is because there has been no realization of income, which means that it is still not the right of the company. An example of an adjusting entry made in accordance with this account is as follows:

Income received in advance with a balance of IDR 5,000,000.-. However, the company is still working on only Rp. 2,000,000, which means that Rp. 3,000,000 is still owed on income.

Date	Information	Ref	debit	Credit
December 2020	Prepaid income		IDR 3.000.000,-
	Rental Income			IDR 3.000.000,-

6 Equipment Remaining or Equipment Usage

Equipment is material purchased for the benefit of the company’s operations and not for resale, which means the company must keep records of the use of this equipment. Usually this recording is also done by physically counting the number of remaining equipment. An example of an adjusting entry for this account is as follows:

The equipment account has a balance of IDR 4,500,000. At the end of the period, the information on the remaining equipment is Rp. 2,700,000, – or in other words the company uses equipment worth Rp. 4,500,000, – which is reduced by Rp. 2,700,000, – which is Rp. 1,800,000, – by recording it in the adjusting journal as follows

Date	Information	Ref	debit	Credit
December 2020	Equipment Expenses		IDR 1.800.000,-
	Equipment			IDR 1.800.000,-

7. Completing Adjusting Journal

In completing the adjusting journal, please see this table as an additional reference;

Those are some examples of service company adjusting journals and trading company adjusting journals . So, are you going to immediately try to make an adjusting journal like the example of an adjusting journal above?

How to Make Adjusting Journal

After knowing examples of adjusting journals, the next discussion is how to make adjusting journals. The steps for making adjusting entries are as follows.

1. Prepare an unadjusted trial balance
2. After that, do an analysis of each account in a business
3. Look for all transaction data that has previously been recorded, but does not match the actual situation
4. Looking for transaction data that has been lost or has not been recorded, but has occurred
5. Start recording adjusting journal entries

Purpose of Adjusting Journal

• Adjusting entries are made with the aim of sorting mixed accounts into real accounts and nominal accounts. At the end of a certain period, there will be several real accounts showing the exact amount. This is mainly in real accounts of the types of debt and assets in a balance sheet.
• Adjusting journals are made with the aim of being able to provide an overall picture of the income in nominal accounts at the end of the period which also means that adjusting journals will provide a valid picture of the amount of expenses and the amount of income.
• Adjusting entries are also made with the aim of suppressing any potential errors that may occur due to several anticipatory items.
• Adjusting entries can also be made with the aim of maintaining consistency that has been established in the accounting of a company according to predetermined guidelines.

Example of Adjusting Journal Questions

In a company, some equipment is used for the benefit of the company. However, all of these materials do not need to be resold. The equipment account in the company amounts to Rp. 5,000,000.- and at the end of the period, the remaining balance of the equipment is Rp. 3,000,000.-. In other words, using an equipment account of IDR 5,000,000 which is then reduced by IDR 3,000,000, so the balance becomes IDR 2,000,000. Then how do you make an adjusting journal entry for this case?

Date	Information	Ref	debit	Credit
February 2021	Equipment Expenses		IDR 2.000.000,-
	Equipment			IDR 2.000.000,-

Conclusion

Thus an explanation of the meaning, how to make and examples of adjusting journals. In order to be more proficient in making adjusting journals, practice is needed by looking at examples of adjusting journals and practicing them.

In essence, this adjusting journal is prepared in order to find out the actual balance amount. Therefore making this journal requires precision and caution. By knowing what is the purpose and function of making this adjusting journal, you can also make better accounting records. Hope it is useful.

Examples of Vanity Sale and Purchase – In Islam, all the activities of His servants have been arranged in such a way. No exception with the buying and selling system which of course must meet the applicable Islamic requirements. In connection with being ordered by Muslims to work, the buying and selling system also becomes a business that can obtain gifts from Allah SWT. Even the profession of Rasulullah SAW was trading, which of course relied on a trading system with other people. When carrying out a buying and selling system, it is not only about getting the maximum profit, you know , but also must aim to earn the pleasure of Allah SWT. What’s more, goods that are used as objects in the buying and selling system must also be of benefit to others.

Therefore, Allah strictly forbids Muslims to carry out a vanity buying and selling system, aka trading in illicit goods. Unfortunately, even though it is clearly prohibited in Islam, there are still many Muslims who violate this rule. Indeed, what are the examples of buying and selling vanity? What is the law of buying and selling vanity which uses prohibited items? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

Examples of Vanity Sale and Purchase in Everyday Life

Basically, a vanity sale and purchase is when we carry out the transaction system by not fulfilling the pillars and conditions of buying and selling that have been taught in Islam. In short, the buying and selling system that has been carried out instead uses prohibited items and takes large amounts of usury. The following are examples of fraudulent buying and selling that often occur in human daily life, which we must avoid and should not do.

1. Selling tiren chickens (dead yesterday) to buyers.
2. Selling cats that are still in the sack.
3. Selling stale food to others.
4. Selling fruit that is still on the tree, where the exact number of scales is not known.
5. The goods being traded do not exist, but acknowledge that the goods are ready.
6. Selling human fetuses (abortion).
7. Selling animal carcasses for food.
8. Selling fish that are still in the pond, even though you don’t know the exact amount.
9. Selling baby animals that are still in their mother’s stomach.
10. Selling counterfeit goods.
11. Selling damaged goods, but the damage is covered in such a way that potential buyers don’t know about it.
12. Doing a buying and selling system using counterfeit money.
13. Selling liquor, which is prohibited in Islam.
14. Selling other people’s things without their knowledge.
15. Selling sharp weapons to robbers.

What is Vanity Sale and Purchase?

After knowing examples of buying and selling vanity that often occur in everyday life, does Sinaumed’s understand what is the definition of that? If you don’t understand it, let’s look at the following review!

If traced according to language, the term “vanity” means ‘unused, useless, useless, damaged, and useless’. Well, if there is a sale and purchase transaction that is false, then it is not valid or even contains elements that can make it invalid. The invalidity of a sale and purchase transaction can occur due to several things, starting from the contract, the object, to something that violates the general rules of a valid transaction. Therefore, it can be concluded that,

“A vanity sale and purchase transaction is the occurrence of a contract that does not fulfill the pillars and conditions of sale and purchase, thereby violating the limits and causing the transaction activity to become invalid or useless.”

So, now Sinaumed’s understands that selling and buying in vain is very disliked by Allah SWT. In fact, Allah SWT also provides arguments for prohibiting His servants from not having an economy, alias transacting vanity. The argument for this prohibition is mentioned in QS Al-Nisa/4: 29, which reads:

It means:

“ O you who believe! Do not eat each other’s wealth in a vanity (unrighteous) way, except in trading that applies on the basis of mutual consent between you. And don’t kill yourself. Indeed, Allah is Most Merciful to you.”

In the fragment of the Al-Nisa verse, it is clear that Allah SWT has indeed forbidden believers from eating, utilizing, and using wealth in a vanity way, aka it is not justified by the shari’a. In addition, the verse also discusses that buying and selling transactions should follow the Shari’a so that the parties concerned, both the seller and the buyer, will receive the pleasure of Allah SWT.

Law of Sale and Purchase of Vanity with Prohibited Items

In the vanity trading example that was explained earlier, there are examples of animal carcasses and liquor transactions. This is in accordance with the agreement of the Fiqh Ulama who are of the opinion that indeed uncleanness, carrion and khamar (liquor) cannot be traded and will be illegal. Fiqh scholars are of the opinion that following the words of Rasulullah SAW who said that “Indeed, Allah forbids buying and selling khamar (liquor), carrion, pork and idols”. 

At that time, someone asked Rasulullah SAW about how buying and selling transactions use carrion fat, because it can be used as a coating for boats, oiling skin, and fuel for lamps. Then, Rasulullah SAW replied, “No, all of that is haram…”

The most basic reason for the prohibition of buying and selling unclean objects is according to the hadith of Jabir bin Abdullah which states that Rasulullah SAW once said, ” Indeed Allah and His Messenger forbid the buying and selling of intoxicants, carrion, pigs and statues” . Not only that hadith, Rasulullah SAW also said that: “Verily, Allah, if he forbids something, He forbids the price.”

That is why the scholars have the principle that unclean goods such as pork, carrion, blood, and khamr are forbidden to be traded. Sinaumed’s certainly knows that in the Islamic religion, dogs are impure, but currently they are being traded freely, so what about that?

According to some scholars of the Hanafi School and the Maliki School, they allow the sale and purchase of dogs, because they follow the word of Allah SWT contained in surah Al-Maidah verse 4, which reads:

It means:

They ask you (Muhammad), “What is lawful for them?” Say, “What is lawful for you (is food) that is good and (game caught) by the hunting animals that you have trained to hunt, which you have trained according to what Allah has taught you. Then eat what he caught for you, and mention the name of Allah (when releasing it). And fear Allah, verily, Allah is very fast in His reckoning.”

Prohibited Forms of Vanity Sale and Purchase Transactions

In fact, Islam has provided clear guidelines in terms of transactions so that the process and results are lawful and tayyib. There are several outlines that are emphasized regarding this vanity transaction, which is caused by the following 2 factors:

a) Illegal Substance (Object of Transaction)

A sale and purchase transaction will be considered null and void if the goods or services used are objects that are indeed haram and prohibited in Islam. Call it alcohol, carrion, pork, drugs, and human organs.

b) Unlawful Apart from the Substance (Method of Transaction)

A sale and purchase transaction will be considered null and void if the process or method of transaction does not follow the procedures in Islam. In this regard, the following explanation.

1. Riba

The holy book Al-Quran has explained that usury is indeed unlawful, regardless of the form and how much. This is according to the word of Allah SWT in QS. Al-Baqarah verse 275 which reads,

It means:

“Those who eat usury cannot stand but are like the standing of a person who has been possessed by a demon because he is mad. That is because they say that buying and selling is the same as usury. Whereas Allah has justified buying and selling and forbidding usury. Whoever gets a warning from his Lord, then he stops, then what he has earned before becomes his and his business is (up to) Allah. Whoever repeats, then they are residents of hell, they are eternal in it.

Not only that, the hadith of Rasulullah SAW also discussed usury. He said:  “Riba is seventy sins; his lightest sin is (the same as) the sin of the person who commits adultery with his mother.” (From Abu Hurairah ra).

In language, the term “usury” can mean ziyadah (additional), but can also mean ‘grow and enlarge’. While in terms, usury can mean additional taking of basic assets or capital in vanity, usury can be grouped into 2, namely usury in debt and usury buying and selling.

2. Garar

Garar is something that is unclear and cannot be guaranteed or ascertained, both mathematically and rationally with respect to the price until the time of payment for the goods. According to some experts, there are reasons for this illegal transaction, namely:

• Lack of information relating to the nature, price, specifications, and delivery time of the goods to be traded to prospective buyers.
• Transaction object does not exist.

If this garar transaction is still carried out, it will cause disputes. Why so? Because the goods to be traded are not well known (no form), so they can be considered fraud.

Indeed, the term “garar” is rarely mentioned in the Koran, but in surah Al-Nisa verse 29 it contains things that are included in the element of garar (contained in vanity transactions). Meanwhile, according to the hadith of Rasulullah SAW, in fact many say that this garar transaction is haram. One of these hadiths states that: “Rasulullah SAW. forbid buying and selling of ḥuṣāh and buying and selling of garar”. 

3. Bay’u Najasy

In short, Bay’u Najasy is when there is a group of people who agree to act as buyers and pretend to bid on goods in the market, with the aim of trapping other people (sellers) into participating in the bargaining process. Later, a fake request will appear by increasing the selling price and a third person (potential buyer) will be provoked into buying the item.

If that’s the case, of course Bay’u Najasy is part of a scam. Rasulullah SAW has prohibited this vanity transaction in his hadith which reads: “Rasulullah SAW. prohibit Najasy transactions” (according to Ibn Umar).

In this day and age, there are many kinds of Bay’u Najasy practices, ranging from spreading rumors, placing purchase orders, and many others. Well, when the price of goods has gone up, of course the seller will ‘release’ the goods so that he gets a big profit. This also often occurs in the process of auctioning goods.

4. Maysir or Qimar

In short, it is a gambling process. All forms of transfer of property or goods from one party to another in the form of a game, where one party will benefit, while the other will lose money. There are many types of gambling, which usually use money as bets, ranging from horse racing, football matches, card games, and so on.

Of course, Sinaumed’s already knows that gambling is prohibited in Islam, as stated in QS Al-Baqarah verse 219, which reads,

It means:

“They ask you (Muhammad) about alcohol and gambling. Say, “In both there is a great sin and some benefits for mankind. But the sin is greater than the benefit.” And they ask you (about) what they (should) spend. Say, “Excess (of what is necessary).” Thus Allah explains His verses to you so that you will think.”

5. Risywah (Bribery)

According to the language, Risywah means ‘a gift given to someone to get a certain interest’. Meanwhile, according to the term, Risywah can have a definition in the form of ‘a gift aimed at nullifying what is right and strengthening and winning over what is wrong’. Islam blatantly forbids the existence of Risywah or bribery in the process of buying and selling transactions, it has even been categorized as a grave sin, as in the words of the Prophet Muhammad: “The Messenger of Allah cursed bribers and those who accept bribes…”

6. Ihtikar

Ihtikar is the activity of accumulating goods that are needed by many people, then the perpetrator releases these goods little by little at very high selling prices, with the aim of getting a lot of profit. In short, this endeavor is the same as hoarding goods that are needed by many people for the sake of big profits.

If Sinaumed’s still remembers, during the Covid-19 pandemic, there were cases of hoarding of groceries and cooking oil by irresponsible persons, right ? Well, that is also included in ihtikar transactions which are clearly prohibited in Islam. As with the words of Rasulullah SAW which reads, “Whoever hoards (goods & services of basic needs) has committed a mistake (sin).” 

7. Talaqqi al-Jalab or Talaqqi Rukban

Talaqqi al-Jalab is when some traders welcome the arrival of goods from other places who want to sell in their country, then they offer lower prices than in the market. In short, this is deception and is certainly a grave sin. If talaqqi al-Jalab is carried out continuously, it can become a form of fraud and harm many people.

As with the words of Rasulullah SAW which reads, “We used to welcome traders from outside, then we bought their food. Prophet peace be upon him. then forbade us to carry out such buying and selling and let them arrive at the food market and sell there”. (from Abdullah bin Umar).

Well, that’s a review of examples of invalid buying and selling along with the definition of the invalidity of a buying and selling transaction. Do Sinaumed’s still often see examples of this fraudulent buying and selling around your neighborhood?

Source:

Rafi, Irshad. (2020). Allah’s Prohibition in a Vanity Economy . Alauddin State Islamic University. Macassar.

Also Read!

• List of Surahs in the Al-Quran You Need to Know!
• Definition of Syirkah and Things that Cancel it
• Anger in Islam and its Prohibition According to Hadith
• 10 Purpose of Zakat and Its Benefits
• Understanding Riya and How to Avoid It
• 6 Legal Requirements for Friday Prayers and Threats for Leaving It
• Understanding the Definition of Muhasabah in Islam
• 5 Hadiths About Love in Islam
• 5 Benefits of Being Grateful and How to Express It
• Understanding 5 Functions of Hadith Against Al-Quran
• Prayer for the Rain to Stop